Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 1)

MACHINE DESIGN AND SHOP PRACTICE PROBLEMS
ELEMENTS (with answers and solutions)

1. This radial distance in a gear is measured between the addendum and dedendum circle, and is the sum of the addendum
and the dedendum? How do you call this distance?
a) Addendum b) Whole depth c) Working depth d) Space width

Answer: b) Whole depth

2. What is the polar section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter of 101.6 mm?
a) 209.5 cm3 b) 209.5 cm4 c) 205.9 cm3 d) 205.9 cm4

Answer: c) 205.9 cm3

J 2J  3 
Solution: Zj = = = D = (10.16 )3 = 205 .9 cm 3
c D 16 16

3. This minimum distance is measured between the non-driving side of a tooth and the adjacent side of the mating tooth. It is
the amount by which the width of a tooth space exceeds the thickness of the engaging tooth measured on the pitch circle.
What is this distance?
a) Circular pitch b) Whole depth c) Backlash d) Space width

Answer: c) Backlash

4. With the water interruptions prevailing in your town, you have been asked to design an upright cylindrical water tank 6
meters in diameter and 6 meters high, vented, and to be filled completely with water. Determine the minimum thickness of
the tank plate if the stress is limited to 40 Mpa.
a) 3.3 mm b) 4.4 mm c) 5.5 mm d) 8.8 mm

Answer: b) Thickness, t = 4.4 mm

Solution: p = gh = (1000)(9.8066)(6) = 58 839.6 Pa = 58.8396 kPa

pD (58.8396)(6)
t= = = 0.00441 m = 4.41 mm
2s t 2 (40 000)

5. What is the algebraic difference between the maximum limit and the corresponding basic size?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: b) Upper Deviation

6. A steel shaft 1.75 inches in diameter transmits 40 Hp at 1800 rpm. Assuming a modulus of rigidity of 12 x 106 psi, find the
torsional deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot length.
a) 0.0073 b) 0.0037 c) 0.0063 d) 0.00013

 63 000 Hp   63000(40) 
32  32 
 T 32T  n   1800 
= = = = = 0.00013 radian = 0.0073
( )
Solution:
L JG D G 4
D G4
 (1.75) 12 x 10 6
4

7. What is the algebraic difference between the minimum limit and the corresponding basic size?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: c) Lower Deviation

1
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

8. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the curve correction
factor of the spring.
a) 1.144 b) 1.44 c) 1.1144 d) 1.1414

Answer: Curve Correction Factor, Kc = 1.1144

4C − 1 0.615
+
= C−4
Kw 4 C = 1.184 = 1.1144
Solution: K c =
Ks 2C + 1 1.0625
2C

9. This is either the upper or the lower deviation, depending on which is closer to the basic size. How do you call this
deviation?
a) Fundamental deviation b) Upper deviation c) Lower deviation d) Tolerance

Answer: Fundamental deviation

10. A vise is equipped with a 1-inch single square thread, with 4 threads per inch. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5 inch.
The coefficient of friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How much external torque must be applied to produce a
force of 200 lb against the jaws of the vise?
a) 39.73 in-lb b) 33.97 in-lb c) 37.93 in-lb d) 39.37 in-lb

Answer: c) 37.93 in-lb

Vise Jaw
Screw
Collar Nut
Handle
F = 200 lb

Solution:

1 1
For the thread pitch, p = = = 0.25 inch
Number of Threads per Inch 4

For the minor diameter, Di = Do – p = 1 – 0.25 = 0.75 inch

Do + Di 1+ 0.75
For the mean or pitch diameter of the screw, Dm = = = 0.875 inch
2 2

For the lead angle,

 L  −1  p  −1  0.25 
 = tan −1   = tan   = tan 
−1
 = tan 0.09095 = 5.197
o

 Dm   Dm   0.875  

Solving for the torque required to overcome the collar friction,

fFD c ( 0.2 )( 200 )( 0.5 )

Tc = = = 20 in  lb
2 2

Solving for the torque required to overcome the thread friction,

2
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

FDm  tan  + f  200 ( 0.875 )  0.09095 + 0.2 

Ts = =   = 25.93 in  lb
2  1 − f tan   2 1 − 0.2 ( 0.9095 ) 
Solving for the total torque,

T = Ts + Tc = 25.93 + 20 = 45.93 inches ans.

11. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size

Answer: b) Tolerance

12. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the Wahl factor of the
spring.
a) 1.148 b) 1.184 c) 1.418 d) 1.814

Answer: b) Wahl Factor, Kw = 1.184

Dm 1 4C − 1 0.615 4(8) − 1 0.615

Solution: C = = =8 Kw = + = + = 1.184
d 1 4C − 4 C 4(8) − 8 8
8

13. It is the capacity of a material to absorb energy when it is deformed elastically and then, upon unloading, to increase this
energy. What is this capacity of a material?
a) Resilience b) Toughness c) Rigidity d) Ductility

Answer: a) Resilience

14. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the value of
Bergstrassar factor of the spring.
a) 1.172 b) 1.712 c) 1.217 d) 1.271

Answer: a) Bergstrassar Factor, KB = 1.1724

Dm 1 4C + 2 4(8) + 2
Solution: C = = =8 KB = = = 1.1724
d 1 4C − 3 4(8) − 3
8

15. How do you call the strain energy per unit volume required to stress a material from an unloaded state to the point of
yielding?
a) Modulus of roughness b) Modulus of elasticity c) Modulus of rigidity d) Modulus of resilience

Answer: d) Modulus of Resilience

16. Compute the tooth thickness of a 14.5o spur gear with diametral pitch of 5.
a) 0.23140 inch b) 0.31416 inch c) 0.43140 inch d) 0.03140 inch

Answer: b) Tooth thickness, t = 0.31416 inch

1.5708 1.5708
Solution: t = = = 0.31416 inch
pd 5

17. How do you call a structural member designed to support loads perpendicular to its longitudinal axis?
a) Cantilever beam b) Beam c) Overhanging beam d) Column

Answer: b) Beam

18. Compute the speed of the gear mounted on a 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a driving motor with 250 Hp.

3
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

a) 2 182 rpm b) 2 071 rpm c) 2 265 rpm d) 2 341 rpm

Answer: c) The speed, N = 2265 rpm

80 P 80 (250)
Solution: From PSME Code: N = 3
= 3
= 2 264.92 rpm
D  52.5 
 
 25.4 

19. It is a load applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member. How do you call this load?
a) Bending load b) Combined load c) Distributed load d) Cyclic load

Answer: a) Bending load

20. What is a load distributed over an entire area?

a) Bending load b) Combined load c) Distributed load d) Cyclic load

Answer: c) Distributed load

21. Compute the working strength of 1 inch bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint when the allowable working stress is 13000 psi.
a) 3 600 lb b) 3 950 lb c) 3 900 lb d) 3 800 lb

Answer c) The working strength, W = 3 900 lb

2
( ) 
Solution: From machinery’s Handbook, page 1149: W = s t 0.55d − 0.25d = (13 000) 0.55(1) − 0.25(1) = 3 900 lb
2

22. It is a design approach where no catastrophic loss can occur as a result of a component failure. What is this design
approach?
a) Fail-safe design approach b) Fault free analysis approach
c) Manifest danger approach d) Redundancy approach

Answer: a) Fail-safe design approach

23. It is the condition of a machine element when it is completely inoperable, cannot perform its intended function adequately,
or is unreliable for continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a) Fail-safe condition b) Failure condition c) Critical condition d) Salvage condition

Answer: b) Failure condition

24. Compute the nominal shear stress at the surface, in MPa, for a 50 mm diameter shaft that is subjected to a torque of 0.48
kN-m.
a) 16.95 b) 21.65 c) 19.56 d) 25.12

Answer: Shear Stress, ss = 19.56 MPa

16 T 16 (0.48 )
Solution: ss = = = 19 556 .96 kPa = 19 .56 MPa
D  (0.050 )
3 3

25. How do you call a statistical data used to identify the most likely failure modes?
a) Finite element analysis b) Fault free analysis c) Failure analysis d) Random analysis

Answer: b) Fault free analysis

26. A hollow iron pipe to be designed as a column has an outside diameter of 240 mm and is subjected to a force of 80 KN.
Find the pipe thickness if the compressive stress is limited to 16 MPa.
a. 5.85 mm b. 6.85 mm c. 7.85 mm d. 8.85 mm

4
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Answer: b) Pipe thickness, t = 6.85 mm

4 (80)
Solution: Inside Diameter, D i = D o2 −
4F
= (0.24)2 − = 0.2263 m − 226.3 mm
s  (16 000)

D o − D i 240 − 226.3
Thickness of the Pipe, t = = = 6.85 mm
2 2

27. It is a computational method used for solving complex shapes, such as those found in machinery; replaces the complex
shape with a set of simple elements interconnected at a finite set of a specific purpose. What is this computational method?
a) Finite element analysis b) Numerical method of analysis
c) Fault free analysis d) Synthesis

Answer: a) Finite element analysis

28. A uniform beam 12 meters long is fixed at one end. It has a uniform weight of 50 kg/m along its length. A load of 20 kgs.
is suspended on the beam 4 m from the free end. The moment at the fixed end is
a. 3760 kg-m b. 0.0 kg-m c. 60 kg-m d. 4800 kg-m

Answer: a) 3760 kg-m W = 50 (12) = 600 kg

F = 20 kgs
Solution: Bending Moment,

M = 6 (600 ) + 8 (20 ) = 3 760 kg  m

6m
8m
29. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that induces a stress
gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this phenomenon?
a) Thermal-shock failure b) Thermal fatigue c) Honing d) Quenching

Answer: a) Thermal-shock failure

30. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4o b) 20o c) 14.5o d) 20.5o

Answer: a) Pitch angle of the pinion = 18.4o

 Tp 
Solution:  = tan −1   = tan −1  14  = 18.4 o
 Tg   42 
 

31. How do you call the diameter of the imaginary cylinder that bounds the crest of an external thread and the roots of an
internal thread?
a) Mean diameter b) Stress diameter c) Minor diameter d) Major diameter

Answer: d) Major diameter

32. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 32-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. The pinion is to transmit 1800 rpm and transmitting 50 hp. Determine the
pitch diameters of the gears.
a) 2.33 inches and 5.36 inches b) 3.23 inches and 3.56 inches
c) 5.36 inches and 6.36 inches d) 2.33 inches and 2.33 inches

Answer: a) 2.33 inches and 5.36 inches

5
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

T1 14 T   32 
Solution: D1 = = = 2.33 inches D 2 = D1  2  = ( 2.33)   = 5.36 inches
Pd 6  T1   14 

33. It is a measure of the change in length of a material subjected to a change in temperature. How do you call this property of
the material?
a) Toughness b) Coefficient of thermal expansion
c) Thermal conductivity d) Electric Resistivity

Answer: b) Coefficient of thermal expansion

34. A 1-inch diameter shaft has a single disc weighing 75 lb mounted midway between two bearings 20” apart. Find the lowest
critical speed in rpm. Neglect the weight of the shaft. Assume that the modulus of elasticity is 30 x 106 psi.
a) 2038 rpm b) 2308 rpm c) 2380 rpm d) 2803 rpm

Solution: W = 75 lb

D = 1 inch E = 30 x 106 psi L = 20 inches

10” 10”
 D4  (1)
4

Moment of Inertia, I = = = 0.0491 in.4

64 64

576 E I g ( 576) ( 30 x 106 ) ( 0.0491)( 32.2)

Solving for the lowest critical speed, cr = = = 213.39 rad / s
W L3 ( 75)( 20)
3

30 cr 30 ( 213.39 )
N cr = = = 2037.68 rpm
 

35. What is a condition where one surface is comparatively free of stress?

a) Octahedral plane b) Biaxial or Plane stress c) Strain plane d) Principal normal stress

Answer: b) Biaxial or Plane stress

36. A flywheel weighing 457 kg has a radius of 375 mm. How much energy, in N-m, does the flywheel loss from 3 rps to 2.8
rps?
a) 368 b) 150 c) 1474 d) 38

Answer: c) Flywheel Energy =1474

Solution: V1 = 2  (0.375)(3) = 7.069 m / s V2 = 2  (0.375 )(2.8) = 6.597 m / s

KE =
(
m V12 − V22
=
) 
457 (7.069)2 − (6.597)2 
= 1 473.91 N  m
2 2

37. How do you call the circle on a gear that corresponds to the contact surface of the friction wheel?
a) Addendum circle b) Root circle c) Pitch circle d) Base circle

Answer: c) Pitch circle

38. A triple threaded worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 25 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Material
for both the wheel and the wheel is phosphor bronze. Determine the helix angle of the gear.
a) 11.31o b) 13.11o c) 11.13o d) 10.13o

Answer: Gear Helix angle = 11.31o

6
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Dg  ( 5)
Solution: Circular pitch of the worm gear, Pc = = = 0.6283 inch
Tg 25
Where, Pc = Pa = pitch of the worm

Solving for the lead, L = Nt Pa = 3(0.6283) = 1.8849 inches

 L  −1  1.8849 
Solving for the lead angle of the worm,  = tan −1   = tan   = 11.31
o

 D w   3 

For the helix angle, and considering that the shafts angle is 90o,

g =  = 11.31o ans.

39. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the high-
carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and impact
loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

Answer: b) Chrome Vanadium

40. What is the largest roller chain size that can be used for power transmission at a sprocket speed of 1000 rpm?
a) RC 35 b) RC 50 c) RC 80 d) RC 60

Answer: d) RC 60
2 2
 900  3  900  3
Note: Max. Chain Pitch in Practice: p max   p max =  = 0.932 in
 n   1000 

Since RC 80, p = 1 inch exceeds the maximum and RC 70 does not exist, and then use RC 60.

41. These are gears with teeth formed on conical surfaces and are used mostly for transmitting motion between intersecting
shafts. How do you call these gears?
a) Spur gears b) Helical gears c) Bevel gears d) Worm gearings

Answer: c) Bevel gears

42. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90
mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

Answer: b) 6 mm/s

Solution: For the linear speed of the screw, Vn = n (L) = (60 rpm)(6 mm/rev) = 360 mm/min = 6 mm/s

43. A double thread ACME screw driven by a motor at 400 rpm raises the attached load of 900 kg at a speed of 10 m/min. The
screw has a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is 0.15. The friction torque on the thrust bearing
of the motor is taken as 20 % of the total input. Determine the lead angle.
a) 12.465o b) 14.265o c) 15.462o d) 16.452o

Answer: a) 12.465o

V 10
Solution: For the lead, L = = = 0.025 m = 25 mm
n 400
 L   25 
For the lead angle,  = tan −1   = tan −1   = 12.465
o

 D m   36  

7
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

44. What Hp can a 1-inch diameter short shaft transmit at 380 rpm?
a) 3 Hp b) 18 Hp c) 10 Hp d) 7.1 Hp

Answer: c) 10 Hp

D 3 N (1) (380 )
3
Solution: P = = = 10 Hp
38 38

45. A spur pinion rotates at 600 rpm and transmits 25 kW to a mating gear. The pitch diameter of the pinion is 100 mm, and
the pressure angle is 20o. Determine the tangential load, in N.
a) 7660 b) 6790 c) 3900 d) 3098

 2  30 P   2   30 (25 000 ) 
Solution: Ft =    =    = 7 957 .75 N
 D   n   0.10    (600 ) 

46. A bearing that primarily guides the motion of a machine member without specific regard to the direction of load
application.
a) Journal bearing b) Clearance bearing c) Guide bearing d) Thrust bearing

Answer: c) Guide bearing

47. A multiple-disk clutch, composed of three plates with a small diameter of 150 mm and large diameter of 200 mm, is
designed to transmit 100 kW at 3000 rpm at a coefficient of friction of 0.5. Determine the spring force needed to engage
the clutch.
a) 2820 N b) 2428 N c) 5460 N d) 3638 N

Answer: 3638 N

30 P 30 (100)  (D + d )
Solution: T = = = 0.3183 kN  m = 318.3 N  m T = f  P  rf  N fs = f  P     N fs
 n  (3000)  4 
4T 4 (318 300)
P= = = 3 637.71 N
f  (D + d )  N fs 0.5 (200 + 150)(2)

48. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5 seconds starting from rest.
The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in2. Determine the maximum tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a) 26.2 b) 25.0 c) 27.6 d) 32.4

Answer: c) maximum tensile stress = 27.6 MPa

V1 − Vo (1000 / 60) − 0  a  3.33 

Solution: a = = = 3.33 fps 2 F = WL 1 +  = (10 000) 1 +  = 11 034.16 lb
t 5  g   32.2 
11,034.16
St = = 27 585.4 psi = 27.6 ksi
0.4

49. What is the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical steel shell with a diameter of 100 inches and made of 0.0635-m
thick steel plate, if the joint efficiency is 70 % and the tensile strength is 60 000 psi?
a) 4 020 psi b) 4 200 psi c) 2 400 psi d) 2 040 psi

Answer: b) 4200 psi

4 t sl E j
 63.5 
4 ( )
in  60 000 lb / in 2 (0.70)
 25.4 
Solution: p= = = 4 200 psi
D 100 in .

8
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Where, p = bursting pressure, psi sl = shell stress, psi

t = shell thickness, inches D = shell diameter, inches Ej = joint efficiency

pD
Note: For the longitudinal stress of the thin-walled cylinder, and the stress for spherical tank: s L =
4tEj
50. A cylinder having an internal diameter if 508 mm and external diameter if 914.4 mm is subjected to an internal pressure of
69 MPa and an external pressure of 14 MPa. Determine the hoop stress at the inner surface of the cylinder.
a) 90.11 MPa b) 91.10 MPa c) 911.0 MPa d) 19.10 Mpa

Answer: a) 90.11 MPaa

 2
 
2 2
(69 MPa ) 914.4   508
mm  + 
 914.4
mm   − 2(14 MPa )

mm 
Solution: s ti =
( )
p i ro2 + ri2 − 2p o ro2
=
 2   2    2 
ro2 − ri2  914.4
2
  508 
2
 mm  −  mm 
 2   2 
sti = 90.11 Mpa

Where, sti = maximum tangential or hoop stress at the inside ri = inside radius, mm
pi = internal pressure, Mpa ro = outside radius, mm
po = external pressure, Mpa

Note: For the maximum tangential or hoop stress at the outside, s to =

(
2p i ri2 − p o ro2 + ri2 )
ro2 − ri2

51. What length of a square key is required for a 4-in diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm? The allowable shear
and compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a) 2.1 inches b) 2.8 inches c) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inches

Answer: a) 2.1 inches

63000Hp 63000(1000)
Solution: Transmitted torque, T = = = 63 000 in  lb
n 1000
D
Key width, b  , for good proportion
4
2T 2 (63 000 )
Key length based on shear, L = = = 2.1 inches
ss bD 15 000 (1)(4)
4T 4 (63 000 )
Key length based on compression, L = = = 2.1
sc t D 30 000 (1)(4)
Therefore, use L = 2.1 inches

52. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302?
a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel b) 18 % nickel and 8 % chromium
c) 18 % chromium and 8 % phosphor bronze d) 18 % bronze and 8 % vanadium

Answer: a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel

53. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find the number of thread per
inch.
a) 0.2 threads/inch b) 10 threads/inch c) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch

Answer: TPI = 5 threads per inch

Solution:
9
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

1 1
The number of threads per inch, TPI = = = 5 threads / inch
p 0.2

54. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90
mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the combined efficiency of the screw and collar.
a) 15.32 % b) 12.53 % c) 13.52 % d) 15.97 %

Answer: b) 12.53 %

1 1 W = 70 N
Solution: For the depth of the thread, h =   p =   (6 ) = 3 mm
 
2 2

For the mean diameter of the screw, D m = D o − h = 36 − 3 = 33 mm


 L   p   6  p
For the lead angle,  = tan −1   = tan −1   = tan −1   = 3.3123 o
 D m   D m   33  

tan (1 − f tan  )(100 % )

Solving for the Efficiency, e =
f D  Di
tan  + f +  c c  (1 − f tan  )
 Dm  Dm
Do

e=
(tan 3.3125 )(1 − 0.13 tan 3.3125 )(100 %) = 12.53 %
o o

 0.10 (90) 
tan 3.3125 + 0.10 + 
o
33 
(1 − 0.13 tan 3.3125 ) o

 

55. Determine the power capacity of a cone clutch under uniform pressure and assuming the following conditions: major
diameter = 250 mm; minor diameter = 200 mm; length of conical elements in contact = 125 mm; rotational speed = 870
rpm; coefficient of friction = 0.30; and allowable pressure = 70 kPa.
a) 25.74 Hp b) 24.75 Hp c) 27.45 Hp d) 24.57 Hp

Answer: a) 25.74 Hp

2  ro − ri   2   (125)3 − (100)3 
3 3
Solution: Friction radius, rf = =    = 112.96 mm
3  ro2 − ri2   3   (125)2 − (100)2 

Surface Area of contact, A f = 2rf b = 2(0.11296)(0.125) = 0.0887 m 2

Force normal to the surface of contact, Fn = pA f = (70)(0.0887) = 6.209 kN

(f Fn rf ) = (870) (0.30)(6.209)(0.11296) = 19.2 kW = 25.74 Hp

 n Tf n
Power Capacity, P = =
30 30 30

56. Three extension springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m and
the other two springs are rated 6 kN/m each. Determine the equivalent stiffness of the three springs.
a) 1.71 kN/m b) 5 kN/m c) 2.71 kN/m d) 3.71 kN/m

Answer: a) 1.71 kN/m

10
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3+ 4 7 12
Solution: = + + = + + = + = = ke = = 1.71 kN / m
k e k1 k 2 k 3 4 6 6 4 3 12 12 7

57. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, bronze, steel or other materials loaded as cantilevers or
simple beam.
a) Torsion springs b) Leaf springs
c) Garter springs d) Drawbar springs

Answer: b) Leaf Springs

58. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and transmits 20 Hp. The center distance is 8 ft. The driving pulley is 6
inches in diameter and rotates at 2 000 rpm such that the loose side of the belt is on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in
diameter. The belt material is 0.035 lb/in3 and the coefficient of friction is 0.30. Determine the belt net tension.
a) 201 lb b) 210 lb c) 102 lb d) 120 lb

Answer: b) 210 lb

2 T 2  63 000 Hp   2   63 000(20) 
Solution: F = F1 − F2 = =   =    = 210 lb
D D n   6   2 000 
 6
Other Solution: Vm =  D n =  (2 000 ) = 3141.59 fpm
 12 
33 000 Hp 33 000(20)
F = F1 − F2 = = = 210 lb
Vm 3141.59

59. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 kW at 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 155 o, the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. Determine the belt
tensions ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force.
a) 2.578 b) 2.857 c) 5.287 d) 5.782

  
= e f = (e )0.35(155) 180  = 2.578
F1
Solution:
F2

Answer: a) 2.578

60. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is compressed to its operating length.
a) Coil clearance b) Pitch c) Lead d) Deflection

Answer: a) Coil clearance

61. Select a deep-groove ball bearing to carry a radial load Fx = 800 lb and a thrust load Fz = 700 lb at 1750 rpm. The service
is 8 hr/day, but it is not continuous; design for 20 000 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring
rotates. Determine the design life in mr with no more than 10 % failure.
a) 20100 mr b) 2100 mr c) 2001 mr d) 1200 mr

Answer: b) 2100 mr

Solution: B10 = (Hrs )(60 min s / hr )(rpm) =

(20 000)(60)(1 750) = 2100 mr
10 6

62. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15. The
outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) 0.3714 Hp

11
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Tf n f W rf n 0.15(2000 lb )(1.56 inches )(50 rpm)

Solution: fHp = = = = 0.3714
63000 63000 63000

2  ro − ri  2  (2)3 − (1)3 
3 3
Where, rf = =   = 1.56 inches
3  ro2 − ri2  3  (3)2 − (1)2 

63. In a lathe machine, it is the diameter of the largest workpiece it can rotate in a chuck or between centers without hitting the
bed.
a) Chuck diameter b) Swing c) Distance between centers d) Spindle diameter

Answer: b) Swing

64. What load in N must be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 2.5 m long (E = 207 Gpa) to stretch the bar 1.3 mm?
a) 42 000 N b) 52 840 N c) 53 000 N d) 60 000 N

Answer: b) The load, 52 840 N

Solution: The load,

AE    2  1.3    
F= =  D E =     (0.025) (207 000 000 000 ) = 52 837.66 N
2
L L4  2.5 (1000 )  
4

65. This is a general term that refers to the mating of cylindrical parts such as bolt or a hole; it is used only when the internal
member is smaller that the external member. How do you call this?
a) Clearance b) Interference c) Allowance d) Tolerance

Answer: a) Clearance

66. A 50-mm diameter shaft is to transmit 12 kW power at a speed of 500 rpm, determine the mean diameter of the pin, under
double shear, for a material having a safe unit stress of 40 N/mm2.
a) 11.08 mm b) 12.08 mm c) 13.08 mm d) 10.08 mm
Pin
Answer: b) Diameter of the pin = 12.08 mm Shaft

30 P 30 (12 000) T
Solution: Transmitted Torque, T = = = 229.183 N  m = 229183 N  mm
n  (500)
2 T 2 (229 183)
Pin Shearing Force, Fs = = = 9167.32 N
D 50
F 4 Fs 2 Fs
Pin Mean Diameter, ss = s = =
2 As 2  d 2  d 2

2 Fs 2 (9 167.32)
d= = = 12.08 mm
 ss  (40)

67. This is a lubrication condition where non-conformal surfaces are completely separated by lubricant film and no asperities
are in contact. How do you call this lubrication condition?
a) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication b) Boundary lubrication
c) Hydrodynamic lubrication d) Hydrostatic lubrication

Answer: a) Elastohydodynamic lubrication

68. A 1200 mm cast iron pulley is fastened to 112.5 mm shaft by means of a 28.13 mm square key 175 mm long. The key and
shaft have a shearing stress of 14 000 psi. Determine the force acting at the pulley that will shear the key.
a) 10 015 lb b) 11 005 lb c) 11 050 lb d) 10 501 lb

12
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Answer: a) The force acting on the pulley = 10 015 lb

 s bLD 
2 s 
 D 
Solution: Fp =
2T
=
 2 
= s s bL  = (14 000 ) 28.13  175  112.5  = 10 014.74 lb
 Dp   
Dp Dp    25.4  25.4  1 200 

s s bLD
Where, T = → Torque based on shear, in  lb
2

69. A 75-mm diameter shaft is transmitting 350 kW at 650 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in
diameter. Find the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
a) 245 mm b) 254 mm c) 452 mm d) 425 mm

Answer: a) Bolt Circle diameter = 245 mm

8T 8(30 )P 8(30 )(350 )

Solution: D B = = = = 0.245 m = 245 mm
 ssd n B
2
 d ssn n B
2 2
 (0.018)2 (27 500 )(650 )(6 )
2

 s s d 2 D B n n B 30 P
Note: Torque Based on Shear, T = =
8 n

70. How do you call the flattened end of a shank, and intended to fit into a driving slot in the socket?
a) Handle b) Tang c) Relief d) Tip

Answer: b) Tang

71. If a sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 38.1 mm and a length of 50.8 mm, the wall thickness is 3/16 inch. The
bearing is subjected to a radial load of 500 kg. What is the bearing pressure, in psi?
a) 904 psi b) 409 psi c) 490 psi d) 940 psi

Answer: c) Bearing pressure = 490 psi

Solution:
 50.8
For bearing or projected area, A B = L D = 
 25.4
  38.1
in .  
  25.4
in . − 2 3

( )
in = 2.25 in 2
16 

W (500 kg )(2.205 lb / kg ) = 490 psi

Bearing pressure, p = =
AB 2.25 in 2

72. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the high-
carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and impact
loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wire

Answer: b) Chrome Vanadium

73. Determine the minimum whole depth of spur gear of 14.5o involute type with diametral pitch of 24 and circular pitch of
0.1309 inch.
a) 0.09000 inch b) 0.08900 inch c) 0.0899 inch d) 0.089758 inch

Answer: c) Whole depth = 0.0899 inch

2.157 2.157
Solution: From Vallance, page 262: h = = = 0.089875 inch
pd 24

13
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

74. A parallel helical gear set was a 17-tooth pinion driving a 34-tooth gear. The pinion has a right-hand helix angle of 30o, a
normal pressure angle of 20o, and a normal diametral pitch of 5 teeth/in. Find the axial circular pitches.
a) 1.2566 inches/tooth b) 1.6625 inches/tooth c) 1.6526 inches/tooth d) 1.6256 inches/tooth

Answer: a) Axial circular pitch = 1.2566 inches/tooth

Pcn 0.62832
Solution: Pc = = = 0.72552 inch / tooth
cos  cos30o

Pc 0.72552
Pa = = = 1.2566 inches / tooth
tan  tan 30o

75. For an American Standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC designate?
a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread b) 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread
c) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine thread d) 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse thread

Answer: a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread

• Note: 6 stands for the designated size, 32 stands for the number of threads per inch, UNC stands for Coarse
threads

76. Determine the Poisson’s ratio of a material whose modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa and whose modulus of rigidity is 80
GPa.
a) 0.33 b) 0.25 c) 0.38 d) 0.22

Answer: b) Poisson’s ratio = 0.25

Solution: G =
E
E = 200GPa, G = 80GPa:  = 0.25
2(1 + )

77. A steel has a BHN = 300. What is its approximate ultimate strength in ksi?
a) 300 ksi b) 150 ksi c) 75 ksi d) 200 ksi

Answer: b) Ultimate Strength = 150 ksi

Solution: Su  0.5(BHN), ksi

78. If the angular deformation of a solid shaft should not to exceed 1o in a length of 1.8 m and the allowable shearing stress is
83 MMa, what is the diameter of the shaft? Assume that the shaft material has G = 77 x 106 kPa.
a) 222.34 mm b) 234.22 mm c) 23.42 cm d) 24.22 cm

Answer: a) Shaft diameter = 222.34 mm

 D3ss 
32 L
 16  2(83 000 )(1.8)
Solution:  =
TL 32T L
= =   = 2 ss L D=
2 ss L
= = 222 .34 mm
JG D 4G  D 4G DG G o
1 
 
(

 180 o 
77 x )
10 6

79. How do you call the process of producing the residual compressive stress of machine parts, which is performed by
directing the a high velocity stream of hardened balls or pellets at the surface to be treated.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

Answer: b) Shot blasting

80. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15. The
outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.

14
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) Frictional Horsepower = 0.374 Hp

Tf n f W rf n 0.15(2000 lb )(1.56 inches )(50 rpm)

Solution: fHp = = = = 0.3714
63000 63000 63000

2  r −r  2  (2)3 − (1)3 
3 3
Where, rf =  o i  =   = 1.56 inches
3  ro2 − ri2  3  (3)2 − (1)2 
 

81. It is a process that produces residual compressive stress on the machine part, which uses a series of hammer blows on the
surface.
a) Nitriding b) Shot blasting c) Peening d) Tempering

Answer: c) Peening

82. Two shafts 3.6 m between centers carry pulleys 1.2 m in diameter and 0.91 m in diameter respectively, connected by a
crossed belt. It is desired to put the belt on as an open belt. How long a piece must be cut of it?
a) 303.3 mm b) 330 mm c) 333.0 mm d) 330.3 mm

Answer: Length to be cut off = 303.3 mm

Solution: For the length of an open belt connection,

( )

(D1 + D 2 ) + 2C + D 2 − D1 =   (1200 + 910) + 2(3600) + (1200 − 910) = 10 520.22 mm
2 2
Lo =
2 4C 2 4(3600)

For the length of belt for crossed belt connection,


(D1 + D2 ) + 2C + (D2 − D1 ) =   (1200 + 910 ) + 2(3600 ) + (1200 + 910 ) = 10 823 .55 mm
2 2
Lc =
2 4C 2 4(3600 )

Solving for the difference of lengths,

L = L c − L o = 10 823.55 − 10 520.22 = 303.33 mm

83. It is a surface-hardening process for alloy steels in which the material is heated to 950 oF in a nitrogen atmosphere,
typically ammonia gas, followed by slow cooling.
a) Quenching b) Nitriding c) Shot blasting d) Peening

Answer: b) Nitriding

84. A 20-tooth motor sprocket, running at 1200 rpm, drives a blower at a speed ratio of 4:1. Using the largest permissible
chain size and the largest permissible center distance of 80 pitches, what length of chain in pitches is required to connect
the sprockets?
a) 200 pitches b) 212 pitches c) 216 pitches d) 220 pitches

Answer: b) Chain length = 21 pitches

Solution: L = N t1 + N t 2 + 2C + (N t 2 − N t1 ) = 212 .pitches

2

c p
2 40 C p

85. Which of the following gases is typically used in nitriding process of surface hardening?
a) Nitrogen gas b) Carbon dioxide c) Ammonia gas d) Hydrogen gas

Answer: c) Ammonia gas

15
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

86. A 20-kW motor, running at 1200 rpm, drives a 400 mm diameter pulley at a belt tension ratio of 2.4. If the belt’s tight side
tension is only 1200 N, determine the transmission efficiency.
a) 87.97 % b) 84.58 % c) 85.66 % d) 86.55 %

Answer: a) Transmission Efficiency = 87.97 %

Tout ( n )   n   D  F   n  D   1200    0.40   1200 

    net     (F1 − F2 )    1200 − 
Solution:  = Poutput
= 30 =  30   2 
=  30   2 
=  30   2   2.4 
= 0.8797
Pinput Pinput Pinput Pinput 20 000

87. A right-handed single-thread hardened-steel worm has a catalog rating of 2.25 kW at 650 rpm when meshed with a 48-
tooth cast-steel gear. The axial pitch of the worm is 25 mm, normal pressure angle is 14.5o, and the pitch diameter of the
worm is 100 mm. The coefficient of friction is 0.085. Determine the shafts center distance.
a) 241 mm b) 142 mm c) 412 mm d) 124 mm

Answer: a) Center distance = 241 mm

w n w Tg D g cos  Dg
Solution: Speed Ratio, SR = = = = =
g ng Tw D w sin  D w tan 
L p 25
Tan = = = = 0.07958 →  = 4.55 o
D w D w (100 )
T  T    T 
Pitch diameter of the gear, D g = 
g
D w tan  =  g D w  p  =  g  p  =  48  25  = 381 .97 mm
 T   D   T  
T
 w  w  w   w    1   
D w + Dg 100 + 381.97
Center Distance, C = = = 241 mm
2 2

88. Which of the following is the benefit in using nitriding as a surface-hardening process for alloy steels?
a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more
b) Improvement of endurance strength, less than 50 %
c) Improvement of endurance strength, more than 50 %
d) 80 % improvement on the endurance strenght

Answer: a) Improvement of endurance strength, 50 % or more

89. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4o b) 20o c) 14.5o d) 20.5o

Answer: a) Pitch angle = 18.4o

 Tp 
Solution:  = tan −1   = tan −1  14  = 18.4 o
 Tg   42 
 

90. A triple-thread worm has a lead angle of 17o and a pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center distance when the
worm is mated with a wheel of 48 teeth.
a) 6.72 inches b) 7.26 inches c) 6.27 inches d) 7.62 inches

Answer: a) Center Distance = 6.72 inches

 Tg 
Solution: Dg =  D w tan  =  48 (2.2802 ) tan17 o = 11.154 inches
T   3 
 w 
D w + D g 2.2802 + 11.154
C= = = 6.72 inches
2 2

16
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

91. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69o b) 9.46o c) 6.49o d) 6.94o

Answer: b) Gear helix angle = 9.46o

 T  D g   
Solution:  = tan −1  w   = tan −1  2  5  = 9.46 o
 
 Tg  D w   20  3 

92. A 36-tooth pinion turning at 300 rpm drives 120-tooth gear of 14.5o involute full depth pressure angle. Determine the rpm
of the driven gear.
a) 60 rpm b) 45 rpm c) 75 rpm d) 90 rpm

Answer: d) 90 rpm

 Tp 
Solution: n g = n p   = (300 ) 36  = 90 rpm
 Tg   120 
 

93. If two parallel shafts are connected by cylinders in pure rolling contact and turning in the same direction, and having a
speed ratio of 2.75, what is the Center distance of the two shafts assuming that the diameter of the smaller cylinder is 22
cm?
a) 18.25 cm b) 19.25 cm c) 20.25 cm d) 17.25 cm

Answer: b) Center Distance = 19.25 cm

Solution: Diameter of the bigger cylinder, D 2 = SR(D1 ) = 2.75(22) = 60.5 cm

D 2 − D1 60.5 − 22
Center distance, C = = = 19.25 cm
2 2

94. In estimating the actual endurance strength of steel parts, one of the factors to be considered is the material factor, which
of the following is the recommended material factor for cast steel?
a) 0.70 b) 0.80 c) 0.75 d) 1.0

Answer: a) Material factor for cast steel = 0.70

95. How do you call the level of stress that the part will be permitted to see under operating conditions?
a) Yield stress b) Endurance stress c) Design stress d) Ultimate stress

Answer; c) Design Stress

96. Which of the following column formulas is applicable to cast iron columns?
a) Euler’s formula b) J.B.Johnson’s formula
d) Secant formula d) Straight line formula

Answer: d) Straight line formula

o Ans. D. Straight line formula. Cast iron columns are usually designed on the basis of
P L 
= 9000 − 40  e  → a Straight line formula
A k 

o Where the slenderness ratio Le/k should not exceed 70.

97. Which of the following ferrous metals has the lowest carbon content?
a) Carbon steel b) Wrought iron c) Cast iron d) SAE 4140

17
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Answer: b) Wrought iron

o Wrought iron usually contains less than 0.04% C; steel usually has less than 2.5% C; cast iron has more than 1.7% C;
SAE 4140 has approximately 0.4% C.

98. Two extension coil springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m
and the other spring is rated at 6 kN/m. Determine the total deflection of the springs.
a) 408.6 mm b) 486.0 mm c) 480.6 mm d) 460.8 mm

Answer: a) Spring Deflection = 408.6 mm

 k + k2  4 + 6
 = (100 kg )(9.8066 N / kg )
F F
Solution:  t = 1 + 2 = + = F 1  = 408 .6 mm
k1 k 2  k1k 2   4(6) 

99. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in a
0.625 inch thick plate?
a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

Answer: a) Punching force = 61 850 lb

( )
Solution: F = s u As = s u (d t ) = 42000 lb / in 2 ()(0.75 in )(0.625 in ) = 61850 .1 lb

100. If stiffness is the main criterion in selecting a material, which of the following is the most economical choice?
a) SAE 3130 b) SAE 1020 c) SAE 6150 d) AISI 301, ¼ hard stainless steel

o Ans. B. SAE 1020- plain carbon steel. All of the above materials are steel with practically equal modulus of elasticity.
The three other materials are alloy steels that are relatively more expensive.

101. Which of the following materials can easily be machined?

a) AISI C1020 b) AISI C1112 c) AISI C1030 d) AISI C1010

Answer: b) AISI CIII2

o Ans. b. C1112. This is a free-cutting steel with a higher sulfur content for ease in machining

102. Wood is an ______ material; that is, its mechanical properties are unique and independent in three mutually perpendicular
directions—longitudinal, radial, and tangential.
a) Isotopic b) Anisotropic c) Orthotropic d) Any of these

Answer: c) Orthotropic material

103. A stepped torsion shaft has diameters of 16 mm and 12 mm and a fillet radius of 2 mm. The shaft is subjected to a torque
of 12.5 N-m. Find the maximum induced stress caused by the fillet. Consider a stress concentration factor of 1.25.
a) 36.84 MPaa b) 46.05 MPa c) 38.64 MPa d) 45.06 MPa

Answer: b) 46.05 MPa

Solution: Solving for the average induced shear stress in the shaft

16T 16 (12.5)
ss = = = 36841422.01 Pa = 36.84 MPa r = 2 mm
 d 3  ( 0.012 )3

D = 16 mm d = 12 mm
Solving for the maximum induced shear stress,

ss( max ) = k ts ss = (1.25)( 36.84) = 46.05 MPa

18
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

104. A steam engine that has a stroke of 12 inches has an overhung crank of 11 inches. The maximum tangential force, P, on
the crank may be assumed as 75000 lb. Assuming an allowable stress in shear as 4400 psi, determine the crankshaft
diameter.
a) 4.77 inches b) 3.77 inches c) 2.77 inches d) 1.77 inches

Answer: a) Crankshaft Diameter = 4.77 inches B

Solution:
Solving for the torque, T = P  R = (7500)(6) = 45 000 in  lb A 6”
Crankpin

Solving for the bending moment, M = (7500)(11) = 82 500 in  lb

11”
Solving for the shaft diameter, Crankshaft
1 1
 16   3  16 3
D =   M2 + T2  =  (45 000)2 + (82 500)2  = 4.77"
  s s     (4400) 

105. The principal raw materials used in steelmaking are iron ore, coal, and __________.
a) Coke b) Limestone c) Slag d) Flux

Answer: b) Limestone

106. The steel part is heated to a temperature of 900–1150 degrees F in an atmosphere of ammonia gas and dissociated
ammonia for an extended period of time that depends on the case depth desired.
a) Nitriding b) Carburizing c) Case hardening d) Cyaniding

Answer: a) Nitriding

107. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15. The
outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Answer: b) 0.3714 Hp

Tf n f W rf n 0.15(2000 lb )(1.56 inches )(50 rpm)

Solution: fHp = = = = 0.3714
63000 63000 63000

2  ro − ri  2  (2)3 − (1)3 
3 3
Where, rf = =   = 1.56 inches
3  ro2 − ri2  3  (3)2 − (1)2 

108. The primary application of high-speed steels is to tools used for the working of metals __________.
a) that are too hard b) at high cutting speeds
c) that are too soft d) at slow cutting speeds

Answer: b) At high cutting speeds

109. A parallel helical gear-set consists of a 19-tooth pinion driving a 57-teeth gear. The pinion has a left-hand helix angle of
20o, a normal pressure angle of 14½o, and a normal diametal pitch of 10 teeth/inch. If the pinion is to transmit 50 Hp at a
speed of 1750 rpm. Determine the center distance of the two gears.
a) 2.02 inches b) 6.06 inches c) 4.04 inches d) 2.06 inches

Answer: c) 4.04 inches

Pd Tp Tg
Solution: Pdn = = =
cos  D p cos  D g cos 

19
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

Tp 19
Pitch diameter of the pinion, D p = = = 2.02 inches
Pdn cos  10 cos 20 o
 Tg 
Pitch Diameter of the gear, D g = D p   = 2.02 57  = 6.06 inches
 Tp   19 
 
D p + Dg 2.02 + 6.06
Center-to-center distance, C = = = 4.04 inches
2 2

110. In gearing, this is the ratio of the arc of action to the circular pitch.
a) Speed ratio b) Arc ratio c) Contact ratio d) Gear ratio

Answer: c) Contact ratio

111. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90
mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

Answer: b) 6 mm/s

Solution: For the linear speed of the screw,

Vn = n (L) = (60 rpm)(6 mm/rev) = 360 mm/min = 6 mm/s

112. Flywheel arms are usually of elliptical cross-section, the strength of the arms should equal _________the strength of the
shaft in torsion.
a) Three-fourths b) One-half c) Two-thirds d) One-fourth

Answer: a) Three-fourth

113. This alloy (nickel, iron, chromium, cobalt is a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant material suitable for sub-zero
temperatures and temperatures up to about 750 degrees F., provided that torsional stresses are kept below 75,000 pounds
per square inch. It is precipitation-hardened to produce hardnesses of 48 to 50 Rockwell C and is used in watch and
instrument springs.
a) Elinvar b) Monel c) Inconel d) Dynavar

Ans. Dynavar; source: Machinery’s handbook

114. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

Answer: b) One-fourth of the shaft diameter

Note: One-fourth of shaft diameter, as a guide in key selection for both square and flat rectangular keys.

115. What is the property of matter that causes it to resist any change in its motion or state of rest?
a) Momentum b) Kinetic Energy c) Inertia d) Section modulus

Answer: c) Inertia

116. This is defined as the cutting time to reach a predetermined wear, called the tool wear criterion.
a) Wear duration b) Cycle time c) Tool life d) Life cycle

Answer: c) Tool life

117. Which of the following G-codes refers to rapid traverse in CNC machining?
20
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

a) G00 b) G01 c) G02 d) G03

Answer: a) G00

118. An acronym in CNC machining which means access of the machine operator to insert machining instructions directly into
the NC machine control system via push buttons, pressure pads, knobs, or other arrangements.
a) FMS b) FMC c) CIM d) MDI

Answer: d) MDI

Note: MDI = manual data input

119. The variable polarity plasma arc (VPPA) process was developed for welding metals that form an oxide skin, such as
___________.
a) Steel b) Copper c) Cast iron d) Aluminum

Answer: d) Aluminum

120. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

a) The terms “polishing” and “buffing” are sometimes applied to similar classes of work in different plants.
b) Polishing is any operation performed with wheels having abrasive glued to the working surfaces
c) Buffing is done with wheels having the abrasive applied loosely
d) Polishing is not so harsh an operation as buffing, and it is commonly utilized to obtain very fine surfaces having a
“grainless finish.”

Answer: d)

Note: Polishing is harsher than buffing.

121. If the steel is strongly deoxidized by the addition of deoxidizing elements, no gas is evolved, and the steel is technically
called _______because it lies quietly in the molds.
a) Quenched b) Annealed c) Killed d) Tempered

Answer: c) Killed steel

122. Stainless steels generally contain at least __ per cent chromium, with or without other elements.
a) 18 b) 16 c) 12 d) 10

Answer: d) 10 percent

123. What grades of stainless steels are nonmagnetic in the annealed condition, although some may become slightly magnetic
after cold working?
a) Ferritic grades b) Austenitic grades c) Martensitic grades d) Any of these

Answer: b) Austenitic grades

124. These steels (SAE Steels 1006, 1008, 1010, 1015) are the lowest carbon steels of the plain carbon type, and are selected
where ________ is the primary requisite of the user.
a) Strength b) Cold formability c) Ductility d) Durability

Answer: b) Cold formability

125. Steel is heated to a temperature above the critical range, after which it is cooled in still air to produce a generally fine
pearlite structure. The purpose is to promote uniformity of structure and properties after a hot-working operation such as
forging or extrusion. What was the heat treatment involved?
a) Annealing b) Normalizing c) Tempering d) Stress relieving

Answer: b) Normalizing

21
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

126. At certain speeds called the critical speeds, a rotating shaft will become dynamically unstable and the resulting vibrations
and deflections can result in damage not only to the shaft but to the machine of which it is a part. At what percentage of the
critical speed should a shaft be safely operated?
a) Plus or minus 20% b) Plus or minus 5 % c) Plus or minus 10 % d) Any of these

Answer: a) Plus or minus 20 %

127. This is the most widely used of all spring materials for small springs operating at temperatures up to about 250 degrees F.
It is tough, has a high tensile strength, and can withstand high stresses under repeated loading.
a) Music wire b) Hard drawn spring wire
c) Oil tempered spring wire d) Stainless steel spring wire

128. It is an acronym in machining. This process uses an electrode to remove metal from a workpiece by generating electric
sparks between conducting surfaces.
a) MIG b) GMAW c) EDM d) CNC

Ans. Electro-Discharge Machining (Source: Machinery’s Handbook)

129. In die casting accurate parts made of steel, what shrinkage allowance in inches per inch is recommended?
a) 0.011 b) 0.022 c) 0.033 d) 0.044

Ans. 0.022. (Source: Machinery’s Handbook)

130. This are gears used to connect shafts that are non-intersecting and non-parallel. They are a cross between spriral bevel
gears and worm gears.
a) Helical gears b) Hypoid gears c) Planetary gears d) Bevel gears

131. This is a type of seal used where some form of relative motion occurs between rigid parts of an assembly.
a) Gasket b) Distorted seal c) Vibratory seal d) Dynamic seal

132. It is a lubrication for roller chains wherein the lubricant is supplied by a circulating pump capable of supplying the chain
drive with a continuous flow of oil inside the chain loop evenly across the chain width and directly at the slack strand.
a) Oil stream lubrication b) Bath lubrication
c) Drip lubrication d) Recirculated lubrication

133. In manufacturing, this is the operation of cutting out flat area to some desired shape and is usually the first step in a series
of operation.
a) Turning b) Facing c) Blanking d) Finishing

134. An M-code which generally refers to start spindle rotation in a clockwise direction.
a) M03 b) M04 c) M05 d) M06

Ans. M03-spindle start in a clockwise rotation

135. A final operation to improve the polish of a metal and to bring out the maximum luster
a) Finishing b) Surface grinding c) Broaching d) Buffing

136. Machining operations with the proper application of a cutting fluid generally has the following attributes except:
a) Higher cutting speeds b) Higher feed rates
c) Lengthened tool life d) Higher cutting accuracy

Ans. D. The use of cutting fluids does not increase cutting accuracy.

137. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Tungsten b) Titanium c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

138. Which of the following is the lightest of all structural metals?

a) Aluminum b) Copper c) Magnesium d) Manganese

22
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

139. This process reduces internal stresses, caused by machining, cold working, or welding, by heating the steel to a
temperature below the critical range and holding it there long enough to equalize the temperature throughout the piece.
a) Annealing b) Normalizing c) Tempering d) Stress Relieving

140. A free-cutting steel has a higher ______ content than comparable carbon steels.
a) Sulfur b) Cobalt c) Nickel d) Chromium

141. This property designates the steels resistance to the softening effect of elevated temperature.
a) Hot hardness b) Machinability c) Toughness d) Elasticity

142. Use of hard solders, silver solders and smelter solders which have silver, copper, or nickel bases and have melting points
above 800 degrees F is known as_______
a) Soldering b) Welding c) Brazing d) Any of these

143. In braking, the term backstop refers to a brake that is:

a) Self locking in one direction b) Self energizing
c) Self locking in both directions d) Any of these

Ans. Self-locking in one direction only

144. How do you call a fixed crane consisting of a supported vertical member from which extends a horizontal swinging arm
carrying a trolley hoist or other hoisting mechanism?
a) Jib crane b) Gantry crane c) Overhead crane d) Tower crane

Ans. a) Jib crane (source: PME Code)

145. This iron is also known as a ductile cast iron. How do you call this iron?
a) Malleable iron b) Nodular cast iron c) White cast iron d) Gray cast iron

Ans. b) Nodular cast iron is a ductile cast iron.

146. It is the ability to deform plastically to compensate for irregularities in bearing assembly. How do you call this?
a) Plasticity b) Conformability c) Embeddability d) Elasticity

147. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Titanium b) Tungsten c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

148. Newton’s law of motion that describes that if a force acts to change the state of motion of the body, the body offers a
resistance equal and directly opposite to the force.
a) Second law b) Third law c) First law d) Universal gravitation

Ans. b) Newton’s third law of motion: Action = Reaction

149. These are steels most widely used of engineering materials. No other material offers comparable versatility for product
design.
a) Wrought steels b) Low carbon steels c) Medium carbon steels d) Tool steels

150. Which of the following steels does not readily respond to heat treatment?
a) SAE 1045 b) AISI 6150 c) SAE 1020 d) SAE 1095

o Low carbon steels (0.3% C and lower) do not readily respond to heat treatment.

151. What is an element added to steel to improve its machinability?

a) Carbon b) Sulfur c) Cobalt d) Chromium

o Free machining or free cutting carbon contains more sulfur than other steels.

23
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

152. Which of the following information is FALSE regarding steel that has increased carbon content?
a) Its strength is increased b) Its BHN becomes greater
c) Its ductility is improved d) Its % reduction or elongation is reduced

o The ductility of steel is reduced if its carbon content is increased.

153. In manufacturing, what is the operation of cutting out flat area to some desired shape and is usually the first step in a series
of operation?
a) Turning b) Blanking c) Facing d) Finishing

Ans. b) Blanking (Source: PME Code)

154. This is a metal joining process which uses a non-ferrous filler metal with a melting point below that of the base metals but
above 800F. How do you call this process?
a) Brazing b) Arc welding c) Soldering d) Riveting

155. Rivet holes are made usually ____ inch larger in diameter than the nominal diameter of the rivet.
a) 1/8 b) 1/16 c) ¼ d) 1/32

o Generally 1/16” from MD books (e.g. Black) and from the Machinery’s Handbook.

156. Which of the following equations/formulas does not belong to the group?
a) Lame’s equation b) Euler’s formula c) J. B. Johnson’s equation d) Secant formula

o Lame’s equation is an equation for a thick-walled pressure cylinder. The other 3 are for columns.

157. In CNC programming, which of the following G code commands is for dwell or rest?
a) G01 b) G04 c) G03 d) G02

o G04 is for dwell or rest; G01 is for linear interpolation; G02 is for circular interpolation CW; G03 is for circular
interpolation CCW.

158. In CNC programming, which of the following M code commands is for a tool change?
a) M06 b) M04 c) M03 d) M10

o M06 is for a tool change; M03 is for spindle start CW; M04 is for spindle start CCW; M10 is for chuck open.

159. Which of the following is a material description referring to unique properties in three mutually perpendicular planes?
a) Isotropy b) Anisotropy c) Orthotropy d) Isometry

Ans. Orthotropy. Example is wood which shows unique properties in the three mutually perpendicular planes.

160. The true stress-strain curve in a stress-stress diagram appears to be:

a) Lower than the engineering stress-strain curve
b) Higher than the engineering stress-strain curve
c) The same as the engineering stress strain curve
d) Symmetrical with the engineering stress-strain curve

o The true stress-strain curve uses the actual area of the specimen and is therefore higher than the engineering curve
which is based on a constant (original) area of the specimen.

161. This is a hardening treatment for steels having low carbon content.
a) Tempering b) Case hardening c) Normalizing d) Anodizing

162. What is a manufacturing process used for the production of aluminum?

a) Forging b) Extrusion c) Blow molding d) Injection molding

163. This refers to a loss of material from the interface of two metal surfaces that are in intimate contact. How do you call this?
a) Interfacing b) Interference c) Wear d) Fretting corrosion
24
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

164. This is a type of fit that requires heating the hub to expand its inside diameter. What do you call this type of fit?
a) Expansion fit b) Force fit c) Shrink fit d) Any of these

165. AFBMA is an acronym for an association involved in what machine elements?

a) Ball and roller bearings b) Journal bearings
c) Flat belts and other belt types d) Any type of gears

o AFBMA means Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers’ Association and is concerned with rolling element bearings
such as ball, roller, and needle bearings.

166. What is the general description for mild steel?

a) Medium carbon steel b) Low carbon steel c) High carbon steel d) Cold rolled steel

Ans. Mild carbon steels are low carbon steels.

167. Von Mises theory is the other term used for

a) Maximum principal stress theory b) Octahedral shear-stress theory
c) Maximum shear-stress theory d) Energy distortion theory

168. A type of key in which width and thickness are equal is called as:
a) Flat key b) Square key c) Pin key d) Barth key

169. In the design of key, the typical hub lengths are in accordance with the following relation where D is shaft diameter.
a) 1.25D to 2.4D b) 0.5D to 1.25D c) 2.4D to 3.5D d) Depends on shaft diameter

170. A coupling that allows axial flexibility/movement in the operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather, fabric and/or
plastic material into two flanges.
a) Flexible disk coupling b) Flexible toroidal spring coupling
c) Flexible Oldham coupling d) Elastic material bonded coupling

171. It is a machine member that supports another part that rotates, slides, or oscillates in or on it.
a) Pulley b) Key c) Bearing d) Shaft

172. It is a bearing that permits constrained relative motion of rigid parts; lubricant is generally inserted or supplied between the
mating surfaces to reduce friction and wear, and to carry away the heat generated.
a) Sliding Contact Bearing b) Rolling Contact Bearing
c) Thrust Bearing d) Journal Bearing

173. These are surfaces that do not conform to each other very well as in the rolling-element bearings.
a) Conformal surfaces b) Non-conformal surfaces
c) Sliding surfaces d) Rolling surfaces

174. The study of lubrication, friction, and wear of moving or stationary parts is known as:
a) Lubrication b) Tribology c) Hydrodynamics d) Hydrostatics

175. A bearing where surfaces are non-conformed and motion is primarily rolling; it composed of rolling elements interposed
between an outer ring and inner ring.
a) Sliding-element bearing b) Rolling-element bearing
c) Conformal surfaces bearing d) Non-conformal surfaces bearing

176. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone?
a) Face angle b) Pitch angle c) Addendum angle d) Dedendum angle

177. It is a Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the frame or fixed link and the other two cranks completely
rotate with their axes. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism?
a) Drag-link mechanism b) Crank-rocker mechanism
c) Double-rocker mechanism d) Triple-rocker mechanism

25
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

178. “For a planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest lengths cannot be greater than the sum of the remaining
two link lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two members.” How do you call the preceding
statement?
a) Grubler’s Law b) Coriolli’s Law c) Grashof’s Law d) Freudentein’s Law

179. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of planar linkages?
a) Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same velocity in each.
b) Centro is a point in one body about which another body does not rotate.
c) Centro is a point in one body about which another body actually turns.
d) Centro is a point in one body about which another body tends to turn.

180. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine with the base graduated in degrees that make it
possible to swivel any angle. What is this working device?
a) Shaper vise b) Parallel bars and hold down bars c) Lathe holder d) Swivel head

181. This is a shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and having the excess material remain with a tolerable
allowance for finishing. How do you call this operation?
a) Roughing b) Finishing c) Angular cutting d) Contouring

182. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges as in drill presses and milling machine cutters?
a) Grinder b) Single-point cutting tool
c) Multi-point cutting tool d) Two point cutting tool

183. This is the trade name for a patented alloy made up chiefly of cobalt, chromium, and tungsten in varying proportions.
What is this trade name?
a) Stellite b) Carboloy c) Stainless steel d) Copper

184. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a) Design b) Synthesis c) Analysis d) Theorem

185. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load, or motion for
a specific purpose. How do you call this?
a) Mechanism b) Engine c) Machine d) Linkage

186. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an idea or concept
greater than the sum of the individual pats. What is this system?
a) System of mechanisms b) Mechanical system c) Design system d) Expert system

187. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do you call this?
a) Deformation b) Elongation c) Strain d) Stress

188. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal stress or minimum
principal normal stress, with a third principal stress between or equivalent to the extremes?
a) Principal shear stress b) Principal normal stress
c) Maximum shear stress d) Bending and shear stresses

189. How do you call a load that is applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member?
a) Combined loads b) Concentrated load c) Bending load d) Distributed load

190. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?

a) Toughness b) Rigidity c) Resilience d) Stiffness

191. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a) von Mises criterion b) Tresca yield criterion
c) Coulomb-Mohr theory d) Modified Mohr theory

192. It is a failure prediction theory, which states that a part subjected to any combination of loads will fail (by yielding or
fracturing) whenever the maximum shear stress exceeds a critical value. How do you call this failure prediction theory?
a) Distortion-energy theory b) Maximum-shear-stress theory

26
Machine Design and Shop Practice (Problems and Elements)

c) Internal friction theory d) Modified Mohr theory

193. This is a theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional to number of
cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a) Miner’s Rule b) Paris Power Law
c) Goodman Rule d) Manson-Coffin Relationship

194. This is a lubrication where the load-carrying surfaces of the bearing are separated by a relatively thick film of lubricant, so
as to prevent metal-to-metal contact; and where the stability of the film can be explained by the laws of fluid mechanics.
How do you call this type of lubrication?
a) Hydrostatic lubrication b) Hydrodynamic lubrication
c) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication d) Boundary lubrication

195. How do call the speed at which a rotating shaft becomes dynamically unstable?
a) Normal speed b) Variable speed c) Critical speed d) Average speed

196. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a) Crown bearing b) Conrad bearing
c) Angular-contact bearing d) Cylindrical bearing

197. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process characteristics and
tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a) Boring b) Drilling c) Reaming d) Milling

198. What is a set of specification for parts, materials, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency, and a specified
quality?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

199. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something; the purpose of which is
to achieve a specified degree of safety, efficiency, and performance or quality. How do you call this set of specifications?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

200. How do call the size to which limits or deviations is assigned and is the same for both members of the fit; it is the exact
theoretical size?
a) Nominal size b) Basic size c) Maximum size d) Minimum size

201. What is the algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic size?
a) Tolerance b) Allowance c) Deviation d) Limit

202. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size

203. This is used either for very accurate angular measurements or for locating work at a given angle; is used together with
precision gage blocks. What is this?
a) Protractor b) Compound rest c) Sine bar d) Micrometer

27
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 2)

1. Select a deep-groove ball bearing to carry a radial load Fx = 800 lb and a thrust load Fz = 700 lb at 1800 rpm. The service is
8 hr/day, but it is not continuous; design for 18 250 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring rotates.
Determine the design life in million revolution (mr) with no more than 10 % failure.
a) 1791 mr b) 1971 mr c) 1197 mr d) 1917 mr

2. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in a
0.625 inch thick plate?
a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

3. Find the pressure required to punch a 1-inch square hole in ¼ -inch thick steel.
a) 20.67 tons b) 26.76 tons c) 26.67 tons d) 26.67 tons

4. What length of a square key is required for a 4-in diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm? The allowable shear
and compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively.
a) 2.1 inches b) 2.8 inches c) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inche

5. A flange coupling is to transmit 15,000 in-lb between two 2.5” diameter shafts. How many ½” diameter bolts in a 6”
diameter bolt circle are required if the shear stress in each bolt is limited to 3000 psi?
a) 9 bolts b) 7 bolts c) 6 bolts d) 8 bolts

6. Determine the radius of gyration of a wheel that has an outside and inside diameters of 1 meter and 0.75 meter,
respectively? Neglect its hub and arms.
a) 0.5125 m b) 0.6125 m c) 0.3125 m d) 0.4125 m

7. What is the polar section modulus of a solid shaft with a diameter of 101.6 mm?
a) 209.5 cm3 b) 209.5 cm4 c) 205.9 cm3 d) 205.9 cm4

8. If the angular deformation of a solid shaft should not to exceed 1 o in a length of 1.8 m and the allowable shearing stress is
83 MMa, what is the diameter of the shaft? Assume that the shaft material has G = 77 x 10 6 kPa.
a) 222.34 mm b) 234.22 mm c) 23.42 cm d) 24.22 cm

9. What modulus of elasticity in tension is required to obtain a unit deformation of 0.00105 from a load producing a unit
tensile stress of 3163.27 kg/cm2?
a) 40 x 106 psi b) 43 x 106 psi c) 45 x 106 psi d) 46 x 106 psi

10. If the ultimate shear strength of a steel plates is 42 000 psi, what force is necessary to punch a 0.75 inch diameter hole in a
0.625 inch thick plate?
a) 61 850 lb b) 65 810 lb c) 61 580 lb d) 60 185 lb

11. Determine the tensile stress area of an American Standard Screw Threads 6-32 UNC with basic major diameter of 0.1380
inch.
a) 9.085 x 10-3 in2 b) 9.085 x 10-2 in2 c) 9.085 x 10-4 in2 d) 9.085 x 10-5 in2

12. What is the number of threads per mm and the tensile stress area of a standard Metric screw Thread designated by M10 x
1.5?
a) 0.555 and 57.99 mm2 b) 0.667 and 57.99 mm2 c) 1.5 and 57.99mm2 d) 1.75 and 57.99 mm2

13. A line shaft is to transmit 200 Hp at 900 rpm. Find the diameter of the shaft.
a) 2.18 inches b) 2.28 inches c) 3.18 inches d) 3.28 inches

14. A round steel shaft rotates at 200 rpm and is subjected to a torque of 275 N-m and a bending moment of 415 N-m.
Determine the equivalent twisting moment.
a) 597.84 N-m b) 456.42 N-m c) 546.43 N-m d) 497.85 N-m

15. A 75-mm diameter shaft is transmitting 300 kW at 600 rpm. A flange coupling is used and has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in
diameter. Find the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
a) 227.4 mm b) 477.2 mm c) 274.7 mm d) 247.7 mm

1
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

16. A 1.75-inch-diameter shaft is supported by two sleeve bearings. The total load on the two bearings is 2800 lb. Find the
friction power loss, in Hp, if the coefficient of friction between shaft and bearing is 0.10 and the shaft rotates 200 rpm.
a) 0.88 Hp b) 0.78 Hp c) 0.98 Hp d) 0.68 Hp

17. Determine the Hp lost when a collar is loaded with 2000 lb, rotates at 50 rpm, and has a coefficient of friction of 0.15. The
outside diameter of the collar is 4 inches and the inside diameter is 2 inches.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

18. A vertical steel cylinder water tank is 30 m in diameter and 45 m high. The allowable stress of the steel plate is 1224
kg/cm2. Without reinforcing angle bars and rods, what is the thickness of the steel plate?
a) 55.15 mm b) 51.55 mm c) 65.15 mm d) 61.55 mm

19. What is the bursting steam pressure of a hemispherical steel shell with a diameter of 100 inches and made of 0.0635-m
thick steel plate, if the joint efficiency is 70 % and the tensile strength is 60 000 psi?
a) 4 020 psi b) 4 200 psi c) 2 400 psi d) 2 040 psi

20. The root diameter of a double square thread is 0.55 inch. The screw has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Find the outside diameter and
the number of thread per inch.
a) 0.2 threads/inch b) 10 threads/inch c) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch

21. Two shafts 3.6 m between centers carry pulleys 1.2 m in diameter and 0.91 m in diameter respectively, connected by a
crossed belt. It is desired to put the belt on as an open belt. How long a piece must be cut of it?
a) 303.3 mm b) 330 mm c) 333.0 mm d) 330.3 mm

22. A flat belt is 6 inches wide and 1/3 inch thick and transmits 15 Hp. The center distance is 8 ft. The driving pulley is 6
inches in diameter and rotates at 2 000 rpm such that the loose side of the belt is on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in
diameter. The belt material is 0.035 lb/in 3 and the coefficient of friction is 0.30. Determine the belt net tension.
a) 175.5 lb b) 157.5 lb c) 155.7 lb d) 165.7 lb

23. A pulley 600 mm in diameter transmits 40 kW at 500 rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley is 144 o, the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the belt is 2.1 MPa. Determine the belt
tensions ratio, neglecting the effect of centrifugal force.
a) 2.41 b) 2.14 c) 1.24 d) 4.12

24. A roller chain and sprocket is to drive vertical centrifugal discharge bucket elevator. The pitch of chain connecting
sprockets is 1.75”. The driving sprocket is rotating at 120 rpm and has 11 teeth while the driven sprocket is rotating at 38
rpm. Determine the number of teeth of driven sprocket.
a) 33 teeth b) 35 teeth c) 30 teeth d) 34 teeth

25. A helical steel spring has a maximum load of 800 lb and a corresponding deflection of 2 inches. If it has 8 active coils and
an index of 6, what minimum shear strength of the spring material is required?
a) 57 ksi b) 47 ksi c) 67 ksi d) 37 ksi

26. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the value of
Bergstrasssar factor of the spring.
a) 1.172 b) 1.712 c) 1.217 d) 1.271

27. A precision cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity of 6000 fpm. If the service is intermittent, find the dynamic
load.
a) 247.05 lb b) 274.05 lb c) 275.04 lb d) 247.05 lb

28. What is the difference of the values of the Wahl factor and the Bergstrasser factor, in percentage?
a) 1 % b) Less than 1 % c) Greater than 1 % d) 0.5 %

29. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69o b) 9.46o c) 6.49o d) 6.94o

30. A helical-coil spring has a mean coil diameter of 1 inch and a wire diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the shear-stress
augmentation factor of the spring.
a) 1.625 b) 1.0625 c) 1.0256 d) 1.0526

2
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

31. A disc clutch has 6 pairs of contacting friction surfaces with an outside diameter of 200 mm and an inside diameter of 100
mm. The coefficient of friction of the clutch materials is 0.4 and the axial force is 1500 N. The shaft speed is 1200 rpm.
Determine the Hp that can be transmitted by the clutch assuming uniform pressure.
a) 35.2 Hp b) 23.5 Hp c) 47.2 Hp d) 27.4 Hp

32. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is required to handle 2250 ft-lb of kinetic energy. It has a width of 8 inches,
mean operating speed is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to be 0.05. Find the weight of rim, assuming that the
arms and hub are equivalent to 10 % of the total rim weight. The flywheel is made up of cast iron with specific weight of
0.26 lb per cubic inch.
a) 333.7 lb b) 373.3 lb c) 337.3 lb d) 733.3 lb

33. A 20o involute spur gear has a tooth whole depth of 16.95 mm, a tooth thickness of 13.2 mm, and a pitch of 3. Determine
the circular pitch of the gear.
a) 26.6 mm b) 16.6 mm c) 25.6 mm d) 24.6 mm

34. A parallel helical gear-set consists of a 19-tooth pinion driving a 57-teeth gear. The pinion has a left-hand helix angle of
20o, a normal pressure angle of 14½o, and a normal diametal pitch of 10 teeth/inch. If the pinion is to transmit 50 Hp at a
speed of 1750 rpm. Determine the center distance of the two gears.
a) 2.02 inches b) 6.06 inches c) 4.04 inches d) 2.06 inches

35. A right-handed single-thread hardened-steel worm has a catalog rating of 2.25 kW at 650 rpm when meshed with a 48-
tooth cast-steel gear. The axial pitch of the worm is 25 mm, normal pressure angle is 14.5 o, and the pitch diameter of the
worm is 100 mm. The coefficient of friction is 0.085. Determine the shafts center distance.
a) 241 mm b) 142 mm c) 412 mm d) 124 mm

36. A 20o straight-tooth bevel pinion having 14 teeth and a diametral pitch of 6 teeth/inch drives a 42-tooth gear. The two
shafts are at right angles and in the same plane. Find the pitch angle of the pinion.
a) 18.4o b) 20o c) 14.5o d) 20.5o

37. A triple-thread worm has a lead angle of 17 o and a pitch diameter of 2.2802 inches. Find the center distance when the
worm is mated with a wheel of 48 teeth.
a) 6.72 inches b) 7.26 inches c) 6.27 inches d) 7.62 inches

38. A double-thread worm has a pitch diameter of 3 inches. The wheel has 20 teeth and a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the
gear helix angle.
a) 4.69o b) 9.46o c) 6.49o d) 6.94o

39. A 36-tooth pinion turning at 300 rpm drives 120-tooth gear of 14.5o involute full depth pressure angle. Determine the rpm
of the driven gear.
a) 60 rpm b) 45 rpm c) 75 rpm d) 90 rpm

40. Three extension springs are hooked in series that support a single weight of 100 kg. The first spring is rated at 4 kN/m and
the other two springs are rated 6 kN/m each. Determine the equivalent stiffness of the three springs.
a) 1.71 kN/m b) 5 kN/m c) 2.71 kN/m d) 3.71 kN/m

41. Three extension springs are hooked in parallel that support a single weight of 100 kg. The springs are rated 4 kN/m, 5
kN/m, and 6 kN/m, respectively. Determine the equivalent spring constant of the three springs.
a) 10 kN/m b) 15 kN/m c) 9 kN/m d) 11 kN/m

42. A single square thread power screw is to raise a load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 mm and a pitch of 6
mm. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90
mm and the screw turns at 60 rpm, find the axial linear speed of the screw.
a) 5 mm/s b) 6 mm/s c) 7 mm/s d) 5.5 mm/s

43. A double thread ACME screw driven by a motor at 400 rpm raises the attached load of 900 kg at a speed of 10 m/min. The
screw has a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is 0.15. The friction torque on the thrust bearing
of the motor is taken as 20 % of the total input. Determine the lead angle.
a) 12.465o b) 14.265o c) 15.462o d) 16.452o

44. What is the minimum clearance allowed for meshing spur gears with diametral pitch of 20? The spur gear has 25 teeth.
a) 0.00785 inch b) 0.00758 inch c) 0.00857 inch d) 0.00758 inch

3
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

45. A wire rope lifts a load of 10 kips at a maximum speed of 1000 feet per minute, attained in 5 seconds starting from rest.
The rope has a metallic cross sectional area of 0.4 in 2. Determine the maximum tensile stress on the rope in ksi.
a) 26.2 b) 25.0 c) 27.6 d) 32.4

46. A casting weighing 300 pounds is to be lifted by means of an overhead crane. The casting is lifted 10 feet in 12 seconds.
What is the horsepower developed?
a) 0.54 b) 0.84 c) 0.95 d) 0.45

47. What wall thickness is required for a 500mm diameter cylinder under an internal pressure of 20 MPa? Use a design stress
of 80 MPa.
a) 73 mm b) 53 mm c) 63 mm d) 83 mm

48. This type of spring incorporates a standard helical compression spring with two looped wire devices inserted through the
inside of spring.
a) Helical compression spring b) Drawbar spring c) Helical extension spring d) Leaf spring

49. In a straight bevel gear, how do you call the angle between an element on the pitch cone and an element on the face cone?
a) Face angle b) Pitch angle c) Addendum angle d) Dedendum angle

50. How do you call a large wood screw that is used to fasten machinery and equipment to a wooden base?
a) Lag screw b) Wood screw c) Log screw d) Square screw

51. A journal bearing with angle of contact of the bushing or bearing with the journal is 180 o or less, 120o is the common
value.
a) Partial journal bearing b) Full journal bearing c) Clearance journal bearing d) Concentric journal bearing

52. A journal bearing where the radius of the journal is less than the radius of the bushing or bearing.
a) Fitted journal bearing b) Clearance journal bearing c) Full journal bearing d) Partial journal
bearing

53. It refers to the thickness of the space allowed for the lubricant that separates the parts having relative motion.
a) Radial clearance b) Diametral clearance c) Film thickness d) Clearance

54. A journal bearing where the radii of the journal and the bushing are equal; it must be a partial bearing and the journal must
run eccentric with the bushing in order to provide space for the lubricant.
a) Fitted journal bearing b) Clearance journal bearing c) Full journal bearing d) Partial journal bearing

55. A partial journal bearing where the line of action of the load or bearing reaction is bisecting the arc of the partial bearing.
a) Partially loaded bearing b) Eccentrically loaded bearing
c) Centrally loaded bearing d) Fully loaded bearing
56. A journal bearing where the line of action of the load is passing to one side of the center.
a) Centrally loaded bearing b) Eccentrically loaded or offset bearing
c) Fully loaded bearing d) Partially loaded bearing

57. Which of the following threads are used for power screw?
a) Square thread, Acme thread, & Unified thread b) Acme thread, Unified thread, & Buttress thread
c) Square thread, Unified thread, & Acme thread d) Square thread, Acme thread, & Buttress Thread
58. A bearing lubrication obtained by introducing the lubricant, which is sometimes air or water, into the load-bearing area at a
pressure high enough to separate the surfaces with a relatively thick film of lubricant. This lubrication does not require
motion of one surface relative to another.
a) Hydrodynamic lubrication b) Hydrostatic lubrication c) Boundary lubrication d) Solid film lubrication

59. An externally threaded fastener intended to be used with nut is said to be a:

a) Bolt b) Cap screw c) Allen screw d) Power screw

60. It is a lubrication condition where non-conformal surfaces are completely separated by lubricant film and no asperities are
in contact.
a) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication b) Solid film lubrication c) Boundary lubrication d) Hydrodynamic
lubrication

61. Which of the following are the compositions of stainless steel 302?
a) 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel b) 18 % nickel and 8 % chromium

4
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

c) 18 % chromium and 8 % phosphor bronze d) 18 % bronze and 8 % vanadium

62. These springs are made from one or more flat strips of brass, bronze, steel or other materials loaded as cantilevers or
simple beam.
a) Torsion springs b) Leaf springs c) Garter springs d) Drawbar springs

63. This refers to the space between adjacent coils when the spring is compressed to its operating length.
a) Coil clearance b) Pitch c) Lead d) Deflection

64. This material is the most popular alloy spring steel for conditions involving higher stresses than can be used with the high-
carbon steels and for use where fatigue resistance and long endurance are needed; this is also good for shock and impact
loads.
a) Chrome silicon b) Chrome vanadium c) hard-drawn wire d) Oil-tempered wi

65. For an American Standard Screw Threads, what does 6-32 UNC designate?
a) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, coarse thread b) 6 inches basic diameter, 32 threads per inch, coarse
thread
c) Size 6, 32 threads per inch, fine thread d) 32 inches basic diameter, 6 threads per inch, coarse
thread

Note: 6 stands for the designated size, 32 stands for the number of threads per inch, UNC stands for Coarse threads

66. It is a Grashof four-bar mechanism in which the shortest link is the frame or fixed link and the other two cranks completely
rotate with their axes. How do you call this Grashof four-bar mechanism?
a) Drag-link mechanism b) Crank-rocker mechanism
c) Double-rocker mechanism d) Triple-rocker mechanism

67. “For a planar four-bar linkage, the sum of the shortest and longest lengths cannot be greater than the sum of the remaining
two link lengths if there is to be a continuous relative rotation between two members.” How do you call the preceding
statement?
a) Grubler’s Law b) Coriolli’s Law c) Grashof’s Law d) Freudentein’s Law

68. Which of the following is not true for an instant center or centro of planar linkages?
a) Centro is a point common to two bodies having the same velocity in each.
b) Centro is a point in one body about which another body does not rotate.
c) Centro is a point in one body about which another body actually turns.
d) Centro is a point in one body about which another body tends to turn.

69. This is the most common work holding device of a shaper machine with the base graduated in degrees that make it possible
to swivel any angle. What is this working device?
a) Shaper vise b) Parallel bars and hold down bars c) Lathe holder d) Swivel head

70. This is a shaper operation, which is shaping the given stock and having the excess material remain with a tolerable
allowance for finishing. How do you call this operation?
a) Roughing b) Finishing c) Angular cutting d) Contouring

71. How do you call a cutting tool that has two or more cutting edges as in drill presses and milling machine cutters?
a) Grinder b) Single-point cutting tool
c) Multi-point cutting tool d) Two point cutting tool

72. This is the trade name for a patented alloy made up chiefly of cobalt, chromium, and tungsten in varying proportions. What
is this trade name?
a) Stellite b) Carboloy c) Stainless steel d) Copper

73. It is called as the transformation of concepts and ideas into useful machinery. What is this?
a) Design b) Synthesis c) Analysis d) Theorem

74. This is a combination of mechanisms and other components that transforms, transmits, or uses energy, load, or motion for a
specific purpose. How do yopu call this?
a) Mechanism b) Engine c) Machine d) Linkage

5
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

75. It is defined as synergistic collection of machine elements; synergistic because as a design it represents an idea or concept
greater than the sum of the individual pats. What is this system?
a) System of mechanisms b) Mechanical system c) Design system d) Expert system

76. It may be defined as the displacement per length produced in a solid and as the result of stress. How do you call this?
a) Deformation b) Elongation c) Strain d) Stress

77. What is the combination of applied normal and shear stresses that produces maximum principal normal stress or minimum
principal normal stress, with a third principal stress between or equivalent to the extremes?
a) Principal shear stress b) Principal normal stress
c) Maximum shear stress d) Bending and shear stresses

78. How do you call a load that is applied transversely to longitudinal axis of member?
a) Combined loads b) Concentrated load c) Bending load d) Distributed load

79. It is the capacity of a material to absorb energy when it is deformed elastically and then, upon unloading, to increase this
energy. What is this capacity of a material?
a) Resilience b) Toughness c) Rigidity d) Ductility

80. How do you call the strain energy per unit volume required to stress a material from an unloaded state to the point of
yielding?
a) Modulus of roughness b) Modulus of elasticity c) Modulus of rigidity d) Modulus of resilience

81. What is the ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture?

a) Toughness b) Rigidity c) Resilience d) Stiffness

82. What is the other term for the Maximum-Shear-Stress Theory, as a failure prediction theory?
a) von Mises criterion b) Tresca yield criterion
c) Coulomb-Mohr theory d) Modified Mohr theory

83. It is a failure prediction theory, which states that a part subjected to any combination of loads will fail (by yielding or
fracturing) whenever the maximum shear stress exceeds a critical value. How do you call this failure prediction theory?
a) Distortion-energy theory b) Maximum-shear-stress theory
c) Internal friction theory d) Modified Mohr theory

84. This is a theory in cyclic and impact loading, which states that damage at any stress level, is proportional to number of
cycles. What is this theory commonly called?
a) Miner’s Rule b) Paris Power Law c) Goodman Rule d) Manson-Coffin
Relationship

85. This is a lubrication where the load-carrying surfaces of the bearing are separated by a relatively thick film of lubricant, so
as to prevent metal-to-metal contact; and where the stability of the film can be explained by the laws of fluid mechanics.
How do you call this type of lubrication?
a) Hydrostatic lubrication b) Hydrodynamic lubrication
c) Elastohydrodynamic lubrication d) Boundary lubrication

86. How do call the speed at which a rotating shaft becomes dynamically unstable?
a) Normal speed b) Variable speed c) Critical speed d) Average speed

87. How do you call a ball bearing with race containing pronounced groove for rolling elements?
a) Crown bearing b) Conrad bearing c) Angular-contact bearing d) Cylindrical
bearing

88. This is a machining process for producing internal straight cylindrical surface or profiles, with process characteristics and
tooling similar to those for turning operations. What is this machining process?
a) Boring b) Drilling c) Reaming d) Milling

89. What is a set of specification for parts, materials, or processes intended to achieve uniformity, efficiency, and a specified
quality?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

6
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

90. This is a set of specifications for the analysis, design, manufacture, and construction of something; the purpose of which is
to achieve a specified degree of safety, efficiency, and performance or quality. How do you call this set of specifications?
a) Code b) Standard c) Law d) Theorem

91. How do call the size to which limits or deviations is assigned and is the same for both members of the fit; it is the exact
theoretical size?
a) Nominal size b) Basic size c) Maximum size d) Minimum size

92. What is the algebraic difference between a size and the corresponding basic size?
a) Tolerance b) Allowance c) Deviation d) Limit

93. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum size limits of a part?
a) Allowance b) Tolerance c) Deviation d) Basic size

94. What are the stated maximum and minimum dimensions?

a) Tolerances b) Limits c) Nominal sizes d) Basic sizes
95. This is a general term that refers to the mating of cylindrical parts such as bolt or a hole; it is used only when the internal
member is smaller that the external member. How do you call this?
a) Clearance b) Interference c) Allowance d) Tolerance

96. What is the opposite of clearance, for mating cylindrical parts in which the internal member is larger than the external
member?
a) Clearance b) Allowance c) Tolerance d) Interference

97. These are compounds of metallic elements, most frequently oxides, nitrides, and carbides.
a) Plastics b) Polymers c) Ceramics d) Alloy

98. What do you call a material having different properties in all directions at point in solid?
a) Isotropic material b) Anisotropic material c) Orthotropic material d) Ceramic material

99. This is a principle or method that a deflection at any point in bar is equal to sum of deflections caused by each load acting
separately. How do you call this method or principle?
a) Summation Method b) Method of balancing
c) Method of superposition d) Shear and Moment diagram method

100. This is the accepted standard wire rope with the wires twisted in one direction to from strands and the strands twisted in
opposite direction to form a rope. How do you call this wire rope?
a) Improved plow steel wire rope b) Regular lang lay wire rope
c) Mild plow steel wire rope d) Long lay wire rope

101. What is a form of correction that develops on highly localized areas on a metal surface?
a) Crevice b) Erosion c) Galvanic d) Apitting

102. How do you call the corrosion of iron-base-alloys?

a) Rusting b) Crazing c) Chalking d) Fritting

103. Which of the following is the allowable stress that is generally used in practice for main transmitting shafts?
a) 8 500 psi b) 4 000 psi c) 6 000 psi d) 6 500 psi

104. What is an equation used to determine the first critical speed of the shaft that overestimates frequency?
a) Soderberg Equation b) Rayleigh Equation c) Dunkerly Equation d) Euler Equation

105. This key allows the hub to move along the shaft but prevents the rotation of the shaft. How do you call this key?
a) Woodruff key b) Feather key c) Gibs key d) Square key

106. How do you call the ratio of mean diameter of coil and the coil diameter of a spring?
a) Wahl number b) Diameter ratio c) Spring index d) Lead angle

107. For ACME thread the pressure angle normal to the thread is equal to:
a) 12.5o b) 14.5o c) 13.5o d) 34o

7
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

108. It is a low cost spring material, suitable where service is not severe and dimensional precision is not needed. How do you
call this spring material?
a) Hard drawn wire b) helical spring wire c) Stainless steel d) helical tension spring wire
109. How do you call a spring material that is hard drawn (80 % reduction) but made up of high-grade steel?
a) Music wire b) Oil tempered wire c) Song wire d) Chromium-silicon wire

110. It is a design approach where no catastrophic loss can occur as a result of a component failure. What is this design
approach?
a) Fail-safe design approach b) Fault free analysis approach
c) Manifest danger approach d) Redundancy approach
111. In a lathe machine, how do you call the diameter of the largest workpiece that can be rotated in a chuck or between centers
without hitting the bed?
a) Chuck diameter b) Swing c) Distance between centers d) Spindle diameter

112. How do you call a phenomenon when two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure and when these surfaces have
minute relative motion?
a) Pre-stressing b) Friction c) Carving d) Fretting

113. What is this part of headstock of a lathe machine used to transmit power from the spindle?
a) Motor b) Back gear c) Headstock spindle d) Switch
114. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that induces a stress
gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. What is this phenomenon?
a) Thermal-shock failure b) Thermal fatigue c) Honing d) Quenching

115. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that induces a stress
gradient. Some metal parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this phenomenon?
a) Thermal-shock failure b) Thermal fatigue c) Honing d) Quenching
116. It is the condition of a machine element when it is completely inoperable, cannot perform its intended function adequately,
or is unreliable for continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a) Fail-safe condition b) Failure condition c) Critical condition d) Salvage
condition
117. How do you call a statistical data used to identify the most likely failure modes?
a) Finite element analysis b) Fault free analysis c) Failure analysis d) Random analysis
118. It is a computational method used for solving complex shapes, such as those found in machinery; replaces the complex
shape with a set of simple elements interconnected at a finite set of a specific purpose. What is this computational method?
a) Finite element analysis b) Numerical method of analysis c) Fault free analysis d) Synthesis

119. It is a design approach where needed service is made apparent before catastrophic failure. How do you call this?
a) Manifest danger design approach b) Machine element function approach
c) Failure analysis d) Random analysis
120. It is a beam where one end is fixed and other end is free. How do you call this beam?
a) Cantilever beam b) Continues beam c) Overhanging beam d) Long beam
121. It is a method used to graphically visualize state of stress acting in different planes passing through a given point. What is
this?
a) Mohr’s circle b) Soderberg Criterion c) Goodmann’s method d) Gerber’s line criterion
122. This minimum distance is measured between the non-driving side of a tooth and the adjacent side of the mating tooth. It is
the amount by which the width of a tooth space exceeds the thickness of the engaging tooth measured on the pitch circle.
What is this distance?
a) Circular pitch b) Whole depth c) Backlash d) Space width
123. It is an arc of the pitch circle of a spur gear through which a tooth travels from the point of contact with the mating tooth to
the pitch point. What is this arc?
a) Arc of action b) Arc of approach c) Arc of recess d) Involute curve
124. What is the intersection of the elements making up the pitch cone?
a) Pitch cone b) Cone distance c) Apex of pitch cone d) Root cone

125. What do you call a type of bolt threaded on both ends and can be used where a through bolt is impossible?
a) Coupling bolt b) Machine bolt c) Stud bolt d) Carriage bolt
126. To avoid excessive wear rate, what is the recommended limiting pressure for 6 x 19 rope for cast iron?
a) 200 psi b) 400 psi c) 300 psi d) 500 psi

127. How do you call a type of welding where the arc is covered with a welding composition and a bare electrode wire is fed
automatically?

8
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

a) Resistance welding b) Submerged arc welding c) Induction welding d) Spot welding

128. It is a kind of wear that occurs because of fatigue failure of the surface materials as a result of high contact stresses. What
do you call this?
a) Slotting b) Pitting c) Involuting d) Curving

129. It is caused by foreign matters, such as grit or metal particles, or by a failure of the oil film at low speed. How do yopu call
this?
a) Auction b) Scoring c) Abrasion d) Corrosion
130. It occurs when the oil films fails, but in this case, the load and speed are so high that the metal is melted and the metal is
smeared down the profile. What is this?
a) Abrasion b) Corrosion c) Spalling d) Scoring
131. In gearing system, it is the advance of the tooth in the face width divided by circular pitch. What do you call this?
a) Face contact ratio b) Speed ratio c) Profile ratio d) Advance ratio
132. When the pitch line speed is above 8000 fpm, the teeth should be _____.
a) Ground after hardening b) Should be cooled in air
c) Should not be quenched after hardening` d) none of these
133. How do you call a spring material that is hard drawn (80 % reduction) but made up of high-grade steel?
a) Music wire b) Oil tempered wire c) Song wire d) Chromium-silicon wire
134. It is a spring wire with good quality for impact loads and moderately high temperatures. What is this spring material?
a) Hard drawn spring wire b) helical spring wire c) Chromium-silicon d) Helical tension wire
135. It is a type of coil spring where the helical coil is wrapped into a circle forming an annular ring. How do you call this
spring?
a) Volute spring b) Motor spring c) Hair spring d) Garter spring
136. It is a type of spring where thin flat strip wound up on itself as a plane spiral, usually anchored at the inside end. What do
you call this spring?
a) Volute spring b) Motor spring c) Hair spring d) Garter spring
137. What do you call a ratio of the length of the column and the radius of gyration of the cross-sectional area about the
centroidal axis?
a) Power factor b) Contact ratio d) Constant ratio d) Slenderness ratio
138. A screw that requires a positive torque to lower the load, or to loosen the screw if it has been turned tight against a
resistance. How do you call this screw?
a) Power screw b) Self screw c) Lock screw d) Self-locking screw
139. What is the other term used for Kennedy key?
a) Tangential key b) Normal key c) Saddle key d) Rollpin key
140. Which of the following device used to measure the speed accurately?
a) Dial gage b) Dial indicator c) Speedometer d) Tachometer
141. When the hole is smaller than the shaft, it will take pressure to put the parts together. The allowance is said to be negativ e
and is termed as:
a) Interference of metal b) Negative allowance
c) Negative tolerance d) Negative fits

142. When two elastic bodies collide, which of the following laws can be used to solve for the resulting velocity?
a) Avogadro’s law b) Conservation of momentum and conservation of energy
c) Dalton’s law of partial pressure c) Conservation of energy
143. It is a science of motion that can be solved in terms of scalar or vector algebra. How do you cal this science?
a) Kinematics b) Dynamics of machine
c) Engineering mechanics d) Strength of materials
144. What is a screw fastener with a nut on it?
a) Bolt b) Rivet c) Fastener d) Square screw
145. It is a type of bolt distinguished by a short portion of shank underneath the head, being square or finned or ribbed. What is
this bolt?
a) Coupling bolt b) Machine bolt c) Stud bolt d) Carriage bolt
146. Non-ferrous filler metal is melted into grooves or as fillet on the mother metal; the base metal is not melted. This is
commonly used for joining iron based machine parts or in repair works of some materials. It is called:
a) Spot welding b) Braze welding c) Brazing d) Gas welding

147. It is advised that in rubber belts applications/mountings, it should have an initial tension of:
a) 18 to 24 lb/inch-ply b) 15 to 20 lb/inch-ply c) 12 to 15 lb/inch-ply d) 10 lb/inch-ply
148. Normal stress relieving temperature for cast iron:
a) 200 to 350 oF b) 400 to 500 oF c) 300 to 550 oF d) 450 to 550 oF

9
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE

149. A flexible coupling consists of essentially of two chain sprockets connected with short continuous length of roller or silent
chains.
a) Chain coupling b) Oldham coupling c) Flanged coupling d) Universal joint
150. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique
combination of wide ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Titanium b) Tungsten c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

10
 IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 3)
MACHINE DESIGN/SHOP PRACTICE (Solved Problems and Answered Elements)

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

Select the best answer from each of the following questions. On the answer sheet provided, shade the box that corresponds to your choice. Strictly no
erasures allowed

1. 900 kg of load is to be raised using a double threaded ACME screw driven by a motor at 400rpm. The load is to be raised at a speed of 10 m/min.
The screw has a pitch diameter of 36 mm; the coefficient of friction on threads is 0.15. The friction torque on the thrust bearing of the motor is taken
as 20 % of the total input. Determine the lead angle.
a) 12.465o b) 14.265o c) 15.462o d) 16.452o

V 10
Solution: For the lead, L= = = 0.025 m = 25 mm
n 400
−1  L  −1  25 
For the lead angle,  = tan 
 D  = tan  36   = 12 .465
o

 m
2. A 500 mm brake drum has a simple brake that is to absorb a torque of 250 N-m. If the coefficient of friction and the contact angle between the band
and drum are 0.2 and 180º, respectively, and that the length of the brake arm is twice the drum diameter, determine the minimum braking force
applied at the free end of the brake arm.
a) 721.5 N b) 752.1 N c) 275.1 N d) 572.1 N

2T
Solution: F1 = e f = 1.874 : → F F2 (a ) F2 D
b min = : a = D : → L = 2D → Fb min = = = 572.1N
F2 L 2 2(1.874 − 1)

3. In a simply-supported shaft of 2-ft span of 2-in. diameter, the allowable flexural stress is 6,000 psi. Determine the maximum permissible
concentrated bending load that it may be carried.
a) 854.7 lb b) 485.7 lb c) 587.4 lb d) 785.4 lb

Solution: Bending moment is maximum if F is applied at mid span.

Mc 32 M FL 32(F)(24 )
= = → M= → = 6000 → F = 785 .4lb.
I D3 4 4(23 )

4. A tensile load of 8 tons is transmitted to a bar of rectangular section is made of AISI C1020 steel (Su = 65,000 psi). If the width of the bar is 1.5
times the thickness, find the bar dimensions if the factor of utilization is 0.25 based upon the ultimate strength.
a) 0.5” x 0.75” b) 1” x 1.5” c) 1.5” x 2.25” d) 0.81” x 1.22”

1
Solution: Factor of Utilizatio n = s=
F
=
Su
= ( U.F x S u ) :
8 x 2000
= 0.25 x 65000 : → b = 0.81 in .
Factor of Safety 1.5b 2 N 1.5b 2

and b x h = 0.81” x 1.22”

5. A connecting rod is to form from a low carbon steel sheet 3/8 in. thick, lined with aluminum 1/8 in. thick. Steel has a modulus of elasticity of 30 x 106
psi, while aluminum of 10.3 x 106 psi. If the aluminum has a tensile stress of 10,000 psi, what is the corresponding stress of the steel sheet?
a) 12,961 psi b) 96,122 psi c) 29,126 psi d) 26,191 psi

Solution:  = E : With constant strain , AL/EAL = ST/EST. Thus, ST = (30/10.3) x (10,000) = 29,126 psi.

6. A 1.5 m long, 9 cm square bar is to be held firmly at one end and to support a load of 2000 kg at the other end. The bar is to be made from steel
with yield strength of 500 MPa. What factor of safety is used in the design if the stress concentration factor is 1.3?
a) 2.34 b) 3.45 c) 2.67 d) 1.59

Solution: S Y = K t Mc a4
Where , M = FL = 29 430 000 N  mm I= = 5 467 500 mm 4 c = a / 2 = 45 mm
N I 12
Sy I
then N= thus : N = 1.59
K t Mc

1
7. 222.449 kN of tensile load is applied to a round bar made from SAE 1025 low carbon steel. Using a factor of safety of 4 and assuming that the
stress concentration factor is 1.45, what is the required outside diameter in mm of the member if the ratio of the inside and outside diameter is
0.75? For the material, the yield strength is 276 MPa.
a) 283.34 b) 116.64 c) 98.76 d) 156.54

Solution: Sy KtF 4K t F 4K t F
= = = thus : D o = 116 .64 mm
N A (
 DO − Di
2 2
) D O
 Di 2
2
1−


 D 2 
 o 

8. An abrupt brake locked that the car begins to skid when it is traveling at 96.6 kph. If it takes 2 seconds to slow down the car to 4.83 kph, how far in
meters will it have traveled before it car comes to a stop?
a) 53.64 b) 276 c) 137 d) 876

Solution: Velocities, in m/s, Vi = 96 .6 kph = 26 .83 m / s Vf = 48 .3 kph = 13 .42 m / s

Acceleration, a = Vf − Vi = 13.42 − 26.83 = − 6.71 m / s2 Distance, s = Vf − Vi = 0 − (26 .83 ) = 53 .64 m

2 2 2

t 2 2a 2(− 6.7 )

9. What is the weight of a 2 steel plates sized ¾” x 3” x 20 ft?

a) 1836 lb b) 3667 lb c) 1698 lb d) 1848 lb

Solution: Density or specific weight of a steel plate = 0.283 lb/ft3

( )
W =  V = 0.283 lb / in 3 (0.75 in .)(3)(12 in )(20)(12 in )(2) = 3667.68 lb

10. Determine the load required, in kN, to be applied to a 25 mm round steel bar 2.5 m long (E = 207 GPa) to stretch the bar 1.3 mm.
a) 52.84 b) 60 c) 53.048 d) 42.562

 2 
  (25) (207 000 )(1.3)
2
 D E
Solution: F =
AE 4  4
= = = 52 837 .66 N = 52.84 kN
L L 2 500

11. A bus is travelling at 90 kph when the brakes are applied. If it travels a distance of 60 meters before coming to a stop, what is its acceleration m/s 2?
a) – 7.08 b) 6.36 c) – 5.21 d) 5.76

 1 hr  V 2 − V12 0 − (25)2
V1 = (90 kph )(1000 m / km )  = 25 m / s a = 2 = = − 5.20 m / s 2
( )
Solution:
 3600 s  2S 2 60

12. Find the torsional deflection, in degrees per foot length, of a steel shaft 1.75 inches in diameter which transmits 40 Hp at 1800 rpm. Assume a
modulus of rigidity of 12 x 106 psi.
a) 0.0871 b) 0.00871 c) 0.871 d) 0.000871

 63 000 Hp   63000(40) 
32  32 
 T 32T  n =  1800  = 0.00013 radian = 0.0871o
= = =
Solution:
L JG D 4 G D G4
 (1.75) 12 x 10 6
4
( )
13. A spur pinion rotates at 1600 rpm and transmits 50 kW to a mating gear. The pitch diameter of the pinion is 100 mm, and the pressure angle is 20 o.
Determine the tangential load, in N.
a) 5 968 b) 5790 c) 5900 d) 5098
 30 P  2  30(50 ) 
2   
2T  n    (1600 ) 
Solution: Ft = = = = 5.968 kN = 5 968 N
D D (0.10 )
14. How much energy, in N-m, does a 450 kg flywheel loss from 180 rpm to 168 rpm? The flywheel has a radius of 375mm.
a) 1472.33 b) 1541.33 c) 1451.33 d) 1433.51

 180   168 
Solution: V1 = 2RN 1 / 60 = 2 (0.375 )   = 7.069 m / s V2 = 2RN 2 / 60 = 2 (0.375 )  = 6.597 m / s
 60   60 

2
 KE =
(
m V12 − V22
=
) 
450 (7.069 )2 − (6.597 )2
= 1451 .33 N  m

2 2

15. A ¾ inch thick steel plate is to punch for a 1-in diameter hole every 10 sec. The actual punching takes 1 sec. The ultimate shear strength of the
plate is 60,000 psi. The flywheel of the punch press has a mass moment of inertia of 500 in-lb-sec2 and rotates at a mean speed of 150 rpm. What
is the speed fluctuation, in rpm?
a) 65.4 rpm b) 64.5 rpm c) 6.749 rpm d) 67.49 rpm

1
( 1
)   + 2 
KE =   I 12 − 12 =   I (1 − 2 )(1 + 2 ) = I (1 − 2 ) 1
Solution:
2 2  2 
 = I (1 − 2 ) 

2N 2 (150 )
Mean angular velocity,  = = = 15.71 rad / s
60 60
Punching Force, F = s u (dt) = (60 000 )()(1)(0.75) = 141 371.67 lb

Kinetic Energy, KE = 1

2
(F) t = (1 2 )(141 371 .67 )  0.75  = 4417 .86 ft  lb
 12 

Speed Fluctuation, (1 −  2 ) =

KE (4417 .86 ft  lb )(12 )
I
=
( )
500 in  lb  s 2 (15.71)
= 6.749 rad / s = 64.5 rpm

16. An elevator is used to assist the construction of a building. It rises 366 meters with an operating speed of 5 meters per second and reaches full
speed in 10.68 meters. When loaded with construction materials, the elevator weighs 2000 kg. Determine the acceleration of the elevator in m/sec2.
a) 1.17 b) 2.17 c) 3.17 d) 4.17

V22 − V12 (5)2 − (0)2

Solution: a= = = 1.17 m / s 2
2S 2 (10.68)

17. A disc clutch is made of a material with coefficient of friction of 0.4. The shaft speed is 1200 rpm and axial force is 1500 N. The clutch has 6 pairs of
contacting friction surfaces with an outside diameter of 200 mm and an inside diameter of 100 mm. Determine the Hp that can be transmitted by the
clutch assuming uniform pressure.
a) 35.2 Hp b) 23.5 Hp c) 47.2 Hp d) 27.4 Hp

2  ro − ri   2  (100 )3 − (50 )3 
3 3
Solution: Friction Radius (Uniform pressure), rf = =    = 77.78 mm
3  ro2 − ri2   3  (100 )2 − (50 )2 
 

Friction Power or Transmitted Power or Power Capacity,

P=
 n Tf
=
n
(Ff rf n f ) =  n (f Fa rf n f ) = (1200 ) (0.4)(1.5)(0.07778 )(6) P = 35.19 kW = 47.2 Hp
30 30 30 30

Where, P = power capacity, kW Ff = friction force, kN Tf = torque capacity, kN-m

Fa = axial load, kN Rf = friction radius or mean radius, m nf = no. of pairs of contacting friction surfaces

18. In a butt weld between two plates 0.5 inch thick and 5 inches long, what load may be applied if the allowable working stress for tensile loading is
13000 psi?
a) 32 500 lb b) 25 000 lb c) 44 000 lb d) 50 000 lb

Solution: For butt weld, P = s t t L = (13 000 psi)(0.5 inch )(5 inches ) = 32 500 lb

19. 150 N-load is tangentially applied to a 140 mm diameter wheel. If the load is constant, determine the work done, in J, in 12 revolutions of the wheel.
a) 729 J b) 792 J c) 972 J d) 927 J

Solution: W = F  s = (150 N)()(0.14 m)(12) = 791.68 J

20. Determine the force applied tangentially to a bar of screw-jack at a radius of 800 mm if the torque required is 600 N-m.
a) 705 N b) 507 N c) 750 N d) 570 N

3
 T 600
Solution: F= = = 750 N
R 0.80

21. A 2.54 mm thin hollow sphere is subjected to an internal pressure of 789 kPa. It has a radius of 254 mm. Determine the maximum normal stress on
an element of the sphere.
a) 39.45 kPa b) 39.45 MPa c) 34.95 kPa d) 34.95 MPa

pD (789 kPa )(2)(0.254 m )

sL = = = 39 450 kPa = 39.45 MPa
4 (0.00254)
Solution:
4t

22. Determine the hoop stress in a 1.52 m diameter steel pipe that carries water at a pressure head of 168 m. Thickness of the pipe is 9.52 mm.
a) 131.5 MPa b) 135.1 MPa c) 153.1 MPa d) 113.5 MPa

pD ghD (1000)(9.8066)(168)(1.52)
st = = = = 131 523.81 kPa = 131.524 MPa
2(0.00952)(1000)
Solution:
2t 2t

23. When loaded with a tensile force, a wire of length 2.5 m has a percentage strain of 0.012 %. Determine the extension of the wire.
a) 0.10 mm b) 0.20 mm c) 0.30 mm d) 0.40 mm

 0.012 
Solution:  = Strain x L =   (2.5 m )(1000 ) = 0.3 mm
 100 

24. A 20o involute type spur gear has a diametral pitch of 6. If it has a circular pitch of 0.1309 inch, determine the minimum whole depth of the gear.
a) 0.5593 inch b) 0.5395 inch c) 0.3595 inch d) 0.3955 inch

2.157 2.157
Solution: From Vallance, page 262: h= = = 0.3595 inch
pd 6

25. A tempered steel spring is used in a gas engine valve with a mean diameter of 3.81 cm and a wire diameter of 0.635 cm. The maximum load it will
have to sustain is 45.15 kg with corresponding deflection of 1.27 cm. Determine the no. of coils to be used. Use modulus of rigidity equal to 80
GPa.
a) 7.4 b) 8.1 c) 10.4 d) 14.4

Solution: C=
Dm
=
3.81
=6 =
8FC 3 n
n=
Gd
=
( )
0.0127 80 x 10 9 (0.00635)
= 8.43
d 0.635 Gd 8FC 3
8(45.15)(9.8066)(6 )3

Actual Number of coils = n + 2 8.43 + 2 = 10.43

26. Determine the developed acceleration of a roller coaster in m/s2 when the velocity is 20 m/s at a radius of curvature of 6500 cm.
a) 6.15 m/s2 b) 6.15 m/s2 c) 6.51 m/s2 d) 5.61 m/s2

mV 2 V 2 (20)2
Solution: Weight = Centrifugal Force ma = a= = = 6.15 m / s 2
r r 65

27. A solid shaft is to be used to transmit 75 kW at 550 rpm. If the shaft design stress will not exceed 26 MPa, what is the diameter of the shaft?
a) 63.42 mm b) 42.63 mm c) 36.42 mm d) 64.23 mm

1
30P 30(75)  16T  3
T= = = 1.3022 kN  m D =   = 63.42 mm

n (550)
Solution:
 s s 

28. Determine the kinetic energy of a 48-inch diameter spoked steel flywheel ( = 0.28 lb/in3) having a 12-in wide x 10-in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm.
Neglect the weight of its spokes and hub.
a) 84,448 ft-lb b) 68,488 ft-lb c) 42,248 ft-lb d) 53,123 ft-lb

Solution: D m = D o − t = 48 − 10 = 38 inches  n   38  200 

V =  D m   =    = 33 .16 fps
 
60  12  60 

4
 Wf = V = 0.28 () (38 )(12 )(10 ) = 4011 .2lb KE =
1 Wf 2  1   4011.2 
V = E punching =     (33.16 ) = 68 488 ft  lb
2
2 g  2   32.2 

29. A square bar is held so that it cannot expand while raising its temperature by 100 oF. Size of the bar is 2 inches on each side. What stress will be
induced in it? k = 6.8 x 10-6 / oF & E = 30 x 106 psi.
a. 17,400 psi b. 18,400 psi c. 19,400 psi d. 20,400 psi

Solution: Induced Stress, ( )( )

s = k E (t 2 − t1 ) = 6.8 x 10 −6 30 x 10 6 (100) = 20 400 psi

30. Find the moment of inertia, in inches4, of the rod ¼ inch in diameter and 14 inches long.
a) 1.917 x 10-4 b) 1.917 x 10-5 c) 3.83 x 10-4 d) 3.83 x 10-6

D 4 (0.25)4
Solution: I= = = 1.917 x 10 − 4 in 4
64 64
31. A disc clutch having an outside diameter of 32 cm and an inside diameter of 12.7 mm is connected to an engine that turns at 750 rpm. The
coefficient of friction is 0.6 while the pressure between the friction surfaces is 2 kg/cm 2. Determine the force on the clutch petal necessary to
disengage the clutch disc from the engine.
a) 2621.7 kg b) 3248.4 kg c) 2524.2 kg d) 1355.1 kg

Solution: ( )
F = pA = p  R 2 − r 2 = 1355.14 kg

32. A helical gear of 10 inches pitch diameter has a helix angle of 30o, and there are 30 teeth. Find the value of the normal circular pitch.
a) 0.9069 inch/tooth b) 0.6909 inch/tooth c) 0.6096 inch/tooth d) 0.9906 inch/tooth
D  (10 )
Solution: Pc =
T
=
30
= 1.0472 inches / tooth ( )
Pcn = Pc cos  = 1.0472 cos30o = 0.9069 inch / tooth

33. A parallel helical gear set was a 17-tooth pinion driving a 34-tooth gear. The pinion has a right-hand helix angle of 30o, a normal pressure angle of
20o, and a normal diametral pitch of 5 teeth/in. Find the axial circular pitches.
a) 1.2566 inches/tooth b) 1.6625 inches/tooth c) 1.6526 inches/tooth d) 1.6256 inches/tooth

Pcn 0.62832 Pc 0.72552

Solution: Pc = = = 0.72552 inch / tooth Pa = = = 1.2566 inches / tooth
cos  cos30o tan  tan 30o

34. A deep-groove ball bearing is to carry a radial load 800 lb and a thrust load 700 lb at 1800 rpm. The service is 8 hr/day, but it is not continuous;
design for 18 250 hr. The operation is smooth with little vibration; the outer ring rotates. Determine the design life in million revolution (mr) with no
more than 10 % failure.
a) 1791 mr b) 1971 mr c) 1197 mr d) 1917 mr

Solution: B10 = (Hrs )(60 min s / hr )(rpm) =

(18 250)(60)(1800) = 1971 mr
10 6
35. A shaft that transmits 1000 Hp at 1000 rpm is to be design with a square key. If the allowable shear and compressive stresses in the key are 15 ksi
and 30 ksi, respectively, what length of the key is required?
a) 2.1 inches b) 2.8 inches c) 3.2 inches d) 4.2 inches

63000 Hp 63000 (1000 )

Solution: Transmitted torque, T = = = 63 000 in  lb
n 1000
D
Key width, b , for good proportion
4
2T 2 (63 000 )
Key length based on shear, L = = = 2.1 inches
ss bD 15 000 (1)(4)
4T 4 (63 000 )
Key length based on compression, L = = = 2.1
sc t D 30 000 (1)(4)
Therefore, use L = 2.1 inches

36. Two shafts, both 2.5 inches in diameter, is to be connected by a flange coupling. It is to transmit 15,000 in-lb of torque. How many ½” diameter
bolts in a 6” diameter bolt circle are required if the shear stress in each bolt is limited to 3000 psi?
a) 9 bolts b) 7 bolts c) 6 bolts d) 8 bolts

5
 8T 8 (15 000 )
Solution: No. of bolts, nb = = = 8.5 bolts Use, nb = 9 bolts
 ssbd Db  (3000 )(0.5)2 (6)
2

37. A wheel has an outside and inside diameter of 1 meter and 0.75 meter, respectively. If its arms and hub is neglected, determine the radius of
gyration of the wheel.
a) 0.5125 m b) 0.6125 m c) 0.3125 m d) 0.4125 m

Solution: k = I

64
(
D o4 − D i4 ) ( )(
1  Do + Di Do − Di  1
2 2 2 2
)
= =   = D o2 + D i2 = 0.3125 in .
A
4
(
 2
D o − D i2 ) 16  Do − Di
2 2
 4

38. Two sleeve bearings support a shaft. The total load on the bearings is 2800 lb. Diameter of the shaft is 1.75 inch. Find the friction power loss, in Hp,
if the coefficient of friction between shaft and bearing is 0.10 and the shaft rotates 200 rpm.
a) 0.88 Hp b) 0.78 Hp c) 0.98 Hp d) 0.68 Hp

 1.75 
0.10(2 800 ) (200 )
T n f Fr n  2 
Solution: fHp = f = = = 0.78
63 000 63 000 (63 000 )
Where, Tf = frictional torque, in-lb F = load, lb n = rpm r = bearing diameter, inches
f = coefficient of friction

39. A collar has an outside diameter of 4 inches and an inside diameter of 2 inches. If it is loaded with a 2000 lb and rotates at 50 revolution per minute,
determine its Hp lost. Coefficient of friction is 0.15.
a) 0.7314 Hp b) 0.3714 Hp c) 0.4713 Hp d) 0.4371 Hp

Tf n f W rf n 0.15(2000 lb )(1.56 inches )(50 rpm)

Solution: fHp = = = = 0.3714
63000 63000 63000
2  ro − ri  2  (2)3 − (1)3 
3 3
rf = =  = 1.56 inches
 3  (3)2 − (1)2 
Where,
3  ro2 − ri2  
 

40. A double screw thread has a pitch of 0.2 inch. Its root diameter is 0.55 inch. Find the outside diameter and the number of thread per inch.
a) 0.2 threads/inch b) 10 threads/inch c) 5 threads/inch d) 2.5 threads/inch
p
Solution:

Solving for the outside or major diameter, Do = Di + p = 0.55 + 0.2 = 0.75 inch
1 1 Di =
Solving for the number of threads per inch, TPI = = = 5 threads / inch
p 0.2 0.55”

Lead
41. A driving pulley, 6 inches in diameter, carries a 6-inch wide and 1/3-inch flat belt that transmit 15Hp. The driving pulley rotates at 2000 rpm such
that the loose side of the belt is on top. The driven pulley is 18 inches in diameter. The center distance is 8 ft. The belt material is 0.035 lb/in3 and
the coefficient of friction is 0.30. Determine the belt net tension.
a) 175.5 lb b) 157.5 lb c) 155.7 lb d) 165.7 lb

2 T 2  63 000 Hp   2   63 000 (15 ) 

Solution: F = F1 − F2 = =   =    = 157 .5 lb
D D n   6   2 000 
 6 33 000 Hp 33 000(15)
Other Solution: Vm =  D n =  (2 000 ) = 3141 .59 fpm F = F1 − F2 = = = 157.56 lb
 12  Vm 3141 .59

42. A disc clutch is made of a material with coefficient of friction of 0.4. The shaft speed is 1200 rpm and axial force is 1500 N. The clutch has 6 pairs of
contacting friction surfaces with an outside diameter of 200 mm and an inside diameter of 100 mm. Determine the Hp that can be transmitted by the
clutch assuming uniform pressure.
a) 35.2 Hp b) 23.5 Hp c) 47.2 Hp d) 27.4 Hp

6
 2  ro − ri   2  (100 )3 − (50 )3 
3 3
Solution: Friction Radius (Uniform pressure), rf = =    = 77.78 mm
3  ro2 − ri2   3  (100 )2 − (50 )2 
 

Friction Power or Transmitted Power or Power Capacity,

P=
 n Tf
=
n
(Ff rf n f ) =  n (f Fa rf n f ) = (1200 ) (0.4)(1.5)(0.07778 )(6)
30 30 30 30

P = 35.19 kW = 47.2 Hp

Where, P = power capacity, kW Ff = friction force, kN Tf = torque capacity, kN-m

Fa = axial load, kN Rf = friction radius or mean radius, m nf = no. of pairs of contacting friction surfaces

43. A flywheel is made up of cast iron with specific weight of 0.26 lb per cubic inch. It has a width of 8 inches, mean diameter of 4 ft and mean
operating speed is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to be 0.05. It is required to handle 2250 ft-lb of kinetic energy. Find the weight of rim,
assuming that the arms and hub are equivalent to 10 % of the total rim weight.
a) 333.7 lb b) 373.3 lb c) 337.3 lb d) 733.3 lb

1.10 W g(KE ) 32.2(2250 )

Solution: KE = Cf V 2 W= = = 333 .7 lb
g 1.10 C f V 2
1.10(0.05)(62.83)2

Dn (4)(300)
Where, V = mean velocity = = = 62.83 fps Cf = coefficient of fluctuation
60 60

g = acceleration due to gravity = 32.2 fps2 KE = Kinetic Energy

44. The axial pitch of a right-handed single-thread worm is 25 mm, normal pressure angle is 14.5o, and the pitch diameter of the worm is 100 mm. It is
to be made from hardened steel which has a catalog rating of 2.25 kW at 650 rpm when meshed with a 48-tooth cast-steel gear. The coefficient of
friction is 0.085. Determine the shafts center distance.
a) 241 mm b) 142 mm c) 412 mm d) 124 mm

w n w Tg D g cos  Dg
Solution: Speed Ratio, SR = = = = =
g ng Tw D w sin  D w tan 

L p 25
Tan = = = = 0.07958 →  = 4.55 o
D w D w (100 )

T  T   p   T  p   48  25 
Pitch diameter of the gear, D g =  D tan  =  g D w      =    = 381 .97 mm
g g
T  w T   D  =  T     1   
 w   w   w   w 

D w + Dg 100 + 381.97
Center Distance, C = = = 241 mm
2 2

45. For a bolted connection, specification suggests that a high grade material of 13 mm bolt be tightened to an initial tension of 55 000 N. What is the
appropriate tightening torque?
a) 134 N-m b) 143 N-m c) 341 N-m d) 431 N-m

Solution: T = C D Fi = (0.20)(0.013 m)(55 000 N) = 143 N  m

Note: Initial Tension and tightening Torque, T = C D Fi

Where, T = tightening torque, N-m, kN-m, in-lb Fi = initial tension, N, kN, lb

D = bold nominal diameter, inch, mm C = torque coefficient
C = 0.20 (for as received bolts) C = 0.15 (for lubricated bolts)

46. A 74.6 kW engine of a hoist is capable of lifting 44 500 N of load at a height of 6.10 m in 10 seconds. What is the efficiency of the machine?
a) 36.39 % b) 39.36 % c) 63.39 % d) 93.36 %

7
  6.10 m 
W = F  V = (44 500 N ) (100 %) = 36.39 %
27.145
Solution:  = 27 145 W = 27.145 kW =
 10 sec onds  74.6

47. Calculate the peripheral speed, in fpm, of a short shaft held with 16 inches pulley and runs at 450 rpm.
a) 1588 b) 1858 c) 1885 d) 5881

 16 
Solution: Vm =  D n = ()   (450 ) = 1884.96 fpm
 12 

48. An 18-inch high spring deflects 6 inches when strike by 100lb load. Find the average force acting on the spring.
a) 800 lb b) 600 lb c) 900 lb d) 700 lb

1 2 W (h +  ) 2 (100)(18 + 6)
Solution: W (h +  ) =   F  F= = = 800 lb
2  6

49. A carbon steel UNC bolt has a stress area of 0.606 in2, determine its permissible working stress.
a) 4055.49 psi b) 4505.49 psi c) 4550.49 psi d) 4455.09 psi

Solution: s w = C (A r )0.418 = (5000)(0.606)0.418 = 4055.49 psi

Note: From Vallance, p138. Bolt permissible stress, s w = C (A r )0.418 Applied load, Fa = s w A r = C (A r )1.418

Where, C = 5000 for carbon steel bolt C = 15 000 for alloy-steel bolts C = 1 000 for bronze bolts

50. The allowable working stress of a 1.5 inches bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint is 13000psi, determine the working strength.
a) 11 212.5 lb b) 10 212.5 lb c) 12 212.5 lb d) 13 212.5 lb

Solution: From Machinery’s Handbook, ( )  

W = s t 0.55 d 2 − 0.25 d = (13 000) 0.55(1.5)2 − 0.25(1.5) = 11 212.5 lb

Where, W = working strength, lb st = allowable working stress, psi d = nominal diameter, inch

51. A shaft is made of a material that weighs 0.28 lb/in3 and a modulus of elasticity of 30 x 106 psi. Bearings, 90 inches apart, support the 2-inch shaft
that carries no rotating disc. The shaft has a uniform cross section. Find the second critical speed, in rpm.
a) 4217.28 rpm b) 4172.28 rpm c) 4228.17 rpm d) 4712.28 rpm

D  2 
Solution: Lowest critical speed, N = 4270 000  2  = (4 270 000)   = 1054.32 rpm
L   (90) 
2

Second Critical Speed, N 2 = 4 (1054.32) = 4217.28 rpm

Note: The next critical speeds from the lowest critical speed can be found by multiplying by 4, 9, 16, 25, and so on.

52. A 75 lb disc is mounted midway a 1-inch diameter shaft supported by bearings 20 inches apart. Find the lowest critical speed in rpm. Neglect the
weight of the shaft. Assume that the modulus of elasticity is 30 000 000 psi.
a) 5763.43 rad/s b) 301.77 rad/s c) 1207.09 rad/s d) 401.77 rad/s

Solution: For the disc mounted midway between bearings (neglecting shaft weight),

576 E I g 576 (30 000 000)(0.0982)(32.2)

 cr = = = 301.77 rad / s
WL 3
(75)(20)3
 4   4
Where, I= D =   (1) = 0.0982 in 4
32  32 

53. A 4-inch wide and 0.25-inch thick leather belt turns at 3601 fpm. Compute for its centrifugal force.
a) 47 lb b) 74 lb c) 57 lb d) 75 lb

8
 2
 3601 
12 (0.035)(4)(0.25) 
12  b t Vs2  60 
Solution: Fc = = = 46.98 lb
g 32.2

Note: Specific weight of leather belt = 0.035 lb/in3 Specific weight of rubber belt = 0.045 lb/in3

54. A 2-foot pulley rotating at 600 rpm carries a ¼-inch thick belt that transmits 30 Hp of power. The allowable belt stress is 500 psi; the angle of
contact is 150o. Find the belt width required, assuming the coefficient of friction is 0.4 and the specific weight of the belt material is 0.035 lb/in3.
a) 2.61 inches b) 3.61 inches c) 4.61 inches d) 5.61 inches

 2  63 000 Hp  2 (63 000 )(30 )

Ft =   = = 262.5 lb Vm =  D n = ()(2)(600) = 3769.91 fpm
(2)(12)(600)
Solution:
 D  n 

33 000 Hp (33 000)(30)

Ft = = = 262..61 lb
Vm 3769.91

 12  V22   e f − 1  Ft
Ft = F1 − F2 = bt s −   b=
 g   e f   12  Vs2  e f − 1 
   
t s −  
 g  e f 
  
262.61 262.61
b= = = 3.608 inches
  3769.91 
2   1.8497 
 12 (0.035)     0.40(150)( / 180o )  112.13 
  60  e −1   2.8497 
0.25500 −   e 0.4(150)( / 180) 
32.2
  
 

55. Find the total torque necessary to raise the load of 3000 lb using a triple-thread square power screw. The power screw has a root diameter of 2
inches and 2 threads per inch. It is used in conjunction with a collar with an outer diameter of 4 inches and an inner diameter of 2.5 inches. The
coefficient of friction is 0.2 for both threads and collar.
a) 2445 lb b) 2544 lb c) 2454 lb d) 4245 lb

1 1
Solution: Pitch, Pa = = = 0.5 inch / thread
TPI 2
P 
Major diameter, D o = D i + 2h = D i + 2 a  = D i + Pa = 2 + 0.5 = 2.5 inches
 2 

D i + D o 2 + 2.5
Mean diameter, Dm = = = 2.25 inches
2 2
 2   ro − ri   2   (2) − (1.25) 
3 3 3 3
Collar mean radius or friction radius, rc =    =     = 1.654 inches
 3   ro2 − ri2   3   (2)2 − (1.25)2 

Tan =
L N P
= t a =
(3)(0.5) = 0.21221  = 11.98 o
 (2.25)
Lead Angle,
D m D m

W D m  Tan + f 
Total Torque, T = Tc + Ts = f c W rc +  
2  1 − f tan  

 3000(2.25)   0.21221 + 0.2 

T = (0.2 )(3000 )(1.654 ) +   1 − 0.2(0.21221)  = 2445.27 in  lb
 2  

56. Find the efficiency of a triple-thread square power screw raising a load of 3000 lb. The power screw has a root diameter of 2 inches and 2 threads
per inch. It is used in conjunction with a collar with an outer diameter of 4 inches and an inner diameter of 2.5 inches. The coefficient of friction is
0.2 for both threads and collar.
a) 25.25 % b) 39.29 % c) 29.29 % d) 24.29 %

9
 Solution: e=
tan (1 − f tan  )(100 %)
=
(0.21221) 1 − (0.2)(0.21221)(100 %) = 29.29 %
f D   0.2 (3.308) 
tan  + f +  c c (1 − f tan  ) 0.21221 + 0.2 +  1 − (0.2)(0.21221)

 Dm   2.25 

57. The depth of water in a pond is 5 m. What is its depth in fathom?

a) 2.73 fathom s b) 3.72 fathoms c) 1.73 fathom d) 7.13 fathoms

 ft  1 fat hom 
depth = (5 m ) 3.28   = 2.73 fat hom
m  6 feet 
Solution:


58. A container has a capacity of 30 barrels. What is its equivalent volume in m3?
a) 4.77 m3 b) 7.74 m3 c) 3.77 m3 d) 5.77 m3

 42 gallons  3.7854 liters  1 m 3 

Solution: V = (30 barrels )    = 4.77 m 3
 1000 liters 
 1 barrel  1 gallon  

59. A bridge has a span of 5 furlongs. What is its equivalent length in yards?
a) 1000 yards b) 1150 yards c) 1100 yards d) 1150 yards

 220 yards 
Solution: L = (5 furlong )  = 1100 yards
 1 Furlong 

60. Determine the kinetic energy needed in punching of 350 kg flywheel if the speed varies from 200 rpm to 180 rpm with 1 m mean diameter.
a) 3.65 kJ b) 6.28 kJ c) 4.51 kJ d) 5.62 kJ

Dn 1 (1 m )(200 ) Dn 2 (1 m )(180)

Solution: V1 = = = 10.47 m / s V2 = = = 9.42 m / s
60 60 60 60

KE =
m 2
2
(
V1 − V22 =  )
 350 kg 
 2 
2
 2

 (10.47 ) − (9.42 ) = 3 654.8 J = 3.655 kJ

61. A punch machine uses 10 kJ of energy to punch a square in 20 mm thick plate. If the ultimate strength of the plate is 420 MPa, determine the
maximum sides of square that can be punched.
a) 45 mm b) 30 mm c) 60 mm d) 55 mm

KE =
1 1
( ) 1
( )
F  t p = 4bt p t p s u = (4b)t 2p s u = 2b t p 2 s u b=
KE
=
10 000 000 N  mm
= 29.76 mm
( )
Solution:
2 2 2 2t 2p s u 2(20 mm)2 420 N / mm 2

62. A steel rod of 6 inches long is to resist an impact load of 500 lb dropped through a distance of 2 inches. If the maximum computed stress is to be 20
ksi, determine the required diameter of the rod.
a) 5.65 inches b) 6.55 inches c) 4.65 inches d) 6.45 inches

s L (20 000 psi)(6 inches )

Solution: Maximum deflection due to the maximum stress, = = = 0.004 inch
E 30 x 10 6 psi
2W h  2 W  h   2(500 lb )  2 
Solving for cross sectional area, s=  + 1 A=  + 1 =   + 1 = 25.05 in 2
A   s     20 000 lb / in 2  0.004 

4A 4 (25.05)
Solving for the Diameter, D= = = 5.65 inches
 
10
63. A punch machine uses 10 kJ of energy to punch a square in 20 mm thick plate. If the ultimate strength of the plate is 420 MPa, determine the
maximum sides of square that can be punched if a factor of safety of 4 is to be applied.
a) 25 mm b) 35 mm c) 30 mm d) 20 mm

2 (KE ) 2(10 000 N  m )

Solution: Punching Force, F= = = 1 000 000 N = 1 000 kN
tp 0.02 m

F 1 000 000 N
b= = = 29.76 mm  30 mm
(
4 s u t p 4 420 N / mm 2 (20 mm ) )
64. How many turns a flywheel makes before it stops from a speed of 220 rpm? The flywheel stops in 15 seconds.
a) 27.5 turns b) 172.8 turns c) 25.7 turns d) 52.7 turns

 f −  o 0 − 23.04 2  n 2 ()(220)
Solution: Acceleration, = = = − 1.536 rad / s 2 o = = = 23.04 rad / s
t 15 60 60
 2  − 1.536 
Angular displacement,  =  o t + t = (23.04 )(15) +   (15) = 172.8 radians = 27.5 revolution s
2
2  2 

65. Determine the cutting speed, in fpm, of a workpiece with 2 inches diameter and running at 100 rpm.
a) 56.23 fpm b) 52.36 fpm c) 36.52 fpm d) 23.56 fpm
 2
Solution: V =  D n = ( )   (100 ) = 52.36 fpm
 12 

66. A 40 kg load falls through a height of 0.20 m before striking the free end of a cantilever beam. The beam is 60 mm wide and 100 mm deep.
Compute the maximum bending stress and deflection caused by the impact. Neglect the mass of the beam and assume that the 40 kg mass
remains in contact with the beam.
a) 162 MPa b) 261 MPa c) 126 MPa d) 621 MPa

Solution: Static stress,

h

s st =
Mc W L c
= =
mg L  
 2  6 m g L 6 (40 kg ) 9.8066 m / s (2 m )
= =
2
( )
= 7 845 280 N / m 2 = 7.85 MPa
I I bh 3 bh2 (0.06 m )(0.10 m )
12
b h 3 (0.06)(0.10)3
Moment of Inertia, I= = = 5 x 10 −6 m 4
12 12

=
W L3
=
(40)(9.806)(0.10)3 = 1.046 x 10 −3 m = 1.046 mm
Deflection of Cantilever,
( )(
3 E I 3 20 000 000 000 N / m 2 5 x 10 −6 m 4 )
0.5 0.5
W W  2hEA   2h  WL
s max = + 1 +  = s max = s st + s st 1 +  =
A A  W L 
Maximum Stress caused by the Impact, Where,
   AE

2 (0.20) 
0.5

s max = 7.85 + 7.851 + −3
 = 161.56 MPa  162 MPa
 1.046 x 10 

67. A double thread worm gear has a pitch of 1.125 inches and a pitch diameter of 3 inches. It has a coefficient of friction of 0.20 and normal pressure
angle of 14.5o. The worm is supplied by 12 Hp at 1200 rpm motor. Find the tangential force on the gear. The worm is a left hand thread.
a) 420 lb b) 897 lb c) 798 lb b) 879 lb

 L  N P   2 (1.125) 
 = tan −1   = tan −1  t a  = tan −1   = 13.427
o

  (3) 
Solution:
  D 
  Dw   w 

11
  2  63 000 Hp   2   63 000 (12) 
Tangential load of worm, Ftw =  

 = 
 3  = 420 lb
 Dw  nw   1200 

 cos  n cos  − f sin    cos14.5 o cos13.427 o − 0.20 sin 13.427 o 

Tangential load on gear, Ftg = Ftw   = (420)  = 896.65 lb
 cos14.5 o sin 13.427 o + 0.20 cos13.427 o 
 cos  n sin  + f cos    

68. A double thread worm has a lead angle of 7.25o and pitch radius of 2.5 inches. Determine the pitch of the worm.
a) 1.5 inch b) 2 inches c) 1 inch d) 0.75 inch

L = D w tan  = 2R tan  = 2()(2.5) tan 7.25 o = 1.9983 inches

L 1.9983
Solution: Pa = = = 0.9992 inch  1 inch
Nt 2

69. 6 cm and 12 cm diameter pulleys are used to transmit power. Center distance of the pulleys is 72 cm. If an open belt arrangement is used,
calculate the required belt length.
a) 127.4 cm b) 142.7 cm c) 172.4 cm d) 147.2 cm

 (D − D1 )2    (12 − 6)2 = 172.4 cm

L =  (D1 + D 2 ) + 2C + 2 =  (6 + 12) + 2(72) +
4(72)
Solution:
2 4C 4

70. Determine the depth of the ACME thread if the pitch is 1.25 inches.
a) 0.625 inch b) 0.635 inch c) 1.25 inches d) 0.750 inch

Solution: h = 0.5 Pa + 0.01 = (0.5)(1.25) + 0.01 = 0.635 inch

71. A chain and sprocket has 18 teeth with chain pitch of 0.5 inch. Find the pitch diameter of the sprocket.
a) 2.88 inches b) 2.66 inches c) 2.55 inches d) 2.77 inches

Pa 0.50
Solution: D= = = 2.879 inches
 180 o   180 o 
sin   sin  
 T   18 
   

72. The ratio in band tension in a brake drum is 3. The difference between the tight side and slack side is 5 kN. Find the tension in the tight side.
a) 2.75 kN b) 3.75 kN c) 4.75 kN d) 1.75 kN

F1
Solution: F1 = 3 F2 F1 = 5 − F2 = 5 − F1 = 3.75 kN
3

73. What will be the resulting critical speed of a shaft if you double its diameter? The original critical speed of the shaft is 800 rpm.
a) 1600 rpm b) 3600 rpm c) 800 rpm d) 900 rpm

 D D n 800
Solution: n cr = 4 270 000  2  = =
L  L 2 4 270 000 4 270 000

 800 
n cr = (4270 000 )(2 )  = 1600 rpm
 4270000 

74. A 112.5 mm shaft is keyed to a pulley. The pulley is made of a cast iron material and has a diameter of 1200 mm. The key is 28.13 mm square key
and 175 mm long. The key and shaft have a shearing stress of 14 000 psi. Determine the force acting at the pulley that will shear the key.
a) 4541.83 kg b) 4252.83 kg c) 5441.83 kg d) 4145.83 kg

 s bLD 
2 s   D 
Solution: Fp =
2T
= 
2 
= ss bL  = (14 000 ) 28.13  175  112 .5  = 10 014 .74 lb
 Dp   
Dp Dp    25.4  25.4  1200 

75. A flanged coupling is used in a 75-mm shaft that transmits 300 kW of power at 600 rpm. The coupling has 6 bolts, each 18 mm in diameter. Find
the required diameter of the bolts circle based on an average shearing stress of 27.5 MPa.
12
 a) 8.95 inches b) 5.98 inches c) 9.85 inches d) 7.95 inches

8T 8(30 )P 8(30 )(300 )

Solution: D B = = = = 0.2274 m = 227.4 mm
 ssd 2n B  2 d 2s s n n B  2 (0.018 )2 (27 500 )(600 )(6)

76. A bolt is screwed up tightly in a packed joint. The allowable working stress is 12,000 psi and size of the bolt is 2 inches. Determine its working
strength.
a) 20 120 lb b) 20 100 lb c) 20 400 lb d) 20 200 lb

Solution: From Machinery’s handbook: ( ) 

W = s t 0.55d 2 − 0.25d = (12 000) 0.55(2)2 − 0.25(2) = 20 400 lb 
77. A 1-inch single square thread, with 4 threads per inch, is used in a vise mechanism. The frictional radius of the collar is 0.5 inch. The coefficient of
friction for both the collar and threads is 0.20. How much external torque must be applied to produce a force of 200 lb against the jaws of the vise?
a) 39.73 in-lb b) 33.97 in-lb c) 37.93 in-lb d) 39.37 in-lb

Vise Jaw
Screw
Collar Nut
Handle
F = 200
lb
Solution:

For the thread pitch,

1 1
p= = = 0.25 inch
Number of Threads per Inch 4
For the minor diameter, Di = Do – p = 1 – 0.25 = 0.75 inch

Do + Di 1+ 0.75
For the mean or pitch diameter of the screw, Dm = = = 0.875 inch
2 2
 L  −1  p  −1  0.25 
For the lead angle,  = tan −1   = tan   = tan 
−1
 = tan 0.09095 = 5.197
o

 D m   D m   0 .875  

fFD c ( 0.2 )( 200 )( 0.5 )

Solving for the torque required to overcome the collar friction, Tc = = = 20 in  lb
2 2
Solving for the torque required to overcome the thread friction,

FDm  tan  + f  200 ( 0.875 )  0.09095 + 0.2 

Ts = =   = 25.93 in  lb
2  1 − f tan   2 1 − 0.2 ( 0.9095 ) 
Solving for the total torque, T = Ts + Tc = 25.93 + 20 = 45.93 inches ans.

78. A hollow shaft with inside diameter of 1 inch is to replace a 1.5-inch diameter solid shaft in a power transmission. Considering equal torsional
strengths, determine the required outside diameter of the hollow shaft.
a) 2.25 in. b) 1.5 in. c) 1.75 in. d) 2.0 in.

16T 16TDo
Solution: Sssolid = Ss hollow =
D3 (D o4 − D14 )

Thus , for equal strength , D o4 − 1 = D o (1.5) 3 : D o = 1.589 in . Use the next higher standard size, Do=1.75 in.

79. A square key is used in a 4-inch diameter shaft transmitting 1000 hp at 1000 rpm. If the allowable shear and compressive stresses in the key are
15 ksi and 30 ksi, respectively, what length of key is required?
a) 53.34 mm b) 54.33 mm c) 50.34 mm d) 55.34 mm

13
 63000Hp 63000(1000)
Solution: Transmitted torque, T= = = 63 000 in  lb
n 1000
D
Key width, b , for good proportion
4
2T 2 (63 000 )
Key length based on shear, L = = = 2.1 inches
ss bD 15 000 (1)(4)
4T 4 (63 000 )
Key length based on compression, L = = = 2.1
sc t D 30 000 (1)(4)
Therefore, use L = 2.1 inches

80. A steel shaft, with a modulus of rigidity of 12 x 106 psi, transmits 40 Hp at 1400 rpm. It is 1.4375 inches in diameter. Find the torsional deflection of
the shaft in degrees per foot length.
a) 0.246 b) 0.624 c) 0.426 d) 1.246

 T 32 T 32 (63000 Hp ) 32 (63000)(40)(12)  180o 

= = = =  
Solution:
L JG  D G
4
n D G
4
 (1400)(1.4375) 12 x 106
4
( )    = 0.246 radian
 
81. What torque is needed by a flywheel to produce an angular acceleration of 100 revolutions per minute, per second? The flywheel is solid disk and
has a diameter of 1.5 m and a mass of 800 kg.
a) 3265 N-m b) 5236 N-m c) 2356 N-m d) 6325 N-m

Solution: Torque = Mass Moment of Inertia x AngularAcc eleration = I 

Where, I = 1 mr 2 , for cylinders ; 1

I = (800kg)(1.5 / 2) 2 m 2 = 225kg  m 2
2 2
Then, T = (225 )kg − m 2 100 (2)  rad = 2356 .2 N  m
  2
 60  s

82. A brass plate with thickness of ¼ inches is to punch a 2 inches diameter hole. Find the pressure required.
a) 40 tons b) 32.5 tons c) 20.5 tons d) 35 tons

Solution: F = 65 d t = (65)(2)(0.25) = 32.5 tons

[For steel plate use 80 as constant] (From Machinery’s Hand Book, 26th Ed.)

83. A bolt is screwed up tightly in a packed joint. The allowable working stress is 12,000 psi and size of the bolt is 1.5 inches. Determine its working
strength
a) 12 121.5 lb b) 11 212.5 lb c) 21 211.5 lb d) 12 211.5 lb

Solution: ( )  
W = St 0.55 D 2 − 0.25D = (13 000) (0.55)(1.5)2 − (0.25)(1.5) = 11 212.5 lb

[From Machinery’s Hand Book, 26th Ed., p1489]

84. A collar has an outside diameter of 100 mm and an inside diameter of 40 mm. The collar rotates at 1000 rpm and the coefficient of friction between
the collar and the pivot surface is 0.15. Determine the frictional Power acting on a collar loaded with 100 kg weight.
a) 572 W b) 527 W c) 752 W d) 275 W

 2  r − r   2   (50) − (20) 
3 3 3 3
Solution: rf =   o2 i2  =    2
= 37.14 mm = 0.03714 m
 3  ro − ri   3   (50) − (20) 
2

Tf = f W rf = (0.15)(100 kg )(9.8066 N / kg )(0.03714 m) = 5.464 N  m

 n Tf  (1000)(5.464)
Pf = = = 572.2 W = 0.572 kW
30 30

14
85. Mechanical power at a rate of 37 kW running at 1760 rpm is to transmit using a solid shaft 48.2 cm long. The torsional stress is 8.13 MPa. What is
the diameter of the shaft?
a) 45 mm b) 50 mm c) 55 mm d) 30 mm

1 1
30 P (30)(37 )  16 T  3 16 (200 750 N  mm)  3
T= = = 0.20075 kN  m = 200.75 N  m D =   =  = 50.10 mm
 (1760) ( )
Solution:
n 
  Ss    8.13 N / mm
2


86. An integral gear with diameter D is set up with a 127-mm diameter pinion and center distance of 457.2 mm. Calculate D.
a) 1140.4 mm b) 1410.4 mm c) 1041.4 mm d) 1104.4 mm

Solution: D 2 = 2C + D1 = 2(457.2) + 127 = 1041.4 mm

87. An air compressor system uses a receiver with 30 inches diameter and pressure load of 120 psi. Consider a design stress of 8000 psi, calculate the
thickness required of the receiver if it is to be oriented vertically, cylindrical and to be made from steel.
a) 3/16 inch b) 3/8 inch c) 5/16 inch d) ¼ inch

pD (120 psi)(30 inches )

t= = = 0.225 inch  1 / 4 inch
2 (8000 psi)
Solution:
2 St

88. A 36-tooth gear drives a 50.8-mm solid shaft that transmits power at 120 rpm. If the allowable shearing stress is 83 MPa, determine the power
transmitted, in Hp.
a) 36 Hp b) 28 Hp c) 42 Hp d) 38 Hp

Solution: T= =
(
 D 3 s s  (50.8 mm)3 83 N / mm 2 )
= 2 136 461.415 N  mm
16 16

 n T  (120)(2.14)
P= = = 26.89 kW = 36.05 Hp
30 30

89. A helical spring has an outside diameter of 10.42 cm and a wire diameter of 0.625 cm. The spring has squared and ground ends and a total of 18
coils. Its material has modulus of elasticity in shear of 78.91 GPa. Determine the deflection in the spring due to a load of 50 kg.
a) 490 mm b) 409 mm c) 390 mm d) 309 mm

8F(D w )3 N a 8FC 3 N a
Solution: = = Where, for S & G ends: N a = N − 2 = 18 − 2 = 16 coils
G (d w )4 Gd w

D m D o − d w 10.42 − 0.625 8 (50 kg )(9.8066 N / kg )(15.672)3 (16)

C= = = = 15.672 = = 489.85 mm
dw dw 0.625 (78 910 N / mm )(6.25 mm)
2

90. A tank is to construct in a gasoline station and its seams are to be weld using electric arc welding. With a rate of 18 in/min, how long will it takes to
weld a 0.5 inch thick plate by 3 ft long seam?
a) 1.5 minutes b) 3 minutes c) 2 minutes d) 2.5 minutes

t=
Length
=
(3 ft )(12 inches / ft ) = 2 min utes
Solution:
Rate of Welding 18 in / min

91. A machine shop is to mill a 0.75 inch by 2 inches keyway in a 3 inches diameter shafting with 24-tooth cutter turning at 100 rpm. If the mill has a
rate of 0.005” feed per tooth, how long will it take to mill the keyway?
a) 10 seconds b) 8 seconds c) 12 seconds d) 15 seconds

Length 2 inches
t= = = 0.1667 min
(No. of Teeth / rev)(Feed, inch / tooth )(rpm) (24 teeth / rev)(0.005 in / tooth )(100 rpm)
Solution:

92. A 14½o spur gear has a pitch of 4. Calculate its tooth thickness.
a) 0.3927 inch b) 9.975 mm c) 0.9975 cm d) Any of these

15
 1.5708 1.5708
Solution: t= = = 0.3927 inch = 9.975 mm = 0.9975 cm
Pd 4

93. A pump uses a journal bearing with diameter of 76.2 mm is subjected to a load of 4.9 kN while rotating at 200 rpm. If its coefficient of friction is 0.02
and L/D = 2.5, find its projected area, in mm2
a) 41 516.1 mm2 b) 14 516.1 mm2 c) 15 416.1 mm2 d) 16 416.1 mm2

Solution: L = 2.5 D = (2.5)(76.2) = 190.5 mm Projected Area, A = D (L) = (76.2 mm)(190.2 mm) = 14 516.1 mm 2

94. Determine the diameter of a line shaft transmitting 12 Hp at 180 rpm with torsional deflection of 0.08 degree per foot length.
a) 2.75 inches b) 2.34 inches c) 2.25 inches d) 3.34 inches

0.25 0.25
P  12 
Solution: D = 4.6   = (4.6)  = 2.34 inches
N  180 

Where, P = power transmitted, Hp N = n = rpm of the shaft

Note: This equation is for torsional deflection of 0.08 degree per ft length and using G = 12 x 106 psi.
 32 T Tn
Derived from the equations: = and Hp =
L D G3 63 000

95. Calculate the maximum unit shear in a 3-inch diameter steel shaft transmitting 2400 in-lb of torque at 180 rpm.
a) 453 psi b) 543 psi c) 435 psi d) 534 psi

ss =
16 T
=
(16)(2400) = 452.71 psi
Solution:
D 3
 (3)3

96. A 1.5-inch diameter shaft has a driver with variable torque. Shaft has a yield strength of 60000 psi. If torque varies from 2000 to 6000 in-lb,
determine the shaft mean or average stress.
a) 6 036.10 psi b) 6306.10 psi c) 3 018.05 psi d) 9 054.15 psi

16Tmin 16 (2000) 16Tmax 16 (6000)

Solution: s min = = = 3018.05 psi s max = = = 9054.15 psi
 D3  (1.5)3  D3  (1.5)3

s min + s max 3018.05 + 9054.15

sm = = = 6036.10 psi
2 2
97. In an open belt drive, the driving pulley is 450 mm in diameter and the driven pulley is 1000 mm in diameter. The belt is 300 mm wide and 10 mm
thick. The coefficient of friction of the belt drive is 0.30 and the mass of the belt is 2.8 kg/m of belt length. Other data are as follows: center distance
between shafts, 4 m; maximum allowable tensile stress on the belt, 1500 kPa; and speed of driving pulley, 900 rpm. Calculate the maximum power
that can be transmitted, in kW.
a) 40.82 kW b) 42.80 kW c) 48.20 kW d) 28.40 kW

 n1 T1   n   D1  F1 − Fc  ef  − 1 
Solution: P= =  (Ft )  = e f Ft = F1 − F2 = (F1 − Fc ) f 
30  30   2  F2 − Fc  e 

 D1 n1  (0.450 )(900 ) F1
Belt speed, V= = = 21.21 m / s
60 60
 D − D1   1000 − 450 
Wrap angle,  = 1 =  −  2  =  −   = 3.0041 radians
 C   4 000  
F1 − Fc
Belt tension ratio, = ef = e(0.30)(3.0041) = 2.463
F2 − Fc
 2.8 kg / m  F2
Centrifugal Force, Fc =  bt V 2 =   (b t )(21.21 m / s )2 = 1259.62 N
 b t 
Maximum belt tension, ( )
F1 = s t A = s t b t = 1500 000 N / m2 (0.30 m)(0.01 m) = 4500 N
16
  e f − 1   1.463 
Belt Net Tension,Ft = (F1 − Fc ) f  = (4500 − 1259.62)  = 1924.76 N
 e   2.463 
  n1   D1    (900)   0.45 
Power to be transmitted, P =   Ft   =  (1924.76)  = 40 815.98 W = 40.82 kW
 30   2   30   2 
98. There are three parallel shafts A, B, and C. Shaft A has 24 teeth gear of P d = 4 meshing with a larger gear on shaft B having 70 teeth. A smaller
gear, 20 teeth and pitch of 3, on shaft B meshes with 50 teeth gear on shaft C. Find the torque on shaft C if the input Hp to shaft A is 50 Hp turning
at 1200 rpm, and the efficiency of each gear combination is 98 %.
a) 1532 ft-lb b) 1352 ft-lb c) 1253 ft-lb d) 1325 ft-lb
B
A C
Solution: T1 = 24 teeth T2 = 70 teeth T3 = 20 teeth T4 = 50 teeth 2
1 3 4
 T  T   24  20 
n 4 = n1  1  3  = (1200)   = 164.57 rpm
n1 T2 x T4
=
n 4 T1 x T3  T2  T4   70  50 

63000Hp o (63 000)(48.02)

Hp o = Hp (e) = (50)(0.98)(0.98) = 48.02 TC = = = 18 382.82 in  lb = 1531.90 ft  lb
nC 164.57

99. If a 450 kg flywheel rotates from 180 rpm to 168 rpm, how much energy, in N-m, it loss? Radius of the flywheel is 375 mm.
a) 1472.33 b) 1541.33 c) 1451.33 d) 1433.51

 180   168 
Solution: V1 = 2RN 1 / 60 = 2 (0.375)   = 7.069 m / s V2 = 2RN 2 / 60 = 2 (0.375)  = 6.597 m / s
 60   60 

KE =
(
m V12 − V22
=
) 
450 (7.069)2 − (6.597)2 
= 1451.33 N  m
2 2
100. A ¾ inch thick steel plate is to punch for a 1-in diameter hole every 10 sec. The actual punching takes 1 sec. The ultimate shear strength of the
plate is 60,000 psi. The flywheel of the punch press has a mass moment of inertia of 500 in-lb-sec2 and rotates at a mean speed of 150 rpm. What
is the speed fluctuation, in rpm?
a) 65.4 rpm b) 64.5 rpm c) 6.749 rpm d) 67.49 rpm

Solution:
1
( 1
)   + 2 
KE =   I 12 − 12 =   I (1 −  2 )(1 +  2 ) = I (1 −  2 )  1  = I (1 − ) 
2 2  2 
2N 2  (150 )
Mean angular velocity,  = = = 15.71 rad / s
60 60
Punching Force, F = s u (dt ) = (60 000)()(1)(0.75) = 141 371.67 lb

Kinetic Energy, KE = 1

2
(F) t = (1 2 )(141 371.67 )  0.75  = 4417.86 ft  lb
 12 

(1 −  2 ) = KE =
(4417.86 ft  lb )(12)
Speed Fluctuation,
I (500 in  lb  s )(15.71) = 6.749 rad / s = 64.5 rpm
2

101. A shaft, 1.5 inches in diameter, was loaded with a torque of 8,000 in-lb and a bending moment of 12,000 in-lb, determine the maximum shear
stress induced on the shaft.
a) 21 763.5 psi b) 27 163.5 psi c) 23 761.5 psi d) 26 173.5 psi

Solution: s s max =
16
M2 + T2 =
16
(12 000)2 + (8 000)2 = 21 763.5 psi
 D3  (1.5)3

102. A solid coupling is used in a 75 mm shaft that transmits 300 kW power at 600 rpm. The coupling has 6 bolts and each 18 mm in diameter. Find the
required bolt circle diameter if the bolt shearing stress is 27.5 MPa.
a) 227.4 mm b) 233.6 mm c) 254.5 mm d) 272.6 mm

17
 30 P (30)(300) 8T 8 (4 775 000 N  mm )
T= = = 4.775 kN  m DB = = = 227.4 mm
 (600) ( )
Solution:
n  d ss n B
2
 (18 mm )2 27.5 N / mm 2 (6 )

103. A machinist is to cut a steel material with the following choices: both 1.5 inches diameter; high speed steel with recommended cutting speed of 90
fpm; carbide tipped with cutting speed of 300 fpm. Compute the rpm of the cutter.
a) 764 b) 376 c) 673 d) 746

V 300 fpm
Solution: n= = = 763.94 rpm
D  1.5 
 ft 
 12 
104. A centrifugal pump discharges 3000 liters per minute at a head of 10 meters. The pump is driven by a motor and pump efficiency is 68%. The pump
rotates at 550 rpm. Find the torsional stress of shaft if shaft diameter is 35mm.
A. 13.85 MPa B. 11.85 MPa C. 12.85 MPa D. 14.87 MPa

 3000  3
 m / s  9.81kN / m3  10m
Q    TDH  60  1000 
Solution: P= = = 7.213kW = 7.213  106 N  mm / s
e 0.68


 30  P  16   30  7.213  10
16   
(6
)
16  T    550 
Ss = =   N  =   = 14.87 MPa
D 3
D 3
  353

105. A motor with gear ratio of 1.8 is used to drive a 800 mm diameter circular saw blade. The motor rotates at 1800 rpm. Compute for the peripheral
speed of the blade.
A. 137.39 ft/sec B. 140.65 ft/sec C. 132.43 ft/sec D. 135.21 ft/sec

Nmotor 1800
Solution SR = ; Nsawblade = = 1000 rpm
Nsawblade 1.8
800 1000
V =  D N =  m  3.28ft / m = 137 .39ft / sec
1000 60 sec

106. A mechanical engineer wants a quick calculation on the shaft he will use. For a shaft length of 10 feet, find the diameter of the shaft that could
safely deliver.
A. 1.18 in B. 7.55 in C. 2.34 in D. 1.64

3
3  10 
Solution: L = 8.95  D2 D=   = 1.18in
 8.95 

107. Two shafts, made of the same materials, are circular in construction. One is hollow and the other is solid. The hollow shaft inside diameter is one-
half of the external diameter. The external diameter is equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow
shaft to that of the solid shaft?
A.1/4 B. 1/3 C. 9/16 D. 15/16

4
(
Solution: S  DS = H  Do − Di =
4 4
) 32  T  L
G
But: Di =
Do
2
and Ds = Do

 4
 D4 
4  Do  15D o4
 S  D o4 =  H  D o −     S  D o4 =  H   D o4 − o   S  D o4 =  H 
  2    16  16

15
S = H
16
108. A hollow shaft with an outside diameter of 100 mm is subjected to a maximum torque of 5,403.58 N.m. Determine its thickness if it not to exceed a
shearing stress of 60 MPa or a twist of 0.5 degree per meter length of shaft. G=83,000 MPa.
A. 15 mm B. 86 mm C. 16.8 mm D. 14.2 mm
18
 

=
32  T
0.5  
180  = 32  5403.58  10
3
( ) D i = 70mm
Solution: L (
  D o4 − D i4  G ) 1 1000 (
  100 − D i  83000
4 4
)
D o − D i 100 − 70
then; t = = = 15mm
2 2

109. 90 kW of power is to be transmitted using a hollow shaft. It has an inner diameter of 30 mm and outside diameter of 42 mm. Determine the
frequency of rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress cannot exceed 50 MPa.
A. 26.6 Hz B. 20.6 Hz C. 97.5 Hz D. 66.5 Hz

Solution: T =
P
=
90  10 6 1432 .3944  10 4
= Also, T =
(
S    Do4 − Di4 )
2  N 2    N N 16 D0

Then,
1432 .3944  10 4 50    42 4 − 30 4
=
( ) N = 26.6
rev
= 26.6
cycle
= 26.6Hz
N 16  42 s sec

110. A hollow shaft is to substitute a solid shaft with the same material and same torsional strength. The hollow shaft should be half the weight of the
solid one. If the solid shaft diameter is 3.5 inches, find the outside diameter and the inside diameter of the shaft in millimeters.
A. 107.31 mm ; 86.97 mm B. 112.231 mm ; 84.60 mm C. 120.217 mm; 65.97 mm D. 131.204 mm ; 54.30 mm

Solution: When solid shaft is to be replaced by hollow shaft having equal strength but 1/2 weight Ds = 3.5in = 88.9mm

1+ 2   
Do =    D =  1 + 2   88.9 = 107 .31mm Di = Do2 −
Ds2
= 107 .312 −
88.92
= 86.97 mm
 2  s  2  2 2
   

111. A flange bolt coupling connects a turbine to a generator with an output of 40 MW and rotates at 3600 rpm. Generator efficiency is 90%. The
coupling has a bolt circle diameter of 500 mm. If there are 16 bolts, determine the force acting on each bolt.
A. 26.41 kN B. 29.47 kN C. 35.62 kN D. 32.61 kN

Solution: Pinput =
Poutput
=
40
= 44.44MW T=
30 P
=
(
30  44.44  103 )
= 117 .88kN.m
e 0.90 N m   3600

Fb =
2T
=
(
2  117 .88  103 )
= 29.47 kN
n b Db 16  500

112. A solid coupling is used in a 75 mm shaft that transmits 300 kW power at 600 rpm. The coupling has 6 bolts and each 18 mm in diameter. Find the
required bolt circle diameter if the bolt shearing stress is 27.5 MPa.
A. 227.4 mm B. 233.6 mm C. 254.5 mm D. 272.6 mm

 30 P 
8  8 
( )
 30  300  106 

8T 30P  N     600  = 227 .4mm
Solution: Ssb = and T= Then, D b = =
  n b  d 2  Db N   n b  d 2  Ssb   6  182  27.5

113. A 75 mm diameter shaft that transmits 150 kW at 400 rpm is designed with a flat key. If allowable shearing stress is 20 MPa and key width is 15
mm, determine the length of the key.
A. 30.65 mm B. 31.83 mm C. 33.75 mm D. 32.85 mm

2 
 6 
 30P  2   30  150  10  ( )
N     4000 
= 
2T
Solution: L = = = 31.83mm
Sc  b  D Sc  b  D 20  75  15

114. A square key is to be used in a 40 mm flat key and that will develop a 2 kN.m torque. If bearing stress of key is 448 MPa, determine the cross
sectional dimension of flat key to be used using key length of 21.12 mm.
A. 21.12 mm B. 25.61 mm C. 28.21 mm D. 18.61 mm

19
 Solution: t=
4T
=
(
4  2  106 ) = 21.13mm
Sc  b  D 448  21.12  40

115. A line shaft, transmits 7.46 kW at a speed of 1200 rpm, is designed with a rectangular key. If the shearing stress for the shaft and key are 30
N/mm2 and 40 N/mm2, respectively. What is the diameter of the shaft?
A. 18.7 mm B. 21.7 mm C. 25.8 mm D. 30.2 mm

 30 P 
16 
 30 P 
16  3 16 
(
 30  7.46  106 

)
16T   N  3   N  =    1200 
Solution: S= = hence; D= = 21.6mm
  D3   D3 S   30

116. A load of 5000 kg is supported by a bearing with 150 mm diameter and 300 mm long. If coefficient of friction is 0.18, find the torque required to
rotate the shaft.
A. 331 N-m B. 662 N-m C. 873 N-m D. 1020 N-m

Solution: Ff = f  W = 0.18  (5000  9.8066 ) = 8825 .94 N

D 0.150
Tf = Ff  = 8825 .94  = 662 N.m
2 2
117. A shaft, rotates at 500 rpm, is supported by a bearing with frictional loss of 15 kW. The bearing load is 30 kN and friction of 0.14. Find the bearing
diameter.
A. 136.42 mm B. 146.42 mm C. 156.42 mm D. 166.42 mm

 D
Solution: Ff = f  W = 0.14  30 = 4.2kN Pf = 2  Tf  N = 2   Ff    N =   Ff  D  N
 2
Pf 15
Then, D = =  1000 = 136.42mm
  Ff  N   4.2  500
60

118. A shaft, rotates at 1740 rpm, is supported by a bearing with a length of 105 mm and diameter of 64 mm. If the load is light and SAE Oil No. 20 ( µ =
2.4 x 10-6 reyns ) is used and diametral clearance is 0.136 mm, find the power loss due to friction.
A. 164 watts B. 174 watts C. 184 watts D. 194 watts

Solution: µ = 2.4 x 10-6 reyns = 0.0165 Pa-s h = Cd / 2 = 0.136/2 = 0.068 mm

3
 0.064  1740
4  2     0.0165  0.105 
4  2  r 3    L  Ns  2  60
Then, Tf = = = 0.9558 N.m
h 0.068  10 −3
1740
Pf = 2    Tf  Ns = 2    0.9558  = 174 watts
60

119. A bearing operates satisfactorily with a diametral clearance of 0.0028 inches supports a journal running at 1200 rpm. The bearing is 2.085 inches in
diameter and 1.762 in long. It supports a total radial load of 1400 lbs. at 160° F operating temperature of the oil film, the bearing modulus Zn/P was
found to be 16.48. Determine the bearing stress.
A. 281 psi B. 381 psi C. 481 psi D. 581 psi

F F 1400
Solution: Sb = = = = 381psi
A D  L 2.085  1.762

120. Find the tooth thickness of a 14° involute gear having a diametral pitch of 6.
A. 5.33 mm B. 6.65 mm C. 8.45 mm D. 12.36 mm

1.5708 1.5708
Solution: tooth thickness = =  25.4 = 6.65mm
Pd 6

121. Compute for the speed mounted in a 52.5 mm diameter shaft receiving power from a prime motor with 250 Hp.
A. 2182 rpm B. 2081 rpm C. 2265 rpm D. 2341 rpm

D3  N 80 P 80  250
Solution: P= hence; N= = = 2265 rpm
80 D3  52.5 
3
 
 25.4 

20
122. A spur pinion rotates at 1800 rpm and transmits to mating gear 30 Hp. If the pitch diameter is 8 inches and the pressure angle is 14.5°, determine
the total loads in lbs.
A. 123.45 lbs B. 653.15 lbs C. 271.14 lbs D. 327.43 lbs

63,000 Hp 63,000  30 2T 2  1050

Solution: T= = = 1050 in.lb Ft = = = 262 .5lbs
Nm 1800 D 8
Ft 262 .5
Then; F= = = 271 .14lbs
cos  cos 14.5

123. A precision cut gear in an intermittent service transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity of 6000 ft/min. Compute for the dynamic load.
A. 244 lb B. 264 lb C. 274 lb D. 284 lb

Hp  33000 25  33000
Solution: Ft = = = 137 .5lbs
Vm 6000

 78 + Vm   78 + 6000 
For precision cut; Fd =    Ft =    137 .5 = 274 lbs
 78   78 

124. A helical gear having 28 teeth and pitch diameter of 7 has a helix angle of 22 degrees. Find the circular pitch in a plane normal to the pitch.
A. 0.528 B. 0.628 C. 0.728 D. 0.828

 D   7 
Solution: Pcn =    cos =    cos 22 = 0.728
 T   28 

125. A 20-tooth helical gear has a pitch diameter of 5 inches. Find the normal diametral pitch if helix angle is 22 degrees.
A. 3.31 in B. 4.31 in C. 5.31 in D. 6.31 in

T 20
Solution: Pdn = = = 4.31 in
D  cos  5  cos 22

126. A helical gear with a tangential load of 200 lbs has an axial load f 73 lbs. Find the helix angle.
A. 14 degrees B. 16 degrees C. 18 degrees D. 20 degrees

F   73 
Solution:  = tan−1  a  = tan−1   = 20

 t
F  200 

127. In a pair of gear that connects a pair of shaft at 90°, the velocity ratio is 3 to 1. If the gear is straight bevel, what is the cone pitch angle of smaller
gear?
A. 71.57 deg B. 65.34 deg C. 18.43 deg D. 12.34 deg

Tg 3 sin   Tp  1
Solution: SR = = tan  = For θ = 90°,  = tan−1   = tan−1   = 18.43 deg
Tp 1 Tg  Tg  3
+ cos
Tp
128. A left hand spiral bevel pinion rotates clockwise and transmits power to a mating gear with speed ration of 2 to 1. Calculate the pitch angle of the
pinion.
A. 16.56 deg B. 20.56 deg C. 26.56 deg D. 32.56 deg

 1  −1  1 
Solution:  = tan−1   = tan  2  = 26.56 deg
 SR   

129. A gear has a cone angle of 65° while the pinion has 25°. Find the speed ratio.
A. 1.5 B. 5.2 C. 4.23 D. 2.14

sin  sin 65
Solution: SR = = = 2.14
sin  sin 25

130. A work at 1150 rpm drives a worm gear. The velocity is 15 to 1. A 10 hp motor is used to supply the worm with pitch gear diameter of 3 in. Find the
force on the worm.
A. 365.37 lbs B. 465.37 lbs. C. 565.37 lbs D. 665.37 lbs

21
 2T 2  63,000 Hp  2  63,000  10 
Solution: Ft = =  = 
 3  = 365 .21lbs
D D  Nm   1150 

131. A double thread worm has normal pressure angle of 14.5, a pitch diameter of 3.5 in and a lead of 1.5 in. Find the pressure angle of the worm.
A. 11.68° B. 12.68° C. 13.68° D. 14.68°

 L  tan n 
 = tan−1
1.5  −1  tan14.5 
Solution:  = tan−1   = 7.768 Then;  = tan   = tan−1  = 14.628 
 D w  
  3.5   cos    cos7.768 
132. A belt drive uses pulleys with center distance of 72 inches. If the pulley diameters are 6 in. and 12 in., respectively, find the angle of contact on the
small pulley.
A. 180.60 deg B. 243.40 deg C. 203.61 deg D. 175.22 deg

D2 − D1 12 − 6 180 
Solution:  = − = − = 3.0582 rad  = 175 .22
C 72 rad

133. An open belt drive uses pulleys with center distance of 72 cm. If the pulley diameters are 6 cm and 12 cm, respectively, determine the belt length.
A. 172.39 cm B. 160.39 cm C. 184.39 cm D. 190.39 cm


(D1 + D2 ) + 2C + (D2 − D1 ) =  (6 + 12) + 2(72) + (12 − 6) = 172.39cm
2 2
Solution: L=
2 4C 2 4(72 )

134. A belt, with specific weight of 0.035 lb/in3, is 3/8-inch thick and 12-inch wide. It is used on 24 inches diameter pulley rotating at 600 rpm. If the angle
of contact is 150 degrees, the coefficient of friction is 0.3 and stress is 300 psi, how much power can it deliver?
A. 65.4 Hp B. 69.5 Hp C. 60.5 Hp D. 63.5 Hp

3 24 600
Solution: F1 = S  b  t = 300   12 = 1350 lbs ; Vs =   D  N =    = 62.83fps
8 12 60
3
12  0.035   12  62.832
12    b  t  Vs2 8
Fc = = = 231 .707 lbs
g 32.2
  0.3150  
  
 ef − 1  
180 
−  = 608 .42lbs
F = (F1 − Fc ) f  = (1350 − 231 .707 )
e 1
 e   150  
    0.3 180  
 e 
TN m Nm  F  D  600  608 .42  24 
Hp = =  =   = 69.5Hp
63,000 63,000  2  63,000  2 

135. A 350 mm wide belt has an angle of contact of 160°. The working stress of belt is 2 MPa and coefficient of friction is 0.32. If the pulley has an
effective belt pull of 3 kN, determine the thickness of the belt.
A. 6.42 mm B. 7.24 mm C. 8.68 mm D. 9.47 mm

 160 
0.32 
F1 F1
Solution: = ef = e  180 
= 2.444 therefore : F2 =
F2 2.444
F1
F = F1 − F2 substituting 3 = F1 − therefore ; F1 = 5.07
2.444
F1 5.07  103
Then; t= = = 7.24 mm
S b 2  350

136. Determine the speed of the belt used in a pulley with belt pull of 2.5 kN and is driven by a 20 Hp motor.
A. 19.58 ft/sec B. 5.97 ft/sec C. 7.42 ft/sec D. 10.86 ft/sec

Solution: F = 2.5 kN ≈ 562.12 lbs

550 Hp 550  20
Vs = = = 19.568ft / sec
F 562 .12

22
137. A chain and sprocket has 18 teeth with chain pitch of ½ in. Find the pitch diameter of sprocket.
A. 0.879 in B. 1.879 in C. 2.879 in D. 3.879 in
P 0.5
Solution: D= = = 2.879in
 180   180 
sin  sin 
 T   18 

138. A chain and sprocket has 24 teeth with chain pitch of ½ in. If the sprocket turns at 600 rpm, find the speed of chain.
A. 601.72 fpm B. 621.72 fpm C. 641.72 fpm D. 661.752 fpm

P 0.5
Solution: V =  D N =   N =   600 = 601 .72fpm
 180   180 
sin  sin   12
 T   24 

139. A chain and sprocket has a pitch diameter of 28.654 in and there are 90 teeth available. Find the pitch of the chain.
A. ½ in B. ¾ in C. 1 in D. 1 ¼ in

 180   180 
Solution: P = D  sin  = 28.654  sin  = 1in
 T   90 
140. A spring deflects 8.5 inches if a load of 50 lb is applied. What load deflects the spring by 2.5 in?
A. 10.64 lb B. 12.48 lb C. 13.48 lb D. 14.70 lb

F8.5 50
Solution: k= = = 5.88lb / in then; F2.5 = k   = 5.88  2.5 = 14.70lb
 8.5

141. A 360 kg load is supported by four compression coil spring in parallel. Each spring has a gradient of 0.717 kg/mm. Calculate the deflection.
A. 125.52 mm B. 132.52 mm C. 138.52 mm D. 145.52 mm

F 360
Solution:  = = = 125.52mm
4k 4(0.717 )

142. An UNC bolt has a stress area of 0.606 in2. If it is to be made from a carbon steel material, what is the permissible working stress of the bolt?
A. 4055.5 psi B. 5244.5 psi C. 4675.5 psi D. 4186.5 psi

Solution: from Vallance; Sw = C  As0.418 where : C for carbon steel = 5000 and C for alloy steel = 15000

Sw = 5000  0.606 0.418

= 4055 .5psi

143. The allowable working stress of a 1.5 inches bolt which is screwed up tightly in packed joint is 13000psi, determine the working strength.
A. 11,465.5 lbs B. 13,860.5 lbs C. 11,212.5 lbs D. 11,854.5 lbs

Solution: (
from Machinery Handbook, Fw = St 0.55d − 0.25d
2
)  ( ) 
Fw = 13,000 0.55 1.52 − 0.25(1.5) = 11,212.5lbs

144. The power screw’s linear speed is 7 ft/min and lead of 8 mm. If the total torque required to turn the power screw is 50 N.m, find the horsepower
input of the power screw.
A. 2.86 Hp B. 1.84 Hp C. 2.14 Hp D. 2.38 Hp

 39.36  2.205 
 50    304 .8
Solution: N m
V
= m =
(8  12  25.4) = 304.8rpm Hp =
T  Nm 
=
9.8066  = 2.14Hp
L 8 63000 63000

145. A double square thread power screw has a root diameter of 0.55 inches. If the screw has a pitch of 0.2 in., determine the major diameter.
A. 0.524 in B. 0.750 in C. 0.842 in D. 0.961 in

Solution: For square thread:

Do = 2h + Di = 2(0.1) + 0.55 = 0.750in

p 0.2
h= = = 0.1 then;
2 2

146. Determine the lead angle of a square thread screw that has an efficiency of 70% when friction of threads is 0.10. Consider collar friction as
negligible.
A. 12.6° B. 14.3° C. 16.5° D. 18.3°

23
 tan (1 − f tan  )
Solution: For square thread power screw, neglecting the collar friction, e =  100 %
tan  + f
tan (1 − 0.1 tan  )
0.70 =  100 % Therefore; λ = 14.3°
tan  + 0.1

147. A block weighing 350 lbs is lifted by an SAE 1040 eyebolt. SAE 1040 material has a S u = 67 ksi and Sy = 55 ksi. Calculate the stress area (in inches
square) of the bolt if it is under the unified coarse series thread.
A. 1341 B. 0.1134 C. 0.991 D. 1043
2
 6  Fw  2
Solution: From Faires, Fw =
Sy
(As )
3/ 2
As = 3   = 3  6  350  = 0.1134 in 2
Then,
 Sy   55,000 
6
   

148. The tension on the tight side of the brake is thrice as the slack side. If coefficient of friction is 0.25, find the angle of contact on the band.
A. 240.61 deg B. 251.78 deg C. 286.75 deg D. 275.65 deg

F1 ln 3 180
Solution: = ef  = 3 then; =  = 251 .78 deg
F2 0.25 

149. The maximum tensile stress of a steel band is 55 MPa. The band has a thickness of 4 mm and has a tension of 6 kN in the tight side. Determine
the width of band that should be used.
A. 25.25 mm B. 27.27 mm C. 28.28 mm D. 29.29 mm
F1 6  103
Solution: t = = = 27.27 mm
St  b 55  4

150. In a cone clutch, the angle of the conical elements is 10 degrees. The mean diameter of conical sections is 200 mm and an axial force of 600 N is
applied. If a coefficient of friction of 0.45 is assumed, determine the torque that the cone clutch can transmits.
A. 135.49 N.m B. 155.49 N.m C. 175.49 N.m D. 195.49 N.m

Fa Dm 600 0.200
Solution: Tf = f   = 0.45   = 155 .49 N  m
sin  2 sin10 2

151. In a small LPG station, a spherical tank with an internal pressure of 5MPa has a thickness of 15 mm. The joint efficiency is 96% and stress is
limited to 46875 kPa. Find the inner diameter of the tank.
A. 150 mm B. 510 mm C. 450 mm D. 540 mm

4  St  t   4  46.875  15  0.96
Solution: Di = = = 540 mm
Pi 5

152. A 675 kg body moves at 24 kph. What is the kinetic energy of the body?
A. 13,000 N.m B. 14,000 N.m C. 15,000 N.m D. 16,000 N.m

2
1 1  24  1000 
Solution: KE = m  V 2 =  675    = 15,000 N  m
2 2  3600 
153. If he force needed to move a mass weighing 56 lb along a horizontal surface is 20 lb, determine the coefficient of friction.
A. 0.01 B. 0.112 C. 0.36 D. 0.28

F F 20
Solution: W = Fn and f  Fn = F therefore; f = = = = 0.36
Fn W 56

154. _______ is the process of shaving off small amounts of metal using hand-held tools. This process is most often done to obtain precision alignment
of machine parts; it is also done to provide shallow pockets that will hold lubricants on flat surfaces, such as machine ways.
a) Drilling b) Scraping c) Reaming d) Milling

155. ________ means putting the parts of something together.

a) Laying out b) Assembling c) Installing d) Fabricating

156. _________ are tools used to turn, or drive, screws; made in may sizes and several shapes; the size is measured by the length of the blade, which
is made of tool steel that is hardened and tempered. The screwdriver point for driving slotted screws should be correctly shaped; it must be fit the
slot in the screw.
a) Wrenches b) Hammers c) Screw drivers d) Scrapers

157. A place in which metal parts are cut to the size required and put together to form mechanical units of machines, the machine so made to be used
directly or indirectly in the production of the necessities and luxuries of civilization.
a. Welding shop b. Junk shop c. Machine shop c) Flower shop

24
158. A metal-turning machine tool in which the work, while revolving on a horizontal axis, is acted upon by a cutting tool which is made to move slowly
(feed) in a direction more or less parallel to the axis of the work (longitudinal feed), or in a direction of right angles to the axis of work (cross feed).
a. Grinding machine b. B. Milling machine c. Lathe machine d. Drilling machine

159. This screw driver has a bent handle; it is used where a straight screwdriver will not reach.
a) Offset screw driver b) Phillips screw driver c) Mechanical screw driver d) Mill screw driver

160. A machine tool used mainly for producing holes in metal.

a. Reaming machine b. Drill press c. Welding machine d. Boring machine

161. __________ are tools used for cutting small wire and for holding, twisting, turning, pulling, and pushing.
a) Screw drivers b) Wrenches c) Pliers d) Hammers

162. A machine which is ordinarily used for finishing flat or partly curved surfaces of metal pieces few in number and not usually over a foot or too long.
a. Shaper machine b. Planer machine c. Milling machine d. Grinding machine

163. A machine tool in which an abrasive wheel is used as a cutting tool to obtain a very high degree of accuracy and a smooth finish on metal parts,
including soft and hardened steel.
a. Drilling machine b. Milling machine c. Grinding machine d. Welding machine

164. A file which is thick, rectangular-shaped file with parallel edges.

a. Hand file b. Pillar file c. Mill file d. Half-moon file

165. A file which is tapered in thickness and of uniform width. This is used for filing slots and keyways.
a. Pillar file b. Hand file c. Mill file d. Half-moon file

166. ________ also known as combination pliers, are used for gripping; can also cut small-size wire; the slip-joint makes it possible to grip large parts.
a) Slip-joint pliers b) Side cutting pliers c) Round nose pliers d) Long nose pliers

167. Which of the following is not belong to standard shapes of file?

a. flat b. half-round c. three-square d. none of these

168. One of the three basic ways of using a file which is done by pushing the file lengthwise, straight with or slightly diagonal to the workpiece.
a. Lathe filing b. Draw filing c. Straight filing d. Back filing

169. One of the three basic ways of using a file which consists of stroking the file against the revolving workpiece held in the lathe.
a. Lathe filing b. Straight filing c. Draw filing d. Mill filing

170. One of the three basic ways of using a file which is performed by grasping the file at end and pushing and drawing across the workpiece.
a. Draw filing b. Lathe filing c. Straight filing d. None of the above

171. A hand tool which is commonly used for cutting or twisting wire and chipping small parts and not to be used for tightening or loosening bolts and
nuts.
a. Screwdriver b. Wrench c. Pliers d. None of the above

172. A type of pliers which is used for cutting wires and holding flat round stock.
a. Long-nose pliers b. Side-cutting pliers c. Slip joint combination pliers or mechanical pliers d. Square pliers

173. A type of pliers which is used in electrical works for cutting heavy or light wires or for cutting small nails.
a. Side-cutting pliers b. Long-nose pliers c. Mechanical pliers d. None of the above

174. A type of pliers which is used for cutting and holding fine wire. This is also useful in reaching tight places.
a. Long-nose pliers b. Slide-cutting pliers c. Diagonal pliers d. None of the above
175. Which of the following is a primary forming process?
a) Casting b) Turning c) Fitting d) Buffing

176. Which of the following is not a machining process?

a) Turning b) Milling c) Casting d) Grinding

177. The joints produced by this method are as strong as the parent metal.
a) Soldering b) Brazing c) Riveting d) Welding

178. Which one of the following is a finishing process?

a) Rolling b) Forging c) Sintering d) Engraving

179. Which of the following process affects the changes in properties of materials?
a) Shaping b) Hardening c) Sintering d) Anodizing

180. The system used for mass production of identical parts within specified limits of sizes for selection of components at random is known as:
a) Simplification b) Standardization c) Interchangeable system d) Automation
181. Alloys are extensively used in industry because they are:
a) Sufficiently soft b) Have good strength c) Malleable d) Ductile

182. Which of the following is the most abundantly used material in industry?

25
 a) Cast iron b) Mild steel c) Medium carbon steel d) High carbon steel

183. Wrought iron contains a maximum of which of the following?

a) 0.01 % carbon b) 0.3 % carbon c) 0.6 % carbon d) 2.0 % carbon

184. Pig iron is produced by reduction of iron ore in a:

a) Cupola b) Bessemer converter c) Open hearth furnace d) Blast furnace

185. Which of the following are the main alloying elements present in stainless steel?
a) Nickel and manganese b) Nickel and tungsten c) Nickel and chromium d) Nickel and cobalt

186. Along with chromium and vanadium the main constituent of high speed steel is which of the following?
a) Manganese b) Nickel c) Tungsten d) Vanadium

187. Grey cast iron gives grey fracture due to the presence of which of the following?
a) Ferrite b) Pearlite c) Graphite d) Cementite

188. Copper is the parent metal of brass. Which of the following is the other metal present in brass?
a) Lead b) Tin c) Aluminum d) Zinc

189. Gun metal contains 5 to 10 percent of which of the following materials?

a) Zinc b) Lead c) Tin d) Aluminum

190. Y-alloy is an alloy of aluminum and which of the following metals?

a) Manganese b) Iron c) Tin d) Copper

191. Inconel contains 80 % nickel and 14 % chromium. The other metal present in inconel is:
a) Iron b) Vanadium c) Silver d) Tin

192. Monel contains mainly with traces of iron and manganese. The main alloying element of monel is:
a) Aluminum b) Copper c) Zinc d) Lead

193. Bearing materials should posses which of the following?

a) High tensile strength b) High hardness c) Hard core d) High compressive
strength

194. Which of the following is the trade name of polypropylene?

a) Alkane b) Polyprex c) Styrene d) Durite
195. The following instrument can be used for subscribing lines parallel to the edges of a part:
a) Vernier caliper b) Ordinary scale c) Hermaphordite caliper d) Combination set

196. Which of the following is the use of surface gauge?

a) Laying out the work accuracy b) Check flatness of surface c) Checking surface finish d) Leveling the machine tools

197. The thickness of a thin sheet can be accurately checked with the help of:
a) Ordinary scale b) Micrometer c) Combination set d) Caliper

198. V-block is used in mechanical engineering workshop to check which of the following?
a) Straightness of the job b) Taper on a job c) Height of a job d) Cylindrical jobs

199. ________ is a strong tool used for general work in the shop. Its jaws are pointed at such an angle that it can be used in close corners and unhandy
places.
a) Adjustable-end wrench b) Adjustable S-wrench c) Monkey wrench d) Vise-grip wrench

200. A sine bar is specified by:

a) Its total length b) Diameter of the rollers c) Its weight d) Center to center distance between the
rollers

201. _____________ is a handy tool. It works in close places and the strong steel jaws lock to the work and will not slip; it acts like a vise, clamp, plier,
pipe wrench, open-end wrench, or locking tool.
a) Adjustable-end wrench b) Adjustable S-wrench c) Monkey wrench d) Vise-grip wrench

202. A ratchet screw is provided on a micrometer screw gauge to:

a) Lock the measured reading b) maintain constant measuring pressure for all readings
c) Prevent wearing of screw threads d) Allow zero adjustments

203. ____________ is a machine for pressing parts of machinery together or forcing them apart, such as pressing a shaft in or out of a pulley or gear
a) Arbor press b) Drill press c) Milling machine d) Forging machine

204. Adjusting nut is provided on a micrometer screw gauge to:

a) Allow zero adjustment b) Compensate for wear and tear between screw and nut
c) Eliminate backlash d) Maintain constant measuring pressure for all readings

205. External taper of a job can be measured accurately with help of:

26
 a) Sine bar and slip gauges b) Sine bar and dial indicator
c) Dial indicator and slip gauges d) Slip gauges and vernier caliper

206. Internal dovetail taper can be measured by which of the following?

a) Sine bar and slip gauges b) Balls of standard size and dial indicator
c) Balls of standard size and sine bar d) Balls of standard size and slip gauges

207. Combination set is used to:

a) Measure long distances b) Measure cylindrical sizes of a length c) Measure angles d) Measure corner radius

208. ____________ are made in many sizes and types are widely used in special work holding fixtures.
a) Toggle clamps b) C-clamps c) Spring clamps d) Spring clamps

209. It is a typical of material used for cylinder block.

a) Forged steel b) Drop-forged, heat-treated steel\
c) Cast iron and coated with chrome or molybdenum d) Cast iron

210. Which of the following is a material used for a piston ring?

a) Forged steel b) Drop-forged, heat-treated steel\
c) Cast iron and coated with chrome or molybdenum d) Cast iron

211. Which of the following is the typical material used for an engine crank shaft?
a) Forged steel b) Heat-treated steel c) Cast iron d) Wrought iron

212. What is the function of a governor?

a) Store energy and give up whatever needed b) Regulate the speed during one cycle of a prime mover
c) Increase variation of speed d) Adjust variation of speed by varying the input to the engine

213. What is a machine used in testing steel generally strike the specimen with energy from 220 to 265 ft-lb?
a) Izod test b) Charpy test c) Rockwell test d) Test blocked

214. Almost always the soldering materials are a combination of which of the following alloys?
a) Lead and tin b) Tin and antimony c) Lead and antimony d) Both a, b & c

215. To ensure an adequate factor of safety in the design of a shaft with standard keyway, the key width should be about:
a) One half of the shaft diameter b) One fourth of the shaft diameter
c) One eighth of the shaft diameter d) One third of the shaft diameter

216. This is defined as the cutting time to reach a predetermined wear, called the tool wear criterion.
a) Wear duration b) Cycle time c) Tool life d) Life cycle
217. Machining operations with the proper application of a cutting fluid generally has the following attributes except:
a) Higher cutting speeds b) Higher feed rates c) Lengthened tool life d) Higher cutting accuracy

218. A material of construction (only developed commercially in the late 1940’s concurrently with zirconium) offers the unique combination of wide
ranging corrosion resistance, low density, and high strength.
a) Tungsten b) Titanium c) Vanadium d) Molybdenum

219. Which of the following is the lightest of all structural metals?

a) Aluminum b) Copper c) Magnesium d) Manganese

220. This is a type of welding whereby a wire or powder from the nozzle of a spray gun is fused by a gas flame, arc or plasma jet and the molten
particles are projected in a form of spray by means of compressed air or gas. How do you call this type of welding?
a) Metal spray welding b) Electro-slug welding c) Electro-beam welding d) plasma arc welding

221. Which of the following does not belong to foundry or metal casting shop?
a) Core-making machine b) Forging machine c) Shake-out machine d) Molding machine
222. Which of the following is a suitable method to check the eccentricity of a shaft?
a) Bench target and scriber b) Bench top and tachometer c) Bench side and calliper d) Bench centers and dial indicator

223. This is a work supporting device which is bolted to the saddle of the lathe machine. It travels with the cutting tool, and used to prevent the springing
away of the work piece from cutting tool. How do you call this part?
a) Tool post b) Carriage stop c) Follower rest d) Rubber-flex collets

224. Which of the following raw materials are used in the foundry molding operation?
a) Silica sand, linseed oil, & flour b) Silica sand, paste, & graphite electrode
c) Silica sand, lime, flour d) Silica sand, bentonite, flour/paste, and water
225. Which of the following is not part of a micrometer calliper?
a) Head screw b) Thimble c) Spindle d) Anvil
226. The flux that should be avoided in soldering electrical connection or commutator wires as it tends to corrode the connections.
a) Acid fluxes b) Salt ammoniac c) Zinc chloride d) Sodium chloride
227. It is a lathe machine operation used to produce a flat surface at the end of the part such as parts that are attached to other components, or to
produce grooves for o-ring seats.
a) Boring b) Knurling c) Facing d) Parting

27
228. The most important operations in manufacturing is hole making. This can be done by which of the following?
a) Drilling machine b) Sawing machine c) Boring mills d) Milling machine
229. It is a machine operation used to produce regularly shaped, roughness on cylindrical surfaces, as in making knobs. How do you call this operation?
a) Milling b) Sawing c) Drilling d) Knurling
230. Which of the following material properties is adversely affected by grain refinement?
a) Creep resistance b) Tensile strength c) Ductility d) yield strength
231. Hard solder is made of which of the following?
a) Tin and zinc b) tin and copper c) Copper and zinc d) Tin and lead
232. Which of the following is the unit of mass moment of inertia?
a) kg-m2 b) kg/m2 c) kg d) N-m
233. Which of the following is the unit of Young’s modulus of elasticity?
a) Dimensionless b) Pascal c) Metter d) Newton
234. When a lathe tool bit burns, it means that the:
a) Speed is too low b) Material is too hard c) Speed is too fast d) Material can’t be cut
235. The area of the machine shop whose metal is being melted to form a new shape.
a) Foundry area b) Tool and die c) Welding area d) Mass production area
236. A corrosion occurs within or adjacent to a crevice formed by contact with another piece of the same or another metal.
a) Pitting b) Galvanic c) Erosion d) Crevice
237. Which of the following is not part of a headstock?
a) Anvil b) Spindle c) Motor d) Back gear
238. It refers to any layer or deposit of extraneous material on a heat-transfer surface.
a) Low line b) Pressure drop c) Fouling d) Scaling
239. Have the same thermal and minimum film thickness limitation as sleeve bearing.
a) Ball bearing b) Roller bearing c) Thrust bearing d) Oil whip
240. An oil storage tank roof formed to approximately a spherical surface, supported only at its periphery.
a) Self-supporting umbrella roof b) Self-supporting cone roof
c) Self-supporting d) Supported cone roof
241. What is a unit deformation?
a) Torsion b) Strain c) Stress d) Shear
242. Accident prevention is:
a) An association of employers, organization & individuals b) A job of a safety director
c) The Foreman’s responsibility just as much as production d) The responsibility of top management
243. Alloy steel known for its resistance to corrosion, abrasion and wear that is usually ideal for mill grinding of ore in cement and concentrator
application. It is usually combined with molybdenum to increase the depth hardening.
a) Manganese chromium steel b) Chromium-moly steel c) Chrome-nickel-moly steel d) Manganese-moly steel
244. Cutting of internal threads of a work piece can be produced by which of the following?
a) Milling b) Tapping c) Boring d) Reaming
245. Which of the following milling operations is used to produce curved profiles, with cutters that have specially shaped teeth?
a) Form b) Straddle c) End d) Slab
246. In screw threads, what is a pitch?
a) The distance from a point on one thread to a corresponding point on the next thread measured parallel to the axis.
b) The distance of the full length of the thread
c) The distance from the bottom of a head on a bolt to the first thread.
d) The distance from the top of one thread to the bottom of the next thread
247. Tapered shanks are used on large drill presses so that:
a) The drill can be centered more easily b) The drill can be easily forced out of the sleeve with a drift
c) The shank will not turn when cutting d) The shank can be ground when wrn

248. It is a type of chuck wherein a work piece with standard diameter or size could be attached fast and quick specially small size work of mass
production. How do you call this type of chuck?
a) Collet attachment b) Lathe drive plate c) Clamp toe dog d) Steady center rest
249. A type of projection where the object is drawn as viewed in a glass box. Thus, the views are projected to six sides of the box.
a) Fourth angle projection b) Third angle projection c) Second angle projection d) First angle projection
250. Which of the following is often called as the backbone of lathe machine?
a) Bed b) Headstock c) Tailstock d) Carriage
251. Which of the following properties of metal is insensitive to the microstructure?
a) Hardness b) Ductility c) Tensile strength d) Modulus of elasticity
252. Which of the following elastic modulus is applied to liquids?
a) Young’s Modulus b) Bulk Modulus c) Shear modulus d) Modulus of rigidity
253. Polymers which, at room temperature, can undergo large deformations under a load and return back to their original shape upon release of load
called as:
a) Meso-polymers b) Thermoplastics c) Thermosetting polymers d) Elastomers
254. When using a drill press, the work should be held with which of the following?
a) The hand b) The glove hand c) Pliers d) A vise and clamp
255. Which of the following classes of materials exhibits a decreasing electrical conductivity with increasing temperature?
a) Intrinsic semiconductor b) P-type semiconductor c) Metals d) Pure ionic materials
256. Which of the following is another name of hydrochloric acid?
a) Sulfuric acid b) Acetic acid c) Muriatic acid d) Nitric acid
257. Fatigue failure occurs when a part is subjected to which of the following?
a) Fluctuating stress b) Torsion c) Tensile stress d) Compressive stress
258. A body having identical properties all over is called as:
a) Elastic b) Homogeneous c) Ductile d) Isentropic
259. If a material recovers its original dimensions when the load is removed, the material is said to be:
a) Annealed b) Brittle c) Elastic d) Plastic

28
260. It is the behaviour of metals where in strength is increased and ductility is decreased on heating at a relatively low temperature after cold working.
a) Strain aging b) Screw dislocation c) Clustering d) Twinning
261. A ductile fracture is characterized by which of the following?
a) Fragmentation into more than two pieces b) Negligible deformation
c) Appreciable plastic deformation prior to propagation of crack d) rapid rate for crank propagation
262. How do you call the ability of a material to absorb energy when deformed elastically and to return it when unloaded?
a) Resilience b) Hardness c) Fatigue strength d) Creep
263. The machinability of steel can be increased by which of the following?
a) Sulphur and carbon b) Phosphorous, lead, & sulphur c) Sulphur, graphite and aluminium d) Silicon and Sulphur
264. Which of the following is steel with 0.8 % carbon and 100 % pearlite?
a) Solidus b) hyper-eutectoid c) Eutectoid d) Austenite
265. The maximum hardenability of any steel depends on which of the following?
a) Chemical composition b) Carbon content c) Grain size d) Alloying element present
266. Hastalloy contains which of the following?
a) Nickel and molybdenum b) Nickel and copper c) Copper and aluminium d) nickel and aluminum
267. Trimming is a process associated with which of the following?
a) Machining of metals b) Press work c) Electroplating d) Forging
268. Addition of lead and bismuth to aluminium results in which of the following?
a) Improving machinability b) One of the best known age and precipitation hardening system
c) Improvement of corrosion resistance d) Improvement of casting characteristics
269. Which of the following does not pertain to joining of metals?
a) Welding b) Soldering c) Casting d) Brazing
270. Endurance strength is nearly proportional to the ultimate strength but not with:
a) Yield strength b) Design stress c) Shear stress d) b and c
271. If the velocity of a mass is the same all the time during which motion takes place is called:
a) Deceleration b) Uniform motion c) Acceleration d) None of these
272. In involute teeth, the pressure angle is often defined as the angle between the line of action and the line of tangent to the pitch circle. It is termed
as:
a) Helix angle b) Angle of recess c) Angle of obliquity d) Arc of action
273. The function of the clutch in the machine tools is:
a) Lowering the drive speed b) To disconnect or connect the shaft at will the drive
c) Alignment of drive shaft d) To insure that two shafts line up at high speed
274. Which of the following is not a heat treatment process?
a) Sintering b) Annealing c) Hardening d) Tempering
275. An instrument used to analyse the compositions of metals:
a) Spectrometer b) Radiometer c) Profilometer d) Ultimate analyser
276. Creep is the term used in referring to the:
a) Elongation before yield point b) Maximum stress of brittle materials
c) Fatigue limit of ductile materials d) Continuous increase in the strain, or deformation, of any material subjected to stress
277. The strength of non-ferrous alloys is maximum at room temperature while that of ferrous metal has a maximum strength at:
o
a) 400 oF b) 450 F c) 1200 oF d) 350 oF
278. Which of the following is not a kind of a cast iron?
a) Malleable iron b) Head iron c) Gray iron d) White iron
279. The kind of center which is being attached and meshed to the tailstock spindle which is also static while the work is rotating is:
a) Dead center b) Live center c) Focal center d) Work center
280. Which process does not belong to the group?
a) Resistance welding b) Soldering c) Hardening d) Brazing
281. It is the maximum stress achieved in stress-strain diagram.
a) Yield Strength b) Ultimate strength c) Elastic strength d) Shear strength
282. A support where one end is pinned and other is roller-supported.
a) Simply supported beam b) Column c) Compound supported beam d) Simple beam
283. Functions used to evaluate shear and moment diagrams, especially when discontinuities, such as concentrated load or moment, exist.
a) Singularity functions b) Machine element functions c) Finite element functions d) Statistical Element functions
284. A condition where principal stresses exist while all other tensor elements are zero is known as:
a) Symmetrical tensor b) Bolt tensor c) Unsymmetrical tensor d) Beam tensor
285. The stress at time of fracture or rupture is called as:
a) Ultimate stress b) Fracture stress c) Yield stress d) Fatigue stress
286. It is the linear interpolation between densities of alloy concentration.
a) Rule of thumb b) Miner’s rule c) Rule of mixtures d) Slide rule
287. Compounds of carbon and other elements forming long-chain molecules.
a) Polymers b) Ceramics c) Glasses d) Isotropic
288. The stress above which stress is no longer linearly proportional to strain.
a) Proportional limit b) Elastic limit c) Ultimate limit d) Yield limit
289. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching, there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that induces a stress gradient. Some metal
parts under certain conditions crack as a result. How do you call this phenomenon?
a) Thermal-shock failure b) Thermal fatigue c) Honing d) Quenching
290. It is the condition of a machine element when it is completely inoperable, cannot perform its intended function adequately, or is unreliable for
continued safe use. What do you call this condition?
a) Fail-safe condition b) Failure condition c) Critical condition d) Salvage condition
291. 47. It is defined as the change in volume divided by the original volume.
a. linearly elastic b. camber c. dilatation d. partially elastic

292. Material that can sustain elongation greater than 5% before fracture is called:
a) Brittle b. ductile c. deformable d. rigid

29
293. The name given to a load whose value is constant over long time is:
a) Static load b. Sustained load c. Average load d. Axial load
294.
295. It is the peak of the stress-strain curve and sometimes simply called as tensile strength. How do you call this?
a) Yield strength b) Ultimate tensile strength c) Endurance strength d) Elastic strength
296. It is a synergistic collection of machine elements. It is synergistic because as a design it represents an idea or concept greater than the sum of the
individual parts. How do you call this?
a) Synthesis b) Analysis c) Mechanical system d) Concurrent engineering

297. How do you call the ratio of stress and strain?

a) Modulus of rigidity b) Modulus of resilience d) Modulus of elasticity d) Modulus of stiffness
298. What is the philosophy of involving many disciplines from the beginning of a design effort and keeping them involved throughout product
development?
a) Synthesis b) Design c) Mechanical system d) Concurrent engineering

299. It is one of the design stages that may be found desirable to use field experience as a basis for further improvement of the product. Since the final
product is available, it often becomes the model for evaluation during this design process. This statge is not always used in the design process.
How do you call this?
a) Detail stage b) Revision stage c) Preliminary stage d) Feasibility stage
300. That portion of the stress-strain diagram where there is a large increase in strain with little or no increase in stress is called as:
a) Yield strength b) Ultimate tensile strength c) Endurance strength d) Elastic strength

301. This is the first stage of design processes that determines whether it is both possible and profitable to undertake a given engineering project. The
ideas generated during this stage of the design process generally consist of general statements about overall concepts rather than specific
descriptions of hardware. How do you call this?
a) Detail stage b) Revision stage c) Preliminary stage d) Feasibility stage
302. At this point in the stress-strain curve, the material experiences some amount of plastic strain and thus will not return to its original shape after
release of the load.
a) Elastic limit b) Proportional limit c) Endurance limit d) Yield point
303. This type of load is the one that is applied slowly and never removed. How do you call this load?
a) Static load b) Fluctuating load c) Random load d) Fluctuating load
304. At the highest point of the stress-strain curve during the test, what highest stress on a test bar of the material is measured?
a) Apparent stress b) Ultimate stress c) Elastic stress d) Yield stress

305. This is a stress when a given element of a load-carrying member is subjected to a certain level of tensile stress followed by the same level of
compressive stress; the stress cycle is repeated many thousands of times. How do you call this type of stress?
a) Repeated and Reversed Stress b) Static stress c) Minimum stress d) Maximum stress
306. These steels contain 30 to 50 points of carbon (0.30%-0.50%). Most machine elements having moderate to high strength requirements with fairly
good ductility and moderate hardness requirements come from this group.
a) High-carbon steels b) Medium-carbon steels c) Low-carbon steels d) Alloy steels
307. It is the process of increasing the hardness and strength of ductile material as it is plastically performed. How do you call this process?
a) Strain hardening b) Surface hardening c) Cold hardening d) Hot hardening

308. Which of the following the average density of a leather belts?

a) 0.035 lb/in3 b) 0.253 lb/in3 c) 0.046 lb/in3 d) 0.074 lb/in3
309. As a flat belt drive designer, what must be the belt speed to make your design most economical?
a) 4000 to 4500 fpm b) 2000 to 3000 fpm c) 3000 to 4000 fpm d) 4000 to 5000 fpm

310. As suggested by Taylor, what is the recommended initial tension of belt,?

a) 75 lb/in of width b) 71 lb/in of width c) 73 lb/in of width d) 80 lb/in of width

311. Not adaptable to welding due to low tensile strength and poor ductility etc.
a) copper parts b) aluminum parts c) cast iron materials d) bronze parts

312. Bearing surface that completely surrounds the journal is also called:
a) offset bearing b) centrally loaded bearing c) full bearing d) babbit bearing

313. The purpose of lubrication is as mentioned except:

a) to lighten the load b) prevent adhesion c) prevent corrosion/oxidation d) cool the moving elements

314. Tools usually used in wood pattern making in foundry shop.

a) saws and chisel b) knives and drills c) band saw d) drill machine
315. This group of materials characterizes the high level of corrosion resistance offered by alloys in this group. To be classified on this group of material,
the alloy must have a chromium con tent of at least 10%, and most have 12% to 18% chromium.
a) Stainless steels b) Structural steels c) Tool steels d) Mild steels

316. The ability of the material to absorb energy up to fracture.

a) Toughness b) Rigidity c) Resilience d) Stiffness
317. These group of stainless steels fall into the AISI 200 and 300 series. They are general-purpose grades with moderate strength. Most are not heat-
treatable, and their final properties are determined by the amount of working, with the resulting temper referred to as 1/4 hard, ½ hard, 3/4 hard,
and full hard. These alloys are nonmagnetic and are typically used in food processing equipment.
a) Austenitic stainless steels b) Ferritic stainless steels c) Martensitic stainless steels d) None of these

30
318. These stainless steels belong to the AISI 400 series, designated as 405, 409, 430, 446, and so on. They are magnetic and perform well at elevated
temperatures, from 1300°F to 1900°F (700°C-1040°C), depending on the alloy. They are not heat-treatable, but they can be cold-worked to improve
properties. Typical applications include heat exchanger tubing, petroleum refining equipment, automotive trim, furnace parts, and chemical
equipment.
a) Austenitic stainless steels b) Ferritic stainless steels c) Martensitic stainless steels d) None of these

319. These stainless steels are also members of the AISI 400 series, including 403, 410, 414, 416, 420, 431, and 440 types. They are magnetic, can be
heat-treated, and have higher strength than the 200 and 300 series, while retaining good toughness. Typical uses include turbine engine parts,
cutlery, .scissors, pump parts, valve parts, surgical instruments, aircraft fittings, and marine hardware.
a) Austenitic stainless steels b) Ferritic stainless steels c) Martensitic stainless steels d) None of these

320. Most of these materials are designated by ASTM numbers established by the American Society for Tesfing and Materials. One common grade is
ASTM A36, which has a minimum yield point of 36 000 psi (248 MPa) and is very ductile. It is basically a low-carbon, hot-rolled steel available in
sheet, plate, bar, and structural shapes such as some wide-flange beams, American Standard beams, channels, and angles.
a) Structural steels b) Tool steels c) Cast steels d) Stainless steels

321. Compounds of metallic elements, most frequently oxides, nitrides, and carbides.
a) Plastic b) Polymers c) Ceramics d) Alloy

322. This material refers to a group of steels typically used for cutting tools, punches, dies, shearing blades, chisels, and similar uses. The numerous
varieties of tool steel materials have been classified into seven general types. Whereas most uses of these steels are related to the field of
manufacturing engineering, they are also pertinent to machine design where the ability to maintain a keen edge under abrasive conditions is
required. Also, some of these steels have rather high shock resistance which may be desirable in machine components such as parts for
mechanical clutches, pawls, blades, guides for moving materials, and clamps.
a) Structural steels b) Tool steels c) Cast steels d) Stainless steels

323. A material having different properties in all directions at point in solid.

a) Isotropic material b) Anisotropic material c) Orthotropic material d) Ceramic material

324. Parts subjected to repeated applications of loads or to stress conditions that vary with time over several thousands or millions of cycles fail because
of the phenomenon of fatigue. Materials are tested under controlled cyclic loading to determine their ability to resist such repeated loads. The
resulting data are reported as which of the following?
a) Endurance strength b) Ultimate strength c) Yield strength d) Elastic strength
325. Which of the following is the other term for endurance strength?
a) Fatigue strength b) Ultimate strength c) Yield strength d) Elastic strength
326. A material having different properties in three mutually perpendicular directions at point in solid and having three mutually perpendicular planes of
material symmetry.
a) Orthotropic material b) Isotropic material c) Anisotropic material d) Thermoplastic material
327. The onset of plastic deformation is called:
a) Necking b. yielding c. creeping d. buckling

31
 When cutting material in a lathe, the harder
IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 4) the material being cut, the tool bit should
have
Chuck used on turret lathe is A. less side rake
A. collet chuck B. more side rake
B. four jaw self centering chuck C. more top rake
C. Magnetic Chuck D. no side rake
D. Three jaw independent chuck
Answer: A
Answer: D
On xx heavy pipe the extra metal is added in
Angle plate is used for the
A. cutting gears in a shaper A. outside
B. cutting gears in a milling B. inside
C. cutting tapers in a lathe C. half on the inside, half on the outside
D. fixing job cut angles is grinder D. three quarters on the outside, one quarter
on the inside
Answer: A
Answer: B
For machining the flange of 90 elbow on a
lathe, which of the following device is used? Valve seats are usually:
A. Angle plate A. screwed in
B. Catch Plate B. dropped in
C. Face Plate C. pressure in
D. Lathe plate D. A or C

Answer: C Answer: D

Angle Plate is used for When grinding in valves the disc is secured to
A. cutting gears in a shaper the stem by:
B. cutting gears in a milling A. inserting a cotter pin
C. cutting tapers in a lathe B. placing emery cloth between stem and disc
D. fixing job cut angles is a grinder C. welding
D. A or B
Answer A
Answer: D
A sine bar can not be used without a/ an
A. angle gage A fresh-water tank is located at the top. What
B. micrometer will the pressure on it outlet in the engine
C. slip gage room 50’ below the tank?
D. vernier caliper A. 20 psi
B. 21.7 psi
Answer: A C. 23 psi
D. 25 psi
The operation of finishing a drilled hole to
the correct size is known as Answer: B
A. counting boring
B. counter sinking In a duplex reciprocating pump:
C. reaming A. the slide valve for the one cylinder is
D. spot facing controlled in the piston of the other cylinder
B.both slide valves operate simultaneously
Answer: C C. each slide valve is controlled by its own
piston rod
Carbon steel drill should be operated at D. one slide valve operates the other slide
A. speed less than that when using a high valve
speed drill
B. speed greater than that when using a high Answer: A
speed drill
C. the different speed as that when using high The jerky operation of a reciprocating pump
speed drill may be caused by
D. the same speed as that when using a high A. small leaks in the suction line
speed drill B. suction valve only partially open
C. dirty suction valve
Answer: B D. any of the above

Answer: D

1
It is used in the production of the flat
surface on pieces two large or too heavy to The coils in the evaporator are attached to
hold in a shaper. the headers by:
A. Grinder A. pipe nipples
B. Planer B. union – type fitting
C. Shaper C. welding
D. Shaver D. bolted flanges

Answer: B Answers: B

A machine tool used to produce a variety of When distilling salt water the cooling – water
surface of surfaces by using a circular type discharge from the distiller is fed back to
cutter with multiple teeth called the evaporator as feedwater:
A. broaching machine A. to cut down on the amount of cooling water
B. grinding needed
C. lathe machine B. to prevent n excess amount of cooling water
D. milling machine from being discharge to the bilges
C. to supply hot water to the evaporator for
Answer D more economical operation
D. none of the above
Cutting tool used to finish internal and
external surfaces by the use of cutter called Answer: C
a broach, which has a series of cutting edges
of teeth. An “offset” in pipe fitting refers to:
A. Broaching machine A. a cut-off running at right angles to the
B. Lathe machine original piping
C. Planer B. two pipes running parallel to each other
D. Shaper C. a bend in the pipe
D. two sizes of pipe in the same run
Answer: A
Answer: C
Group of thin steel strips used for measuring
clearances. If a piston-type flush valve is not operating
A. Tachometer properly, the most likely cause would be:
B. Micrometer A. a plugged by – pass hole
C. Feeler gage B. a cracked diaphragm
D. Caliper C. a stuck pilot valve
D. any of the above
Answer C
Answer: A
Bind of chuck, which should not be used where
accuracy desired called Before installing a new flange gasket be sure
A. collet chuck that the:
B. four jaw shuck A. flange faces are painted
C. magnetic chuck B. isolating valves are open
D. universal chuck C. flange faces are absolutely clean
D. old gasket is in place
Answer D
Answer: C
The process used to retard compression trust
on iron pipe and fitting is called: What is a standard wire gage:
A. timming A. #10 larger
B. soldering B. #25 is smaller than #20
C. galvanizing C. # 1 is smaller than # 2
D. sulphurizing D. # 30 is larger than # 25

Answer: C Answer: B

The system used for breaking scale from the Which of the following tools would be most
evaporator coils while the evaporator is in useful when taking leads on bearings
operation is called: A. dividers
A. recirculating B. outside calipers
B. blowing-down C. micrometer
C. cracking-off D. center gage
D. dumping
Answer: C
Answer: C

2
The wrench size for a ¼” nut is: A. Dial Gage
A. 1-1/4. B. Dial Indicator
B. 1-1/2 C. Tachometer
C. 3/4 D. Speedometer
D. 10/24
Answer: B
Answer: A
A tool used for measuring diameters.
Which of the following would cause hot A. Caliper
bearings? B. Manometer
A. improper oil C. Tachometer
B. dirt in oil D. Pyrometer
C. improper alignment
D. all of the above Answer: A

Answer: D A process of forming metals by the use of dies

after the metal is forced to its plastic
Melting point of Babbit is approximately: range.
A. 1000 deg. F A. Casting
B. 650 deg. F B. Forging
C. 750 deg. F C. Rolling
D. 500 deg. F D. Turning

Answer: B Answer: C

What is pouring Babbit in: Which of the following does not have to be
A.can be poured in several pourings lubricated when drilling?
B. must be poured all at one time A. Steel
C. can be done at intervals B. Brass
D. must be done in cool place C. Monel
D. Tool Steel
Answer: B
Answer: B
A machine tool, which is very similar to a
shaper except the ram reciprocals vertically The tool to use when cutting a hole in the
rather that horizontally side of a round piece of metal is called a:
A. Lathe A. vine
B. Grinder B. jaw holder
C. Planer C. “V” block
D. Slotter D. chuck

Answer D Answer: C

The operation of machining the end of a work When measuring a drill for size measure across
piece to make a square with the axis. the:
A. Buffing A. margin
B. Honing B. flutes
C. Lapping C. shank
D. Squaring D. point

Answer: D Answer: A

The operation of enlarging a hole by means of N.C. stands for:

an adjustable cutting tool with only one A. neutral cut
cutting edge. B. national coarse
A. Boring C. national cut
B. Broaching D. not center
C. Drilling
D. Milling Answers: B

Answer: A N.F. stands for:

A. national file
It is used to true and align machine tools B. national fine
fixtures and works is at and inspect size C. neutral file
trueness of finished work, and to compare D. not found
measurements either heights or depths or many
other measurements. Answer: B

3
The tool used in precision work to smooth or planer moves in rotary motion.
enlarge holes is called a:
A. round out Answer: C
B. drift pin
C. reamer Test sometimes referred to as upsetting test
D. protractor called
A. bend
Answer: C B. crush
C. flange
Which of the following chisels would be used D. flaring
for cutting oil grooves?
A. diamond-point chisel Answer: A
B. cold chisel
C. round-nose chisel Valve stem packing is measured from thin:
D. hot chisel A. O. D. of the valve stem to the bottom of
the packing gland
Answer: C B. Top of the packing gland to the bottom of
the gland
A mechanism, which usually does the indexing C. O. D. of the valve stem to the I. D. of the
in a machine tool is called: packing box
A. dividing head D. I. D. of the valve stem to the to the
B. indexing bottom of the gland
C. slotter
D. universal chuck Answer: C

Answer: A Tool used to cut threads on pipe is called a:

A. pipe tool
Recommended best cutting angle of drill for B. pipe stock
work on steel or cast iron is ______ degrees C. pipe vise
A. 48 D. pipe cutter
B. 50
C. 59 Answer: B
D. 63
The pipe fitting which has two opening and
Answer: C provides a turn of 90 deg. Is called:
A. an elbow
What is the common shop practice to prevent B. a toe
soldering from running away from surface to be C. a coupling
joined? D. a union
A. All of these
B. Introduce around the work rolled wet cloth Answer: A
C. Put asbestos sheeting around the work
D. Surround the work with clay A plug cock offers:
A. more resistance to flow than a globe valve
Answer: A B. the same resistance to flow as a globe
valve
A machinery operation where by done with the C. less resistance to flow than a globe valve
work accurately fastened has a reciprocating D. the same resistance to flow as a angle
motion and the tool head is stationary is valve
called:
A. planning Answer: C
B. reaming
C. shaping The most common flux to use when soldering
D. turning brass, copper or tin is:
A. hallow
Answer: A B. rosin
C. borax
What is the difference between the shaper and D. salt ammonia
a planer?
A. The shaper can perform slotting operation Answers: B
while the planer cannot
B. The shaper handles large pieces while the One turn of the screw on a micrometer moves
planer handles only small pieces the spindle:
C. The tool of the shaper moves while the A. .25
planer is stationary B. .205
D. The tool of the shaper moves in C. .0205
reciprocating motion while the tool in the

4
D. .2005 D. protracted

Answer: C Answer B

The process used to retard corrosion on iron A tap or die marked ¼-20 indicates:
pipe is called: A. ¼ radius – 20 cm. long
A. soldering B. ¼ radian – 20 threads per in.
B. annealing C. ¼ diameter – 20 threads per in.
C. tempering D. ¼ turn – 20 times
D. galvanizing
Answer: C
Answer: D
After a piece of piece of pipe has been cut,
Which of the following tools does not belong the hole is cleaned out with a:
to the group?. A. piper reamer
A. Divides B. pipe cleaner
B. Double VEE block C. pipe taper
C. Caliper D. hole cleaner
D. Trammel
Answer: A
Answer: B
The tool used for cutting pipe threads is
In machine shop had forging operation of called a:
lengthening a piece of stock while reducing A. pipe cutter
the cross-sectional area of work is called: B. pipe stock and die
A. bloating C. pipe threader
B. draining D. pipe ratcher cutter
C. spreading
D. upsetting
Answer: B
Answer: D
The tool used when working with larger sizes
Which of the following services is not of pipe is called a:
considered to be a work of a machinist? A. chain pipe wrench
A. grinding B. chain tongs
B. Honing C. chain holder
C. Overhauling D. A or B
D. Reboring
Answer: D
Answer: C
The tool used when preparing to put fittings
Common defects encountered in the foundry shop on copper tubing is called a:
steel A. tube spreader
casting operation and also in welding B. flaring tool
practices C. tube retarder
A. Blow / pin holes D. tube countersink
B. Cold shot
C. Cracks Answer: B
D. Parting line
Which of the following is not a standard
Answers: A thread form?
A. Square
Lathe operator to remove the taper shank from B. American national
the taper hole drift. It is also called: C. Double Flute
A. chuck taper D. 60 deg. Sharp V
B. Morse taper
C. tapered key Answer: C
D. tong
When turning a piece of round metal in a
Answer: B lathe, the front clearance should be smaller
for:
Before drilling a hole in a piece of metal, It A. large-diameter cutting
should be B. small-diameter cutting
A. mark with chalk C. cutting angles
B. center-punch D. none of the above
C. scribed
Answer: B

5
When cutting material in a lathe, the harder The flatness of surface can be checked
the material being cut, the tool bit should A. by using straight edge
have: B. by using surface plate
A. more side rake C. by using dial test indicator
B. less side rake D. all of the above
C. more top rake
D. no side rake Answer: D

Answer: B A holding device which is used to hold or grip

work piece, while filling, chipping or any
Knurling is done to: other bench work or while machining or
A. smooth material drilling them
B. polish material A. clamp
C. roughen material B. grid
D. sharpen material C. pressed
D. vise
Answer: C
Answer: D
Removing the sharp edges from a piece of stock
is reffered to as: A multi pointed hand anything tool used to
A. knurling removed material from metallic and non-
B. chamfering metallic work pieces to match with drawing,
C. planning shape and size.
D. turning A. Cold chisel
B. File
Answer: B C. Hacksaw
D. Hammer
Carbon steel drills should be operated at:
A. speeds greater than that when using a high- Answer: B
speed drill
B. speeds less than that when using a high- A side-cutting tool used for accurately
speed drill finishing the straight or tapered holes
C. the same speed as that when using a high- already drilled or bored.
speed drill A. Peering
D. none of the above B. Reamer
C. Swaging
Answer: B D. Tapping

When extreme outer corners of the cutting Answer: B

edges of a drill was away too rapidly, it is
an indication of: If the angle on a drill is less than 59 deg.:
A. not enough speed A. the drill will make a large hole
B. too much rake angle B. the drill will make a smaller hole
C. too high speed C. the hole will take longer to drill and more
D. B or C power is required to drive the drill
D. the drill will not center properly
Answer: D
Answer: C
It is an operation of stretching or spreading
over the metal by means of the plane of the Soda added to water is used for cooling
hammer. instead of plain water because:
A. Bending A. it reduces the amount of heat generated
B. Peening B. it improves the finish
C. Swaging C. it overcome rusting
D. Upsetting D. all of the above

Answer: B Answer: D

The good quality of a measuring tool If a drill speed is too great, it will:
A. should be easy to handle A. cut faster
B. should be easy to read B. lose its temper
C. should be wear resistance C. cut slower
D. all of the above D. not cut

Answer: D Answer: B

6
The lip clearance of a drill should be A. Honing
approximately: B. Lapping
A. 20 deg. – 25 deg. C. Planing
B. 5 deg. – 10 deg. D. Shaping
C. 12 deg. – 15 deg.
D. 15 deg. – 20 deg. Answer: A

Answer: C It is device, which hold the job in position

and guide the cutting tool.
If the cutting edges of a drill are cut at A. clamp
different angles: B. grip
A. the drill will not cut C. jig
B. the hole will be larger than the drill D. vise
C. the hole will be smaller than the drill
D. none of the above Answer: C

Answer: B In referring to threads, “pitch” is:

A. the distance of the full length of the
The correct cutting angle on a drill for thread
ordinary work is: B. the distance from a point on one thread to
A. 45 deg. a corresponding point on the next thread
B. 50 deg. measured parallel to the axis
C. 59 deg. C. the distance from the top of one thread to
D. 65 deg. the bottom of the next thread
D. the distance from the bottom of a head on a
Answer: C bolt to the first thread

Which of the following gives greater hardness, Answer: B

cutting toughness and dine grain structure?
A. Chromium A tool bit for cutting an American National
B. Nickel thread should be ground with a:
C. Tungsten A. 45 deg. angle
D. Vanadium B. 90 deg. angle
C. 60 deg. angle
Answer: A D. 30 deg. angle

It is a process to impact maximum hardness to Answer: C

the steel part.
A. Annealing An approximate safe rule for cutting new
B. Hardening piston rings for steam pumps is to make the
C. Normalizing ring:
D. Tempering A. .002” between piston and cylindrical for
each inch diameter of piston
Answer: B B. .001” between piston and cylinder for each
inch diameter
The size by which it is referred to as a C. .010 between piston and cylinder for each
matter of convenience called: inch diameter of piston
A. actual size D. .0001” between piston and cylinder for each
B. basic size inch diameter of piston
C. effective size
D. nominal size Answer: B

Answer: D An approximate safe rule for cutting new

piston rings for steam pumps is to make the
The relation between two mating parts with ring:
reference to ease the assembly is called A. 1/32” larger in diameter per inch diameter
A. allowance of cylinder
B. clearance B. 1/16” larger in diameter than that of the
C. tolerance cylinder
D. fits C. 1/16” larger in diameter per inch diameter
of cylinder
Answer: D D. .005” larger in diameter per inch diameter
of cylinder
It is an operation of finishing cylindrical
surfaces to a fine degree of accuracy buy Answer: C
means of abrasive sticks.

7
The gap clearance for new piston rings for C. key
steam pumps should be approximately: D. reamer
A. .003” for each inch diameter of cylinder
B. .001” for each inch diameter of cylinder Answer: C
C. .010” for each inch diameter of cylinder
D. .050” for each inch diameter of cylinder A machine element inserted at right angle to
the axis of shaft is known as
Answer: A A. clamp
What does 3/8 – 16 mean to you? B. cutter
A. 16 pieces, 3/8 “ long C. fastener
B. gear with 16 teeth and a 3/8” arbor D. key
hole
C. 3/8” square, 16” long Answer: B
D. 3/8” diameter. 16 threads per inch
The process of extracting iron in a blast
Answer: D furnace is called
A. casting
When using a drill press the work should be B. manufacturing
held with: C. smelting
A. the hand D. sintering
B. a gloved hand
C. a vise or clamp Answer: C
D. pliers
Which of the following is a product of blast
Answer: C furnace?
A. cast iron
Tapered shanks are used on large drfill B. gray iron
presses so that: C. pig iron
A. the drill can be centered more easily D. wrought iron
B. the drill can be easily forced out of the
sleeve with a drift Answer: C
C. the shank will not turn when cutting
D. the shank can be reground when worn A product of paddling furnace which contains
less than 0.104 carbon, is called
Answer: B A. cast iron
B. gray cast iron
Which of the following is not a common drill C. pig iron
shank? D. wrought iron
A. straight
B. taper Answer: D
C. fluted
D. bit Which of the following is a property of
wrought iron?
Answer: C A. brittle
B. can not be forged
The cutting angle on a drill for drilling mild C. can be easily cast into different shapes
steel should be: D. ductile
A. 39 deg.
B. 49 deg. Answer: D
C. 59 deg.
D. 69 deg. A piece of stock 8’’ long is 4” diameter on
one end and 1” diameter on the other end. The
Answer: C taper per foot is:
A. 4”
A device used to fix two or more parts. B. 4 -1/2”
A. clamp C. 4 -1/4”
B. fastener D. 4 -1/16”
C. fixtures
D. jigs Answer: B

Answer: B A piece of stock 8” long is 3” diameter at ine

end and 1 – ½” diameter at the other end. The
A machine element inserted parallel to the taper per inch is:
axis of a shaft. A. ½”
A. cutter B. ¼”
B. fastener C. 3/16”
D. 5/16”

8
 C. hollow punch
Answer: C D. prick punch

A piece of stock 6” long is 2” diameter at one Answer: B

end and is cut with a taper of ½” to the foot.
The diameter of the smaller end will be: Which of the following has its angle 90 and is
A. 1 – ½’ used to give deep marks for the location of
B. 1 – ¾’ drill?
C. 1 - ¼’ A. center punch
D. 2” B. dot punch
C. hollow punch
Answer: B D. prick punch

If a piston ring is to be made 1/64” larger in Answer: A

diameter per inch diameter of the cylinder
which it is to fit, the required diameter for It is used on soft metals and non-metals for
a piston ring to fit an 8” cylinder will be: making holes.
A. 8 – ¼” A. center punch
B. 8 - 1/8” B. dot punch
C. 8 – 3/16” C. hollow punch
D. 8 – 5/32” D. prick punch

Answer: B Answer: C

When cutting. A drill will “squeal” due to: Reason why cast iron selected for the
A. drill being ground improperly manufacture of surface of surface plate
B. drill being too hot A. it is cheaper
C. insufficient lubrication B. it is easy for machinery
D. any of the above C. it has less wear and tear
D. all of the above
Answer: D
Answer: D
“Center drilling” is the operation of: The common measuring tools are
A. drilling a center in an odd-shaped piece of A. micrometer
metal B. steel rule
B. drilling and countersinking with one tool C. vernier caliper
C. centering with one tool and drilling with D. all of the above
another
D. drilling a center in a piece of stock in a Answer: D
drill press
Which of the following is not a kind of
Answer: B mandrel?
The type and number of bearings to be used for A. contraction
spindles of machine tool depend on B. expanded
A. type of spindle C. extended
B. type of machine tool D. taper
C. load on the ring
D. load on the bearing Answer: A

Answer: D An act of cutting out a piece of metal at a

desired shape and size is known as
Which of the following has its angle 30 and is A. blanking
used for dotting after marking the lines on B. broaching
general works? C. dinking
A. center punch D. slitting
B. dot punch
C. hollow punch Answer: A
D. prick punch
Safety features that must be placed and
Answer: D maintained at machine, black smith welding and
foundry shops called
Which of the following has its angle 60 and is A. safety goggles
used for dotting after marking the lines on B. safety notices
general works? C. safety notices in markers / boards
A. center punch D. walkway shops
B. dot punch
Answer: C

9
 Before splicing electric wires, they should
In cutting tool the cutting end can also be be:
generally called A. tinned
A. back rake B. cleaned and tinned
B. end cutting edge C. soldered
C. nose D. insulated
D. side rake
Answer: B
Answers: C
To check the speed of a motor or other rotary
A machine shop equipment that can flatter machine, one wold
horizontally, vertically or angular plane A. speed indicator
called B. micrometer
A. drill machine C. tachometer
B. power saw D. A or C
C. shaper machine
D. welding machine Answer: D

Answer: C It is the best instrument for measuring a

thousandth of an inch
Which of the following is an unsafe condition A. Caliper
in operating a lathe machine? B. Micrometer
A. operating with safety gloves C. Pyrometer
B. wearing a canvass apron D. Tachometer
C. wearing denim pants / safety shoes
D. wearing safety goggles / hearing aid Answer: B

Answer: B What tool will be used in making wood pattern

in the foundry shop?
The instrument used to remove old packing from A. Sand saw
packing glands and stuffing boxes are called: B. Drill machine
A. packing tools C. Hammer
B. packing bits D. Saw and chisel
C. gland box cleaners
D. packing screws Answer: D

Answer: A Machine tool used for laying straight lines on

metal surfaces made of sharp tool steel is
When working on bearing and checking for high called
spots, it is customary to apply: A. divider
A. white lead B. hermaphrodite caliper
B. red lead C. plain scriber
C. dykem blue D. trammel
D. Prussian blue
Answer: C
Answer: D
A lathe machine threading mechanism is called
If you wanted to check the face of a pump A. anvil
slide valve or other flat –face valve, you B. changed stud gear
would check for trueness on a: C. reverse gear and lever
A. flat board D. spindle gear
B. surface plate
C. piece of glass Answer: D
D. bearing plate
Which of the following is not used to resemble
Answer: B the shape of tool bit?
A. center cut
To keep a metal clean while soldering, one B. round nose
would use a: C. square nose
A. flax D. thread cutting
B. torch
C. flux Answer: A
D. insulated
A lathe with multiple cutting stations called:
Answer: C A. engine lathe
B. manual lathe

10
C. semi-manual lathe C. flange
D. turret lathe D. flaring

Answer: D Answer: A

Device used to measure accurately speed called Milling machine accessories are used to hold
A. dial gage milling cutter in the milling machine called:
B. dial indicator A. milling machine arbors
C. speedometer B. milling machine size
D. tachometer C. spindle – nose tooling
D. vertical milling attachment
Answer: D
Answer: A
A pipe wrench (Stilleon) is designed for use
on: An important accessories of milling machine.
A. hexagonal objects A. cutters
B. round objects B. milling machine vise
C. square objects C. ram
D. flat objects D. vertical milling attachment

Answer: B Answer: A

Pipe is measured by: The machine, which can flatter surface on

A. inside diameter horizontal, vertical or angular plane.
B. outside diameter A. drilling machine
C. thickness of wall B. lathe machine
D. wire gage C. power saw
D. shaper machine
Answer: A
Answer: D
Tubing is measured by:
A. inside diameter Which of the following is not part on a lathe
B. outside diameter machine?
C. thickness of wall A. carriage
D. wire gage B.fan
C. headstock
Answer: B D. tail stock

“Water Hammer” is caused by: Answer: B

A. hitting water pipe with hammer
B. too much water in pipe system Which tools does not belong to the group?
C. water in steam line A. adjustable wrench
D. steam in water line B. feeler gage
C. torque wrench
Answer: C D. vice grip

Insulation is used on piping to: Answer: B

A. held in heat
B. held in cold The tool used to cut threads in a hole is
C. cut down heat losses called a:
D. steam in water line A. top
B. tap
Answer: C C. bit
D. reamer
It is a machine used for the testing of very
thin steel or surface layers. Answer: B
A. Charpy test
B. Description test Hand taps are provided in sets of three
C. Izod test called:
D. Rockwell test A. taper, plug and end
B. short, taper and bottom
Answer: D C. taper, plug and bottom
D. short, medium and long
It is a test for pipe used for coiling in
sizes 2 inches. Answer: C
A. bend
B. crush

11
Which of the following taps should be used to Answer: C
start a thread?
A. plug The usual value of helix angle of a drill is:
B. short A. 30*
C. bottom B. 60*
D. taper C. 110*
D. 120*
Answer: D
Answer: A
When preparing to tap a hole, the size of the
drill will be: The helix angle on a high-speed steel twist
A. equal to the size of the tap drill for drilling cast iron if of the order
B. larger than the size of the tap of
C. smaller than the size of the tap A. 12-22
D. none of the above B. 24-32
C. 35-40
Answer: C D. 40-45

Pipe taps are: Answer: B

A. the same size from end to end
B. not fluted Wiping is the process of
C. tapered
D. not hardened A. applying flux during welding process
B. cleaning the welded surface after the
Answer: C welding operation is over
C. connecting load pipes by soldering alloy
When preparing to tap a hole for a pipe D. low temperature welding
fitting the size of the drill will be:
A. larger than the tap size Answer: C
B. equal to the size of the tap
C. smaller than the tap size Which of the following is not a cut of file?
D. none of the above A. smooth
B. second cut
Answer: A C. half-round
D. bastard
A machine tool used to out metal parts a lift,
medium and large section using a reciprocating Answers: C
hacksaw blade.
A. planer The tool used for cleaning files is called a:
B.power saw A. file cleaner
C. shaper B. file card
D. tool grinder C. file oilstone
D. scraper
Answer: B
Answer: B
A cold chisel is made of
A. cast iron Which of the following is the smallest size
B.german silver drill?
C. high carbon silver A. # 80
D. high speed steel B. # 60
C. # 1
Answer: C D. # 0

Trimming is a process associated with Answer: A

A. electroplating
B.forging Which of the following is the largest size
C. machining of metals drill?
D. press work A. A
B. X
Answer: B C. Z
D. XX
A twist drill is specified by
A. its diameter and lip angle Answer: C
B. it shank and diameter
C. shank, material and diameter The size of drill is stamped on the:
D. shank, material and flute size A. point
B. shank

12
C. margin A machining operation whereby the tool
D. flute reciprocates and the feed is stationary.
A. Planing
Answer: B B. Reaming
C. Shaping
Which of the following safety precautions D. Turning
should be followed when pouring Babbitt?
A. operator must wear goggles Answer: C
B. the surface to be babbitted must be free of
moisture The kind of center, which is being attached
C. the surface to be babbitted must be clean and meshed to he tailstock spindle, which is
D. all of the above also static while the work, is rotating is
know as:
Answer: D A. dead center
B. focal center
Which of the following safety precaution C. live center
should be followed when renewing a flange D. work center
gasket?
A. drain the line thoroughly Answer: A
B. isolate the section to be worked on
C. tie down isolation valves A machine tool in which an abrasive wheel is
D. all of the above used as a cutting tool to obtain a very smooth
finish.
Answer: D A. Broaching machine
B. Milling Machine
Brazing requires: C. Planer
A. hard solder D. Tool Grinder
B. soft solder
C. more heat Answer: D
D. A and C
A machine too used principally to machine flat
Answer: D or plane surfaces with a single pointed tool.
A. Drill
Lead is used in solder because: B. Planer
A. it has a high melting point C. Power Saw
B. it has a low melting point D. Shaper
C. it is cheap
D. B and C Answer: D

Answer: D A tool with hardened steel point used for

scribing or laying of distances.
The name of the taper shank used on drills is: A. Divider
A. Miller B. Hermaphrodite
B. Morse C. Plain scriber
C. Starret D. Trammel
D. Stanley
Answer: A
Answer: B
The cylinder of piston type steam engine are
The higher the melting point of the solder, counterbored to:
the: A. give a larger head clearance
A. weaker the solder joint B. prevent piston rings from wearing a groove
B. softer the solder joint in the cylinder at the end of the stroke
C. stronger the solder joint C. give a larger volumetric clearance
D. harder the solder joint D. prevent piston rings from slipping on the
piston
Answer: C
Answer: B
Which of the following is not part of the
headstock? When installing packing in a packing box:
A. Anvil A. leave one old turn at the bottom of the
B. Back pressure packing box
C. Motor B. remove one turn and install one new turn of
D. Spindle packing
C. leave sufficient end clearance on each turn
Answer: A to allow for expansion

13
D. place and cuts directly in line with each C. radius of curvature
other D. thickness of plates

Answer: C Answer: A

An instrument consisting of a wet – and dry –

bulb thermometer (used in air conditioning) is
called a:
A. hygrometer
B. pyrometer
C. psychrometer
D. A or C

Answer: D

Sheet metal of # 18 gage is heavier than:

A. 12 gage
B. 14 gage
C. 22 gage
D. 16 gage

Answer: C

Shims are used to:

A. separate fresh – and salt – water lines
B. replace fuses
C. adjust cylinder liners
D. adjust bearing clearances

Answer: D

Quick return motion is used in a

A. drilling machine
B. grinder
C. lathe
D. shaper

Answer: D
The operation of enlarging a hole is called
A. boring
B. counter sinking
C. drilling
D. reaming

Answer: A

In up cut milling the work piece is fed

A. against the rotating cutter
B. at an angle of 60* to the cutter
C. at right angle to the cutter
D. in the direction of the cutter

Answer: A

Rapping allowance is provided on a patter to

take care of
A. distortion
B. easy withdrawal
C. machining
D. shrinkage

Answer: B

Feeler gage are used for measuring the

A. clearance between mating parts
B. pitch of screw threads

14
IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 5)
It acts the carriage or compound rest through
the mechanism lifted inside the apron
The hacksaw blade should be placed in the A. apron
frame with: B. compound
A. the teeth pointing forward C. mandrel
B. the teeth pointing backward D. saddle
C. one end looser than the other end
D. the teeth facing in any direction answer: A

answer: A It gives the cutting tool longitudinal feed,

cross feed or
When cutting a long thin piece of metal: carriers
A. turn the blade upside down the frame A. angular feed
B. turn the blade at right angles to the frame B. apron
C. use a blade with fewer teeth per inch C. compound rest
D. set the blade in the frame with the teeth D. saddle
facing you
answer: C
answer: B
The center, which is fitted in head stock
A hacksaw blade with 18 teeth per inch is best spindle, called
suited for cutting: A. above center
A. solid stock B. below center
B. cast iron C. dead center
C. aluminum D. live center
D. any of the above
answer: D
answer: D
A center, which is fitted in tail stock
A coclant is usually used when cutting spindle called
material in a power hacksaw to A. above center
A. absorb the heat of friction B. below center
B. prevent the blade from overheating C. dead center
C. prevent the blade from losing its temper D. live center
D. all of the above
answer: C
answer: D
Which of the following gives shearing action?
A hacksaw blade with 32 TPI is suited for A. front clearance
cutting: B. side clearance
A. small tubing C. slide rake
B. conduct D. top rake
C. sheet metal under 18 gage
D. any of the above answer: D

answer: D Which of the ff. information is necessary when

ordering a file?
For filing lead or Babbitt, use a: A. size (length)
A. vixen file B. shape
B. mill file C. type of teeth
C. sheet metal under 18 gage D. all of the above
D. any of the above
answer: D
answer: D
Never use a file:
It moves on the lathe bed with cutting tool A. that is dirty
according to the rotation of lead screw or by B. w/o a handle
hand traversing wheel C. w/o oiling
A. apron D. with a tang
B. compound rest
C. mandrel answer: B
D. saddle
The best file to use when finishing sharp
answer: D corners or slots and grooves is the:
A. mill file

1
B. square In quick return mechanism of shaping machine
C. knife file the ram stroke length is proportional to
D. jewelers file A. crank length
B. ram length
answer: C C. slotter arm length
D. stroke
On a lathe the dead center is used after:
A. boring answer: A
B. center-drilling
C. drilling Type and number of bearings to be used for
D. reaming spindles of machine tool depend on
A. type of spindle
answer: B B. type of machine tool
C. load on spindle
Eleven – sixteenths of an inch expressed as a D. load on the bearing
decimal is:
A. .6785 answer: D
B. .7685
C. .6875 When the dial on the cross-feed is turned
D. .6578 .010”, you remove from diameter of the stock
being cut:
answer: C A. .010
B. .020
The markings on a micrometer barrel are: C. .005
A. .025” apart D. .015
B. .250” apart
C. .0025” apart answer: A
D. 2.5” apart
The flexible type hacksaw blade is best suited
answer: A for work on:
A. channel iron
It measures the slope of the top surface of B. tubing
the tool to the side in a direction C. aluminum
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis D. any of the above
A. end relief angle
B. side cutting edge angle answer: D
C. side rake angle
D. side relief edge angle A flexible back hacksaw blade is one that has:
A. only the teeth
answer: C B. flexible ends
C. a movable back
It is used for holding straight shank drills D. any of the above
in the spindle to the machine when drilling
A. chuck key answer: D
B. drill chuck
C. floating holder A hacksaw blade with 24 TPI is best suitable
D. magic chuck for cutting:
A. tubing
answer: B B. sheet metal over 18 gage
C. brass and copper
A reamer is used to correct the D. any of the above
A. finish and depth of a drilled hole
B. finish and position of a drilled hole answer: D
C. size and position of a drilled hole
D. size and roundness of a drilled hole An all hard hacksaw blade is one that:
A. has a hard back and flexible teeth
answer: D B. has a flexible back and hard teeth
C. has the entire bade hardened
Twist drills are usually considered suitable D. will only fit a solid frame hacksaw
machining holes having a length less than
A. two times their diameter answer: C
B. five times their diameter
C. ten times their diameter A hacksaw blade can be placed in a frame in:
D. twenty times their diameter A. two positions
B. four positions
C. one position
answer: B D. three positions

2
answer: B Before applying layout blue on a piece of
metal, it must be:
what should be the top rake angle to cut A. roughened
brass? B. heated
A. 0 C. cleaned
B. 15 D. cold
C. 30
D. 45 answer: C

answer: A A drill bit has :

A. 4 flutes
It is a long, tapered punch used for loosening B. 3 flutes
straight pins, taper pins, rivets and other C. 2 flutes
small parts being disassembled D. no flutes
A. center punch
B. drift punch answer: C
C. drive-pin punch
D. hand punch The alignment of coupling faces can be checked
by:
answer: B A. using an inside micrometer
B. inserting a thermocouple
A tool used for turning nuts or bolts C. inserting a feeler gage between the
A. c-clamps coupling faces at various points around the
B. long nose circumference
C. plier D. rotating and measuring to nearest permanent
D. wrench fitting

answer: D answer: C

Used to permit lever shift for vertical travel A piece of cast iron held against an emery
of rail wheel will give off:
A. ball crank A. dull yellow sparks
B. clamp plates B. bright shiny sparks
C. plumb bob C. red sparks
D. plunger knob D. no sparks

answer: D answer: A

It is mounted on the top of the column and is When cutting material in a lathe, the softer
guided in perfect alignment by the machined the material being cut, the tool bit should
dovetailed surface have:
A. arbor A. more top rake
B. over arm B. less top rake
C. saddle C. double top rake
D. spindle D. any of the above

answer: B answer: D

Name of mechanism, which a welding operator After grinding a tool bit, the cutting edge
holds during gas welding and at the end of should be:
which the gases are burred to perform the A. case-hardened
various gas welding operation. B. rubbed with emery cloth
A. hose C. stoned with an oilstone
B. gage D. rubbed with crocus cloth
C. switch
D. torch answer: C

answer: D It is a hole revolving cutter or grinding

wheel for mounting it on an arbor.
A scriber is made from: A. arbor hole
A. carbon steel B. hole saw
B. cold-rolled steel C. star drill
C. tool stee l D. star saw
D. hot-rolled steel
answer: A
answer: C

3
A machine in which materials are pulverized
between the two toothed metal disk rotating in A piece of mild steel held against an emery
opposite directions. wheel will give off:
A. attrition mill A. bright shiny sparks
B. ball mill B. light straw colored sparks
C. beater mill C. no sparks
D. tumbling mill D. green sparks

answer: A answer: B

A press in which mechanical feeding of the A gear wheel making 156 rpm has 56 teeth. It
work is synchronized with the press action drives another gear at 91 rpm. The number of
A. automatic press teeth on the second gear is:
B. dial press A. 65
C. manual press B. 90
D. punch press C. 50
D. 96
answer: A
answer: D
A supporting member that carriers a wheel and
either rotates with the wheel to transmit Tool steel can be hardened by:
mechanical power to or from it, or allows the A. heating red hot and plunging into water
wheel to rotate freely on it called B. heating red hot and cooling in a blast of
A. axle dry air
B. bushing C. heating red hot and plunging into linseed
C. coupling or cottonseed oil
D. shaft D. any of the above, depending on type and use

answer: A answer: D

A file whose edges are parallel is known as A scriber is made from:

A. blunt file A. carbon steel
B. crochet file B. cold-rolled steel
C. cross cut file C. tool steel
D. equaling file D. hot-rolled steel

answer: A answer: C

Straight muriatic acid is often used as a flux

on: After grinding a tool bit, the cutting edge
A. galvanized iron should be
B. cast sheet
C. sheet steel A. case hardened
D. any of the above B. rubbed with emery cloth
C. rubbed with crocus clothe
answer: D D. stoned with an oilstone

Special solders used for aluminum usually answer: D

require:

A. more heat When cutting material in a lathe, the softer

B. less heat the material being cut, the tool bit should
C. the same heat as copper wire have
D. the same heat as sheet metal
A. any of these
answer: A B. double top rake
C. less top rake
Copper is annealed by heating to a cherry red D. more top rake
color and:
answer: C
A. dousing in cold water
B. cooling slowly in air
C. dousing in oil A piece of cast iron held against an emery
D. dousing in hot water wheel will give off
A. bright shiny sparks
answer: B B. dull yellow sparks

4
C. no sparks B. flank
D. red sparks C. nose
D. side relief
answer: B
answer: B
Which of the following is not a common term
relating to the classification of fits Which one is the hardest material?
A. bound A. brass
B. medium force fit B. bronze
C. snug C. diamond
D. tunking D. steel

answer: A answer: C

An oversize hole is produced by a drill if The movement of belt upon the face of rim or
A. cutting speed is too high outer of the driver and driven pulleys within
B. feed is too high the area of arc of contact is called
C. insufficient coolant is used A. creep
D. lips of drill are of unequal length B. crowning
C. dressing
answer: D D. slip

The studs used as a coolant in general machine answer: A

shop consist of
A. a chemical solution It is a device, which hold the job family
B. an emulsion of oil and water A. clamp
C. a solution of detergent and water B. fixture
D. a straight mineral C. grip
D. jig
answer: B
answer: B
Sometimes used for soldering bright tin
A. rosin It is the outer surface of face or rim of the
B. sal ammoniac pulley is made in convex form to keep the belt
C. tallow in center when it is in motion
D. tinning A. creep
B. crowning
answer: A C. dressing
D. slip
A very effective flux for soldering galvanized
iron and zinc answer: B
A. cut acid
B. muriatic acid It is used to transmit motion at high speed
C. soldering pastes without producing noise.
D. zinc chloride A. bevel gear
B. helical gears
answer: B C. hypoid gears
D. worm gears
The process of checking the surface of a piece
by rolling depressions into the surface answer: B
A. honing
B. knurling It is used to transmit motion at high speed
C. reaming with heavy load without producing noise
D. snagging A. bevel gear
B. herring bone gear
answer: B C. spur gear
The process of cutting internal threads by D. worm gear
means of a cutting tool.
A. chamfering answer: B
B. honing
C. reaming It connect the shafts with soft materials such
D. tapping as rubber, leather and canvass
A. flexible coupling
answer: D B. Oldham coupling
C. rigid coupling
The surface below the cutting edge D. universal coupling
A. face

5
answer: A If muriatic acid is used as a flux, the
soldered area must be cleaned thoroughly
One of the most important factors that is afterwards to prevent:
often overlooked when soldering is the fact A. anyone touching it from getting burned
that: B. remaining acid from eating the metal
A. the surface to be soldered must be clean C. the acid from evaporating the solder
B. the two metals to be soldered must not be disintegrating
the same D. none of the above
C. the two metals to be soldered must be the
same answer: B
D. all surfaces should be dipped in acid first
It cannot be forged because it will break if
answer: A heated and beaten by hammer.
A. Carbon steel
A surface should be prepared for soldering by B. Cast iron
A. filing the surfaces C. High speed stee l
B. scraping the surfaces D. Tool steel
C. acid-cleaning the surfaces
D. any of the above answer: B

answer: D Shaper tools are made of what type of

material?
The hand tool used for cutting threads on
round stock is the: A. Babbitt
B. Brass
A. stock and die C. Bronze
B. die wrench D. High speed steel
C. stock
D. stock cutter answer: D

answer: A It is the operation of beveling the mouth of a

hole.
A hand tool used for cutting threads on round
stock is the: A. Counter boring
B. Counter broaching
A. stock and die C. Counter sinking
B. die wrench D. Spot facing
C. stock
D. stock cutter Answer: C

answer: A
The size of abrasive grains produced by
crushing process is called
A tapered piece of stock is 2” long, 1-1/8” A.
diameter at one end and ½ diameter at the B.
other end. The taper per foot is: C. Grit
A. 2” D.
B. 2-1/2”
C. 2-1/4” Answer: C
D. 2-1/16”
It is the combination of iron, carbon and
answer: C other alloying elements.
A. Alloy steel
Sweating is the process of: B. Brass
A. soldering two different kinds of metal C. Carbon steel
together D. Cast iron
B. separating two pieces of metal that have
been soldered together Answer: A
C. tinning two surfaces, applying, flux
between them, holding the two together and It is the process to divide the periphery of
heating the job in degrees.
D. none of the above
A. Angular indexing
answer: C B. Differential indexing
C. Direct indexing
D. Plain indexing

6
Answer: A The best method of avoiding accident is by
observing _______ related to job, machine and
It consists of surface irregularities, which work piece.
result from the various manufacturing process.
A. Cleanliness
A. Flaws B. Emery
B. Lay C. Opponent
C. Roughness D. Safety precautions
D. Waiveness
Answer: D
Answer: C
The size of try square is measured from the
A piece of tool steel held against an emery inner edge of stock to the end of its
wheel will give off:
A. Base
A. White sparks with stars on the ends B. Blade
B. Yellow sparks C. Body
C. No sparks D. Edge
D. Green sparks
Answer: B
Answer: A
Angle of center punch is
Grinding wheels have a range of soft to hard
abrasive materials depending on the use. Most A. 30°
manufacturers latter their wheels from A to Z. B. 45°
The hardest is marked: C. 60°
D. 90°
A. E
B. A Answer: D
C. Z
D. El Staggering of hacksaw blade teeth on both
sides alternatively is called
Answer: C A. Arrangement of teeth
B. Positioning to teeth
The main difference between a planer and C. Setting of teeth
shaper is that: D. None of the above
A. The planer has an offset table and the
shaper has a horizontal table. Answer: C
B. The shaper has a rotting table and the
planer has a horizontal table. It is the distance measured parallel to the
C. The table of planer has a reciprocating axis from a point on a screw thread to the
motion past the tool head white the table of corresponding point on the next thread.
the shaper is stationary and the tool head has A. Chord
a reciprocating motion. B. Lead
D. Ones is larger than the other C. Linear
D. Pitch
Answer: C
Answer: D
One of the factors involved in the choice of a
grinding wheel is: Solder is an alloy of
A. The kind of material to be ground A. Lead and antimony
B. The amount of stock to be removed B. Lead and tin
C. The kind of finish required C. Lead and tungsten
D. All of the above D. Lead and zinc

Answer: D Answer: B

The “tang” of a file is the past that: It’s a square key with the bottom two corners
A. Does the cutting are beveled.
B. Fits into the handle A. Saddle key
C. has no teeth B. Barth key
D. is opposite the handle C. Woodruff key
D. Gib head key
Answer: B
Answer: B

7
Change in metal structure by which the surface C. Helical milling
structure recover from its unstable condition D. Straddle milling
A. annealing
B. normalizing Answer: A
C. aging
D. tempering A core drill with hardened steel shot pellets
that revolve under the rim of the rotating
Answer: C tube, employed in rotary drilling in very hard
ground.
A tapered square key is known as
A. Gib head A. Adamantive drill
B. Woodruff B. Automatic drill
C. Kennedy C. Double core barrel drill
D. Barth D. Flat drill

Answer: C Answer: A

The process of welding two dissimilar metals A grinding mill of large diameter with either
is known as lumps of ore pebbles or steel balls as
A. Friction welding crushing bodies the dry lead is air swept
B. Flash welding remove mesh material.
C. Oxyacetylene welding A. Aerial speed
D. Cold welding B. Aero fall mill
C. Aero motor
Answer: D D. Ball mill

A nonmetal considered as undesirable impurity Answer: B

in steel is
A. lead A tool – steel cutter used fro – finishing
B. sulfur surfaces of angles greater than or less than
C. phosphorous 90* with its axis of rotation called:
D. cyanide A. Angle cutter
B. Asphalt cutter
Answer: B C. Circular cutter
D. Helical cutter
An alloying element which improves the tensile
strength of steel and make it harder Answer: A
A. vanadium
B. carbon When installing a new grinding wheel, always
C. cobalt use:
D. chromium A. Blotting paper gaskets on each side of the
wheel
Answer: D B. Copper gasket on each side of the wheel
C. Only the steel washers provided with the
An alloying element which reduces deformation machine
of configuration and sulfuric brittleness. D. None of the above
A. molybdenum
B. manganese Answer: A
C. nickel
D. chromium The operation of “truing” a grinding wheel is
known as:
Answer: B A. centering
B. dressing
What is the lip clearance angle of twist drill C. sizing
for generated work? D. rounding
A. 3 – 6°
B. 8 – 10° Answer: B
C. 12 – 15°
D. 18 – 22° The tool used to check external pipe threads
is called a:
Answer: C A. plug gage
B. thread gage
It is a milling method in which parts are C. pitch gage
placed in a row parallel to the axis of the D. ring gage
cutting tool end are milled simultaneously.
A. Abreast milling Answer: D
B. Angular milling

8
The tool used to check internal pipe threads It is done then and there by adjusting or
is called a: repairing the faults come in notice during
A. plug gage work.
B. thread gage A. Corrective maintenance
C. pitch angle B. Predictive maintenance
D. ring gage C. Preventive maintenance
D. Routine maintenance
Answer: A
Answer: D
The tool used to cut gears is called a:
A. gear cutter Which statement does NOT belong to the
B. gear hob function of bearings?
C. gear center A. To give free rotation to the shaft
D. gear threader B. To guide the shaft
C. To support the shaft
Answer: B D. To transmit power

If use a dry grinding wheel for sharpening Answer: D

tool bits, dip the end of the bit in water
frequently to prevent- A “pillar” file has:
A. burning your fingers A. One safe edge
B. annealing the cutting edge of the bit B. Three safe edges
C. hardening of the tip C. Two safe edges
D. the tip from crysallizing D. A or C

Answer: B Answer: D

CNC in machine shop means In general, files are divided into two classes
called:
A. Communication Network Control A. Single – cut and double – cut
B. Computer Network Center B. Fine and coarse
C. Computer Number Control C. Rough and smooth
D. Computer Numerical Control D. Heel and sizes

Answer: D Answer: A

It is the time lost due to breakdowns, waiting The length of a file is measured from:
for tools, minor accidents etc. A. End to end
B. Point to heel
A. Down time C. Point to end
B. Handling time D. Heel to end
C. Machining time
D. Set up time Answer: B

Answer: A A “pillar” file is used for:

A. Filling slots
Refers to the process of separating or B. Filling keyways
removing the burning or combustible material C. Filling against a shoulder
from the neighborhood of the fire. D. Any of the above

A. Blanketing Answer: D
B. Combustion
C. Cooling A flexible hacksaw blade has a tendency to:
D. Starvation A. Snap easily
B. Buckle or run out of line when too much
Answer: D pressure is applied
C. Cut too fast
What is the necessity of giving tolerance? D. Cut on a slant

A. It saves the labor charges Answer: B

B. Its saves the material from wastage
C. It saves the time Soldering is the process of:
D. All of the above A. Holding two metals together by heating
B. Joining two metals by third soft metal that
Answer: D is applied in a molten state
C. Holding two different kinds of metals
together by heating

9
D. Joining two metals together by heating D. Universal testing machine

Answer: B Answer: C

When soldering, flux is used to; An instrument for measuring the degree of
A. Keep the solder from running off the metal surface roughness in micro inches.
B. Keep the metal from getting too hot
C. Keep the tip of the soldering iron clean A. Caliper
D. Remove and prevent oxidation of the metals B. Micrometer
C. Profilometer
Answer: D D. Sclerescope

What is used to connect the shaft whose axes Answer: C

are intersecting?
A. Flexible coupling These spindle of the grinding machine on which
B. Oldham coupling the wheel is mounted.
C. Rigid coupling
D. Universal coupling A. Arbor
B. Bearing
Answer: D C. Bushing
D. Fluting
It is generally used on high speed with light
load because it has point contact. Answer: A
A. Ball bearing
B. Metal bearing A device for holding grinding wheels of
C. Roller bearing special shape or the working piece – being
D. Wood bearing grounded.

Answer: A A. Chuck
B. Fixtures
It is generally used on high speed with heavy C. Head stock
load because it has line contact. D. Jigs

A. Ball bearing Answer: A

B. Metal bearing
C. Plastic bearing Grinding the grooves of a twist drill or tap.
D. Roller bearing
A. Flaring
Answer: D B. Fluting
C. Honing
It is a process of enlarging and smoothening D. Lapping
the punched hole by means of tapered drifts of
various sizes and shape. Answer: B

A. Drawing out The dulling of the cutting particles of a

B. Drifting grinding wheel resulting in a decreased rate
C. Jumping of cutting is called
D. Upsetting A. fluting
B. glazing
Answer: B C. grinding
D. lapping
It is a set of gears fitted in different
position on a plate which are controlled by a Answer: B
lever.
A. Differential gear The process of lengthening a piece of stock
B. Gear train while the cross-sectional area is being
C. Stud gear reduced
D. Tumbler gear A. Drawing
B. Honing
Answer: D C. Tapping
D. Upsetting
An instrument for determining the relative
hardness of material by a drop and rebound Answer: A
method.
A. Brinell hardness tester The major factors, which determined the rpm on
B. Rockwell hardness tester milling cutter, are the material being cut and
C. Scleroscope A. depth of the cutter

10
B. diameter of cutter C. oxidation on it
C. number of teeth in cutter D. any of the above
D. time allowed to complete the job
Answer: D
Answer: D
Prepared soldered paste flux is most popular
Electron beam machining process is quite but if you did not have any, you should use:
suitable for a material having A. hydrochloric acid
A. high melting point and high thermal B. sulphuric acid
conductivity C. nitric acid
B. high melting point and low thermal D. any of the above
conductivity
C. low melting point and low thermal Answer: A
conductivity
D. low melting point and high thermal Another name for hydrochloric acid is:
conductivity A. sulphuric acid
B. muriatic acid
Answer: B C. nitric acid
D. acetic acid
Grinding is what type of operation?
A. Metal finishing operation Answer: B
B. Metal fusing operation
C. Metal powdering operation Hard solder is made of:
D. metal surfacing operation A. copper and zinc
B. tin and zinc
Answer: A C. tin and copper
D. tin and lead
Grinding is done wherever
A. a large amount of material is to be removed Answer: A
B. a small amount of material is to be removed
C. high accuracy is required Soft solder is made of:
D. other machining operations can not be A. copper and zinc
carried out B. tin and lead
C. tin and copper
Answer: C D. tin and zinc

Laser beam machining process is used to Answer: B

machine
A. heavier materials Soft solder melts at approximately:
B. lighter materials A. 250 deg.
C. thicker materials B. 350 deg.
D. thinner materials C. 450 deg.
D. 550 deg.
Answer: D
Answer: B
A hard grade-grinding wheel is suitable for
grinding The flux usually used for hard solder is:
A. both hard and soft materials A. rosin
B. hard materials B. borax
C. smooth materials C. barium
D. soft materials D. alum

Answer: D Answer: B

The usual ratio of forward and return stroke, Which of the following is a boring machine
in quick mechanism of shaping machine is tool used particularly for large work place,
A. 3:1 types are horizontal and vertical?
B. 3:2 A. Boring mill
C. 5:2 B. Burrstone mill
D. 6:8 C. Cage mill
D. Chile mill
Answer: B
Answer: A
Solder will not unite with metal surface that
has: A tap with a chamfer 1 – 1 ½ threads in length
A. grease on it A. Bottom tap
B. dirt on it B. Center tap

11
C. Plug tap
D. Taper tap Answer: C

Answer: A Copper is annealed by heating to a cherry red

color and:
A small portable hand drill customarily used A. dousing in cold water
by hand setters to drill the holes in breast B. cooling slowly in air
called C. dousing with oil
A. spiral drill D. dousing in hot water
B. diamond drill
C. churn drill Answer: B
D. breast drill
The purpose of “annealing” is to make a metal:
Answer: D A. harder
B. medium - hard
A job, which is fixed away from the table, can C. softer
be machined by D. shiny
A. running head
B. moving head Answer: C
C. static head The purpose of “tempering” is to make a metal:
D. traveling head
A. harder
Answer: D B. softer
C. less brittle
Shaper tools are made of D. more brittle
A. cast iron
B. high speed steel Answer: C
C. mild steel
D. wrought iron The minimum diameter of a piece of round stock
necessary to make a square key ¾” on a side
Answer: B is:

Refers to the unit can be moved longitudinally A. 1.5”

along the swivel table and is clamped in B. 1.06”
position by two bolts one on either side of C. 1.0”
the base D. .75”
A. Cross stock
B. Foot stock Answer: B
C. Head stock
D. Tail Stock A fine grained, salty silica rock used for
sharpening edge tools
Answer: C
A. Oilstone
When a lathe is put into back gear, it will B. Peeblestone
go: C. Surface grinder
A. at the same speed backwards D. Rocky oil
B. slower
C. faster Answer: A
D. at a slower speed backwards
A hand tool used to measure tension on bolts
Answer: B
A. Hammer
When using a drill press, the work should be B. Plier
held with C. Screw driver
A. the hand D. Torque range
B. a pair of pliers
C. a vise or clamp Answer: D
D. gloves on
A hand tool used to measure engine crank web
Answers: C deflection

When drilling a hole in a piece of work held A. compound gage

in a lathe chuck, and would use the: B. dial gage
A. compound rest C. distortion gage
B. cross-feed D. feeler gage
C. tailstock and drill chuck
D. headstock Answer: C

12
 C. Heating oils
A kind of chuck, which has reversible jaws, D. Emulsions
which could be adjusted separately
Answer: B
A. Combination chuck
B. Independent chuck How is the height of a bench vice adjusted?
C. Magnetic chuck A. By using a wooden plate form
D. Universal chuck B. By using a wooden packing piece under the
vice base
Answer: B C. By using a vice adjusting fixture
D. All of the above
A method whereby a gear is run with another
gear that has abrasive surface material Answer: D
A. hobbing
B. honing Why hacksaw blade teeth get dullness?
C. lapping A. Coarse pitched blade is used on hard metal
D. milling B. Pressure is not released in return stroke
C. To much speed and pressure
Answer: C D. Any of the above

Is the process of cold works where a limited Answer: D

amount of material, resulted to a higher
strength and it leaves a surface under Files are classified according to
compressive stress A. grade and cut
A. surface finishing B. shape
B. smoothing C. size and length
C. surfacing D. all of the above
D. surface rolling
Answer: D
Answer: D
How are rivets made?
Is largely used for low strength application A. Cold pressing
such as elevator ropes not used for hoisting B. Drawing
and for stationary guy ropes C. Hot rolling
D. Rolling
A. steel rope
B. cast steel rope Answer: A
C. nylon rope
D. iron wire rope What support the top rake?
A. Front clearance
Answer: D B. Side clearance
C. Side rake
Nitriding process of surface treatment for D. Top rake
steel tools is used for tools taking
Answer: A
A. heavy cuts
B. light cuts Which of the following reduces the rubbing
C. medium cuts action?
D. straight cuts A. Front clearance
B. Side Clearance
Answer: B C. Side rake
D. Top rake
At a very low cutting speeds the tool wear is
due to Answer: A

A. hardness Which of the following is used for all general

B. material purposes?
C. plowing action A. Forging
D. transfer B. Production slotter
C. Puncher slotter
Answer: C D. Tool room slotter

They are mixtures of lard, cottonseed or Answer: C

rapeseed oils and mineral oils are called
It is an operation of milling the complex
A. Cooling oils surfaces with the help of a group of cutters
B. Cutting oils mounted on the same arbor

13
A. Climb milling
B. Down milling
C. Gang milling
D. Straddle milling

Answer: D

It is an operation to divide the periphery of

the job into number of equal parts
A. Dividing head
B. Indexing
C. Protractor
D. Slotting

Answer: B

The angle formed between the face of a tool

and the work surface or the tangent to the
work piece at the point of contact with the
tool called
A. clearance angle
B. cutting angle
C. rake angle
D. wedge angle

Answer: B

14
IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 6)
1. A correct cutting angle on a drill for ordinary work is: 13. A metal characteristic that absorbs extreme deformation without
a. 45⁰ b. 59⁰ rupture is called:
c. 64⁰ d. 70⁰ a. hardness
B b. ductility
2. When using a drill press, the work should be hold with: c. plasticity
a. glove hand d. toughness
b. the hand C
c. a vise and a clamp 14. The size of all the pipes from 1/16 inches to 12 inches is defined by
d. pliers _____ size.
C a. design
3. A machining operation whereby the tool reciprocates and the feed is b. external diameter
stationary. c. inside diameter
a. reaming b. shaping d. tubular
c. planning d. turning C
B 15. Cutting lubricants used in drilling, reaming and lapping of cast iron
4. A machining operation whereby the tool rotates and the feed is parts.
stationary. a. soda water
a. shaping b. milling b. kerosene
c. turning d. reaming c. soluble oil
B d. dry
5. A machine used in shaping metal by means of abrasive wheel or D
removal of metals with abrasive. 16. The angle developed between tooth profile and radial line at its pitch
a. shaper b. planer point is referred as:
c. grinder d. power saw a. approach angle
C b. pressure angle
6. To prevent leakage in dynamic seals, it is recommended to used c. recess angle
a. gaskets b. seals d. base helix angle
c. packings d. felts B
C 17. The purpose of annealing is to make a metal:
7. The process of checking or producing checkers on the surface of the a. harder
piece by rolling checkered depressions in the surface. b. medium hard
a. indexing b. soldering c. softer
c. knurling d. quenching d. shiny
C C
8. Tooth width measured along the chord at the pitch circle.
a. chord space
b. chordal thickness 18. AISI numbering for silicon steel.
c. chord clearance a. 85XX
d. chord length b. 92XX
B c. 93XX
9. It is recommended for high speed application that the maximum d. 87XX
number of teeth in small sprocket should be: B
a. 10 to 20 19. Specific weight of steel in lbs/inches 3
b. 16 to 32 a. 0.832
c. 14 to 28 b. 0.328
d. 18 to 24 c. 0.283
D d. 0.823
10. Cast iron flywheels are commonly designated with a factor of safety C
of: 20. Ratio of coil to wire diameter, a measure of coil curvature.
a 8 to 10 a. spring rate
b. 10 to 13 b. spring index
c. 5 to 6 c. Wahl’s factor
d. 18 to 20 d. spring scale
B B
12. An agency handling assistance to all foundry, machine shop and 21. When hole is smaller than the shaft, it will take pressure to pull the
metallurgical plant operation. parts together, and the allowance is negative and is termed as:
a. DOST a. negative fits
b. BOI b. negative allowance
c. MIRDC c. interference of metals
d. UNICEF d. negative allowance
C C

1
22. A kind of thread that is generally used. c. electric weld
a. UNF d. oxy-acetylene weld
b. UNEF B
c. UNC 31. It is a machine used for testing of very thin steel or surface layers.
d. 8-Thread series a. Charpy test
C b. Izod test
23. A machine tool used principally to machine flat or plane surfaces with c. Description test
a single point cutting tool. d. Rockwell test
a. shaper D
b. planer
c. milling 32. A machine tool in which an abrasive wheel is used as a cutting tool to
d. lathe obtain a very smooth finish.
A a. Broaching machine
24. The ratio of relative viscosities colliding bodies after impact to their b. Planer
velocity before impact. c. Tool grinder
a. coefficient of friction d. Lathe machine
b. coefficient of velocity C
c. coefficient of restitution 33. A machine tool used to produce a variety of surfaces by using a
d. coefficient of fluctuation circular type cutter with multiple teeth
B a. lathe machine
b. milling machine
c. broaching machine
d. grinding machine
B
25. In machine shop forging operation of lengthening a piece of stock 34. A cutting tool used to finish internal and external surfaces by the use
while reducing the cross sectional area of work is called: of a cutter called a broach, which has a series of cutting edges of teeth.
a. reducing a. lathe machine
b. upsetting b. broaching machine
c. upgrading c. planer
d. desizing d. shaper
B B
26. It is the radial distance between the top of the tooth and the bottoms 35. A kind of chuck, which should not be used where accuracy is required
of the mating tooth space. called
a. clearance a. collet chuck
b. tolerance b. magnetic chuck
c. lead c. four jaw chuck
d. crest d. universal chuck
A C
27. An arc of the pitch circle through which a tooth travels from its 36. A tool when pressed into a finished hole in a piece of work, provides
contact to a mating tooth at the pitch point to the point where contact center on which the place may be turned otherwise machined called
ceases. a. mesh
a. arc of action b. butt
b. arc of recess c. mandrel
c. arc of approach d. wobble
d. backlash C
B 37. A machine tool which is very similar to a shaper except that the ram
28. The distance a helical gear would thread along its axis one revolution reciprocates vertically rather than horizontally.
of it were free to move axially. a. lathe
a. crest b. grinder
b. lead c. planer
c. module d. slotter
d. clearance D
B 38. A cylindrical bar of steel with threads formed around it and grooves
29. Ability of a material to absorb energy when deformed elastically and or flutes running lengthwise in it, intersecting with threads to form
return to it when unloaded is: cutting edges. It is used to cut internal threads.
a. toughness a. Groove b. Lap
b. creep c. Tap d. Flute
c. resilience C
d. plasticity 39. The operation of making a cone-shaped enlargement of the end of a
C hole, as for a recess for a flat head screw.
30. A weld made to hold the parts of a weldment in proper alignment a. Counter sinking
until final welds are made. b. Knurling
a. fusion weld c. Squaring
b. tack weld d. Performing
2
A d. Feed molten metal from pouring basin to gas
40. It is an operation of sizing and finishing a hole by means of a cutting C
tool having several cutting edges. 48. The mould for casting ferrous materials
a. Notching a. Copper
b. Piercing b. High carbon steel
c. Turning c. Low carbon steel
d. Reaming d. Medium carbon steel
D A
40. The hop term used to include the marking or inscribing of center 49. A plug gage is used to measure
points circle area of straight lines upon metal surface either curve or flat, a. cylindrical bores
for the guidance of the worker called: b. screw thread
a. Shaping c. spherical holes
b. Hobbing d. taper bores
c. Laying out A
d. Shaping 50. When large number of components are turned and parted off a bar
C the chuck generally used is the _____.
41. It is used to true and align machine tools fixtures and works to test a. collet chuck
and inspect size trueness of finished work and compare measurements b. four jaw chuck
either heights or depths or many other measurements. c. magnetic chuck
a. dial gage d. two jaw chuck
b. dial indicator C
c. tachometer 51. Which of the following is the cutting speed m
d. speedometer of brass?
B a. 30m/min
42. The process of forming metals by the use of dies after the metal is b. 40m/min
heated to its plastic range. c.50m/min
a. Rolling d. 60m/min
b. Forging B
c. Turning 52. Quick return mechanism is used in a
d. Casting a. drilling machine
A b. grinder
43. A machine tool used to cut metals a lift, medium and large section c. lathe
using a reciprocating hacksaw blade. d. shaper
a. Tool grinder D
b. Shaper 53. Mandrel used to hold
c. Planer a. cutting tool
d. Power saw b. drill bits
D c. face plate
44. The usual value of helix angle of a drill is: d. hollow work pieces
a. 30⁰ D
b. 60⁰ 54. In up cut milling, the work piece is fed
c. 110⁰ a. against the milling cutter
d. 120⁰ b. at an angle of 60⁰ at the center
A c. at the right angle of the cutter
45. Wiping is the process of: d. the direction of the cutter
a. applying flux during welding process A
b. cleaning the welded surface after the welding operation is over 55. Sprue is passage provide for the
c. connecting load pipes by soldering alloy a. out flow
d. low temperature welding b. in flow
C c. smooth flow
46. In Carthias process d. solidification of molten material
a. molten metal is fed into the cavity in metallic mould by gravity B
b. metal is poured into die cavity and after a predetermined time 56. Feed in the lathe machine is expressed in
the mould is inverted to permit a part of main steel in molten a. mm
state to flow out of cavity b. mm per degree
c. cavity is filled with a precalculated quantity of metal and a core c. mm per revolution
or plunger is inserted to force the metal into cavity d. rpm
d. metal is forced into mould under high pressure C
C 57. Rapping allowance is provided on a pattern take care of
47. What is the purpose of riser? a. shrinkage
a. Feed the casting at a rate consistent with the rate of b. machining
solidification c. distortion
b. Act as a reservoir for molten metal d. easy withdrawal
c. Help feed the casting until oil solidification takes place D
3
58. Chuck use in turret lathe is B
a. collet chuck
b. four jaw self centering chuck 68. Knurling is done to_____.
c. magnetic chuck a. boring
d. three jaw chuck b. chamfering
D c. planning
59. Cape in foundry practice refers to d. turning
a. bottom half of molding box B
b. coating on the mold face 69. When material in a lathe, the harder the material being cut, the tool
c. middle portion of the mold bit should have
d. top half molding box a. less side rake
D b. more side rake
c. more top rake
d. no side rake
A
70. After grinding the tool bit; the cutting edge should be
60. A vent wire is use in a. case hardened
a. foundry b. rubbed with emery cloth
b. hot forging c. rubbed with crocus cloth
c. cold forging d. stoned with oil stone
d. fitting D
B 71. When cutting material in a lathe, the softer the material being cut,
61. Angle plate is used for the tool bit should have
a. cutting tapers in a lathe a. any of these
b. cutting gears in a shaper b. double top rake
c. cutting gears in a milling c. less top rake
d. fixing job out angle in a grinder d. more top rake
B C
62. Permeability, in relation to molding sands, is high for
a. coarse grain 72. A piece of cast iron hold against an emery wheel will give off
b. fine grains a. bright shiny sparks
c. medium grains b. dull yellow sparks
d. round grains c. red sparks
A d. no sparks
63. The purpose of tumbler gears in lathe is to B
a. cut gears 73. The alignment of coupling faces can checked by
b. cut thread a. inserting a feeler gage between coupling faces at various
c. give desired direction of the movement to the lathe carriage points around the circumference
d. reduce spindle speed b. inserting thermometer
C c. rotating and measuring to nearest permanent fitting
64. A sine bar cannot be used without a/an d. using an inside micrometer
a. angle gage A
b. micrometer 74. A drill bit has
c. slip gage a. 1 flute
d. vernier caliper b. 2 flutes
A c. 3 flutes
65. The operation of finishing drilled hole to the correct size is known as d. 4 flutes
a. counter boring B
b. counter sinking
c. reaming
d. spot facing
C 75. When using a drill press, the work should be held with
66. When the outer corners of the cutting edges of a drill wear away to a. a pair of pulley
rapidly, it is an indication of? b. a vise or clamp
a. not enough speed c. gloves on
b. too much rake angle d. the hand
c. too much high speed B
d. B or C 76. When a lathe is put into back gear, it will go
D a. at a slower speed backwards
67. Carbon steel should be operated at b. at the same speed backward
a. speed greater than that when using a high speed drill c. faster
b. speed less than that when using a high speed drill d. slower
c. the same speed as that using a high speed steel D
d. none of the above 77. On a lathe, the dead center is used after
4
 a. boring b. conduit
b. center-drilling c. sheet metal under 18 gage
c. drilling d. any of the above
c. reaming D
B 88. A coolant is used when cutting a material in a power hacksaw to
78. The best file to use when finishing sharp corner or a lots of grooves is a. absorb heat of friction
the b. prevent the blade from overheating
a. jewelry file c. prevent the blade from loose temper
b. knife file d. all of the above
c. mill file D
d. square file 89. A hacksaw blade with 10 teeth per inch is best suited for cutting
B a. aluminum
79. Never use a file b. cast iron
a. that is dirty c. solid iron
b. with a tang d. any of the above
c. without a handle D
d. without oiling
B
80. Which of the following information is necessary when ordering a file
a. size
b. shape
c. type of teeth 90. When cutting a long thin piece of metal
d. all the above a. set the blade in the frame with the teeth facing toward you
D b. turn the blade at right angles to the frame
81. When filling a piece of metal in a lathe if short quick strokes are used c. turn the blade upside down in the frame
the finished piece will probably d. use a blade with fewer teeth per inch
a. be out of round B
b. be perfect 91. The hacksaw blade should be placed in the frame with
c. have small flat areas on the surfaces a. one end looser than the other end
d. A and C b. the teeth facing in any direction
D c. the teeth pointing backward
82. The best procedure when filling a piece of metal in a lathe is to take d. the teeth facing forward*
______ D
a. long fast stroke 92. A hacksaw blade with 34 teeth per inch should be used for cutting
b. long slow stroke a. brass
c. short even stroke b. cast iron
d. short fast stroke c. heavy
B d. thin wall tubing
83. Small piece of metal clogged between the teeth on a file are called D
a. bumps 93. All hard hacksaw blade is best suited for work on
b. clogs a. brass
c. flats b. cast iron
d. pins c. tool steel
D d. any of the above
84. Finishing off a piece of metal with a real smooth finish can be done by D
a. draw-filling 94. A hacksaw blade with 14 TPI is best suited for cutting
b. flat-filing a. cold rolled steel
c. milling-filing b. hot rolled steel
d. slide-filing c. structural steel
A d. any of the above
85. For finishing a piece of work to size the file to use is the D
a. crossing file 95. Files are divided into two general classes, namely
b. double-cut fine-tooth file a. flat shapes and round shapes
c. mill file b. large and small
d. single-cut fine-tooth file c. rough and smooth
D d. single-cut and double-cut
86. For filling lead or babbit, use a D
a. lead float file 96. A hacksaw blade can be placed in a frame in
b. mile file a. one position
c. vixen file b. two positions
d. A and C c. three positions
D d. four positions
87. A hacksaw blade with 32 TPI is best suited for cutting D
a. small tubing 97. A hard hacksaw blade is one that
5
 a. has a hard back and flexible teeth
b. has a flexible back and hared teeth 107. The square head of a combination set is used for marking or
c. has the entire blade hardened checking the angles:
d. will only fit a solid frame hacksaw a. 90⁰ only
C b. 45⁰ only
c. 90⁰ and 45⁰ *
98. Hacksaw blade with 24 TPI is best suited for cutting d. any angle between 0-180⁰
a. brass and copper
b. sheet metal over 18 gages 108. Angle plate is made of:
c. tubing a. closed grain cast iron *
d. any of the above b. cast steel
D c. tool steel
99. Hacksaw blades are made of d. high speed steel
a. high speed
b. tool steel 109. The eye hole of a hammer head is made in oval shape and taper
c. tungsten alloy steel towards centre because:
d. any of the above
D a. it is easy for production
100. A flexible hacksaw blade is one that has b. it is specially designed by experts
a. a movable blade c. it accommodates the handle and a wedge for
b. flexible ends preventing it from flying off*
c. only the back hardened d. none of the above
d. only the teeth hardened
D 110. The jaws of a leg vice are opened:
101. When lathe tool bit burns, it means that the
a. speed is too low a. parallel to each other
b. speed is too fast b. in ‘V’ form*
c. material is too hard c. A and B both
d. material cannot be done d. neither A nor B
B
102. The lathe compound is used for 111. For general work the cutting angle of a cold flat chisel is ground at
a. angle cutting an angle of:
b. grooving
c. facing a. 80⁰
d. any of the above b. 70⁰
D c. 60⁰ *
103. A universal chuck cannot be used to cut d. 35⁰
a. an accentric
b. a round stock
c. a cam
d. A and C 112. A new hacksaw blade should not be used in old cut because:
D a. the blade is very costly
104. The jaw of a standard vise is b. the blade have very sharp teeth
a. hard c. the space is not sufficient to play the new blade in the old cut
b. semi-hard *
c. semi-soft d. none of the above
d. soft
A 113. Which of the following file is not hardened:
105. When facing off a piece of material in the lathe chuck the bit must a. tang *
be set b. heel
a. above center c. body
b. at the center d. point
c. below the center
d. off center 114. In case of a flat scraper, the depth of the cut is verified by:
B a. changing the convexity of the cutting angle
b. changing its inclination *
c. changing its weight
d. none of the above

106. The out break of fire can be avoided by preventing: 115. Generally spiral fluted reamer has spirals of:
a. fuel a. left hand *
b. heat b. right hand
c. oxygen c. straight
d. any one of the above* d. none of the above
6
 c. nominal and lower limit
116. In which screw thread the side = width of flat = width space = 0.5p d. minimum and maximum *
a. knuckle
b. buttress 127. ‘Go’ limit is:
c. square * a. upper limit of shaft
d. acme b. lower limit of shaft
c. A and B both *
117. A stud is which: d. neither A and B
a. have threads on one end
b. require a nut 128. Lapping is done:
c. inserted in a plane hole a. to finish the job to a fine degree of accuracy
d. none of the above * b. to get high quality of surface teeth
c. to control the size
118. ’18 – 8’ stainless steel means: d. all of the above *
a. 18% Tungsten and 8% Chromium
b. 18% Chromium and 8% Nickel* 129. In which method a bore is finished to a very closed tolerance:
c. 18% Nickel and 8% Chromium a. lapping
d. 18% Chromium and 8% Cobalt b. honning *
c. grinding
119. Which is the lightest metal: d. turning
a. lead
b. G.I. Sheet 130. Jig bushings are generally made of:
c. aluminum * a. mild steel
d. cast iron b. cast iron
c. tool steel *
120. Hardened steel parts have: d. brass
a. fine grains *
b. coarse grains 131. Fixture clamps are generally made of:
c. medium grains a. high carbon steel
d. none of the above b. case hardened mild steel *
c. high speed steel
121. Concentricity of a outside diameter can be checked by: d. alloy steel
a. vernier caliper
b. outside micrometer 132. Successful designing of jigs and fixtures depend upon:
c. dial test indicator * a. clamping arrangement
d. tube micrometer b. tool guiding elements
c. manufacturing conditions
122. Which micrometer has no anvil: d. all of the above *
a. outside micrometer
b. depth micrometer * 133. When an external gear is meshed with an internal gear, the gears
c. screw thread micrometer will rotate in:
d. digit micrometer a. same direction *
b. opposite direction
123. Which micrometer is available with extension rods: c. will not rotate
a. outside micrometer d. none of the above
b. inside micrometer *
c. screw thread micrometer 134. While soldering the flux is used because:
d. combi micrometer
a. it assists for quick melting and increasing the
124. Which gauge is used to check the internal threads: fluidity of solder
a. plug gauge b. it saves the part from oxidation
b. ring gauge c. it takes the molten metal on all surfaces
c. thread plug gauge * d. all of the above *
d. thread ring gauge
135. A usual ratio of soluble oil and water used in coolant is:
125. In case of a limit plug gauge which size will not enter into the hole: a. 1 : 10
a. ‘Go’ size b. 10 : 1
b. ‘Not Go’ size * c. 1 : 20 *
c. A and B both d. 20 : 1
d. none of the above
136. If rpm = 200, feed per revolution = 0.05mm, then feed per minute
126. Limit gauge is made to the _____ sizes of the work to be measured: will be:
a. actual and nominal a. 100mm
b. nominal and upper limit b. 10mm *
7
 c. 4mm a. chromium
d. 1mm b. vanadium
c. tungsten *
137. For a given rpm. If the diameter if a twist drill increases, then the d. nickel
cutting speed will:
147. The value of one micron is:
a. increase * a. 1.00 mm
b. decrease b. 0.10 mm
c. same c. 0.01 mm
d. none of the above d. 0.001 mm *

138. An advance motion along the longitudinal axis of a twist drill is 148. For the accurate measurement of bores, the best instrument is:
called: a. vernier caliper
a. speed b. dial test indicator
b. feed * c. plug gauge
c. cutting speed d. inside micrometer *
d. none of the above
150. Under sine principle the length of sine bar takes the place of:
139. In internal cylindrical grinding the grinding wheel and the work a. opposite side
rotate in: b. adjacent side
a. same direction c. hypotenuse *
b. opposite direction * d height
c. neither A and B
d. A and B both 151. In a hydraulic driven shaper the metal is removed at:
a. higher speed *
140. For grinding materials having low tensile strength which abrasive is b. lower speed
used: c. average speed
a. silicon carbide * d. none of the above
b. aluminum carbide
c. emery 152. In a shaper the cutting speed (metric) is expressed in:
d. corrundum a. meter per minute *
b. meter per second
141. The size of a grinding wheel is taken from: c. meter per hour
a. diameter of wheel d. none of the above
b. bore size
c. width of face 152. Amount of automatic feed in shaper is increased by taking the crank
d. all of the above * pin:
a. at the centre of crank disc
142. Which center is used for supporting open end of pipes, shells etc. b. towards the centre of crank disc
while turning or thread cutting in a lathe: c. away from the centre of crank disc *
a. ball centre d. none of the above
b. half centre
c. pipe centre * 153. In a shaper the feed (metric) is usually expressed in:
d. female centre a. mm / stroke *
b. mm / revolution
143. When outside diameter of a job is turned in relation to the internal c. meter / minute
hole, the job should be held: d. none of the above
a. in three jaw chuck
b. on lathe mandrel * 154. For cutting gear teeth in a shaper, the _____ tool is used:
c. on face plate a. gooseneck
d. between centres b. ‘V’ shaped
c. round nose
144. The included angle of a dead centre is: d. form *
a. 30⁰
b. 45⁰ 155. Shaper tool bit should not extend in tool holder beyond:
c. 60⁰ * a. 5 mm
d. 90⁰ b. 15mm *
c. 25mm
145. The angle of B.A. screw thread is: d. 50mm
a. 60⁰
b. 55⁰ 156. The standard ratio of cutting to return stroke in shaper is:
c. 45⁰ a. 3 : 1
d. 47.5⁰ * b. 1 : 3
146. Main alloying element in H.S.S. is: c. 2 : 3
8
 d. 3 : 2 * a. 6⁰
b. 4⁰
157. A tipped tool is more useful than H.S.S. tool because: c. 2⁰
a. it can resists more heat d. 1⁰ *
b. it can keep the cutting point sharp
c. cutting speed can be increased 167. Planer type milling machine is built up for work of:
d. all of the above * a. light duty
b. heavy duty *
158. The feed in shaper takes place at: c. medium duty
d. none of the above
a. the beginning of return stroke
b. the beginning of cutting stroke 168. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used to mill the
c. the middle of return stroke work:
d. the end of return stroke * a. one
b. two *
c. three or more
d. any one of the above
159. Which of the following quick return mechanism is most widely used
in most of the slotters: 169. For gear cutting which cutter is used:
a. whitworth mechanism * a. end mill cutter
b. slotter disc mechanism b. plain milling cutter
c. hydraulic mechanism c. form relieve cutter *
d. slotter link and gear mechanism d. all of the above

160. In a slotter the cutting speed depends upon: 170. The approximate hardness of HSS end mill cutter is:
a. materials to be used a. 45 HRC
b. materials of the slotter tool b. 52 HRC
c. finish required c. 62 HRC *
d. all of the above * d. 72 HRC

161. The clamping block to be used in a slotter to support the end of the 171. The over arm of a milling machine is used to support:
strap is made of: a. spindle
a. H.S.S. b. arbor *
b. high carbon steel c. column
c. lead d. table
d. wood *
172. Which of the following conditions may cause error during knurling:
162. Divided table planer has: a. to much longitudinal feed *
a. one table b. clamped length of tool too short
b. two tables * c. surface speed too low
c. one housing d. unnecessary support with tail stock centre
d. two housing
173. Mark the cutter which works simultaneously with up cut and down
163. The straddle milling is done by means of two: cut process:
a. side milling cutters * a. side milling cutter
b. plain milling cutters b. semi-circular milling cutter
c. face milling cutters c. shell end mill *
d. form cutters d. plain milling cutter

164. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank for simple 174. A polygon with 9 flats is to be milled using the indexing head. The
indexing is: indexing head transmission ratio is 40 : 1. Determine the number of crank
a. T = 20 / N rotation and mark the correct answer:
b. T = N / 20 a. 9 full rotation
c. T = 40 / N * b. 5 full rotation, 2 holes on the 36 hole circle
d. T = N / 40 c. 4 full rotation, 12 holes on the 27 hole circle *
d. 2 full rotation, 16 holes on the 47 hole circle
165. In a standard worm dividing head the ration between the worm
wheel and the worm is: 175. Where the relieved cutters are reground:
a. 10 : 1 a. on the circumstances
b. 20 : 1 b. relieved cutters are not reground
c. 30 : 1 c. on the flank *
d. 40 : 1 * d. on the side faces

166. In a standard dividing head 3 holes in 27 holes circles will be:

9
176. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centres in c. equalize the weight in every portion of the wheel *
cylindrical grindings: d. none of the above
a. the job will be out of round *
b. the job will be oversized 187. Grinding fluids are used to:
c. the job will be thrown out a. reduce the friction between the wheel face and the job
d. the job will not rotate b.
c. prevent loading of wheel
177. Which of the following is used to clean the gauge blocks before and d. all of the above *
after use:
a. brush 188. Taps are resharpened by grindings:
b. cotton waste a. flutes *
c. chamois leather or lenen cloth * b. threads
d. none of the above c. diameter
d. relief
178. One of the cause of grinding wheel glazing is:
a. grain size is too fine 189. In vertical milling machine the spindle Is attached ______ to the
b. wheel is hard work table.
c. wheel speed is too fast a. horizontal
d. A and B both * b. vertical*
c. angular
179. The grade of grinding wheel depends upon: d. none of the above
a. grain size
b. structure 191. Planer type milling machine is built up for ____
c. kind of abrasive work of:
d. hardness of bond * a. light duty
b. heavy duty *
180. Which kind of bond is commonly used: c. medium duty
a. vitrified * d. none of the above
b. rubber
c. shellac 192. In a straddle milling operation how many cutters are used to mill the
d. silicon work:
a. one
181. A grinding wheel has got the marking ‘C’, is made with the abrasive: b. two *
a. aluminum oxide c. three or more
b. silicon carbide * d. any of the above
c. combination of A and B 193. For gear cutting which cutter is used.
d. corrundum a. end mill cutter
b. plain milling cutter
182. As per Indian standard, the grain size 46 comes under the group: c. form relief cutter*
a. coarse grain d. all of the above
b. medium grain *
c. fine grain 194. In a slotter the table gets ___ different feeds.
d. very fine grain a. one
b. two
183. As per Indian standard ‘M’ grade wheel comes under the group: c. three*
a. soft d. none of the above
b. medium *
c. hard 195. If the clearance of a cutting edge is 5 degree, the lip (wedge) angle in
d. none of the above 75 degree the rake angle will be,

184. The symbol conventionally used for resinoid bond is: a. 80 degree
a. ‘V’ b. 70 degree
b. ‘R’ c. 10 degree*
c. ‘B’ * d. none of the above
d. ‘E’
196. The approximate hardness of HSS and mill cutter is,
185. A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5 means:
a. kind of abrasive a. 45 HRC
b. kind of bond b. 52 HRC
c. structure * c. 62 HRC*
d. grain size d. 72 HRC
186. Balancing of grinding wheel is done to:
a. make the outside diameter concentric with the bore 197. The over arm of a milling machine is used to support
b. make the sides of wheel parallel
10
 a. spindle c. kind of abrasive
b. arbor d. hardness on bond*
c. column
d. table* 207. Which kind of bond is commonly used?
a. vitrified*
198. Where does the speed motion takes place in slotting machine? b. rubber
c. shellac
a. during the cutting motion d. silicon
b. after each forward stroke
c. at the end of return motion 208. Which bond is suitable in wet grinding?
d. after each double stroke* a. rubber
b. silicate*
199. Which of the following conditions may cause error during knurling? c. shellac
d. non of the above
a. too much longitudinal feed*
b. clamped length of tool too short 209. A grinding wheel which has got the marking “C” is made with the
c. surface speed too low abrasive?
d. unnecessary support with tool stock center a. aluminum oxide
b. silicon carbide*
200. Mark the milling method during which the formation of chatter c. combination of a and b
marks is very likely. d. corrundum

a. during down cut milling with a straight tooth cutter 210. As per india standard the grain size 46 comes under the group:
b. during up cut milling with a straight tooth cutter* a. coarse grain
c. during face milling with a straight tooth cutter b. medium grain*
d. while using spiral tooth cutter c. fine grain
d. very fine grain
201. Mark the cutter which works simultaneously with the up cut and
down cut process: 211. As per indian standard “M” grade wheel comes under the group:
a. soft
a. side milling cutter b. medium*
b. semi circular milling cutter c. hard
c. shell end mill* d. non of the above
d. plain milling cutter
212. The symbol resinoid bond is:
202. Where the relieve cutter are reground? a. “V”
a. on the circumstances b. “R”
b. relieve cutters are not reground c. “B”*
c. on the flank* d. “E”
d. on the side faces

203. What happens if the job is loosely fitted between centers in 213. The grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of these 5
cylindrical grindings? means:
a. the job will be out on round* a. kind of abrasive
b. the job will be oversize b. kind of bond
c. the job will be thrown out c. structure*
d. the job will not rotate d. grain size

204. The internal and external taper on cylindrical jobs are ground in: 214. Balancing of grinding wheel is done to:
a. plain cylindrical grinding machine
b. universal cylindrical grinding machine* a. make the outside diameter concentric with the bore
c. internal grinding machine b. make the sides of wheel parallel
d. centerless grinding machine c. equalize the weight in every portion the wheel*
d. none of the above
205. Which of the following is used in cleaning the gage blocks before
and after use? 215. The common measuring tools are:
a. grain size is too fine
b. wheel is hard a. steel rule
c. wheel speed is too fast b. vernier caliper
d. a and b both* c. micrometer
d. all of the above*
206. The grade of grinding wheel depends upon
a. grain size 216. It is an operation in stretching or spreading over the metal by means
b. structure of the plane of the hammer.
11
 a. peening* 226. A type of iron which contains 3 to 305% carbon either in, combined
b. swaging form or in true state.
c. bending
d. upsetting a. wrought iron
b. cast iron*
217. The good quality of a measuring tool. c. pig iron
a. should be easy to handle d. gray iron
b. should be easy to read
c. should be wear resistance 227. Which of the following furnace used for manufacture of cast iron?
d. all of the above* a. cupola furnace
b. crucible furnace
218. A notching device, which is used to hold or grip work place, while c. electric furnace
filing, chipping or any other bench work or while machining or drilling d. all of the above*
them.
a. vise* 228. A product of paddling furnace, which contains less than 0.10%
b. clamp carbon, is called
c. grip a. wrought iron*
d. pressed b. cast iron
c. pig iron
219. A multi pointed hand anything tool used to remove material from d. gray iron
metallic and non-metallic work places to match with drawing, shape and
size. 229. Which of the following is a property of wrought iron?
a. cold chisel a. ductile*
b. file* b. brittle
c. hacksaw c. cannot be forged
d. none of the above d. can be easily cast into different shapes

220. A side cutting tool used for accurately finishing the straight or 230. Which of the following gives greater hardness, cutting toughness
tapered holes already drilled or bored and fine grain structure?
a. reamer* a. chromium*
b. swaging b. nickel
c. peening c. tungsten
d. tapping d. vanadium

221. A devise used to fix two or more parts 231. It is the process for making the outer surface harden of the steel
a. jigs part.
b. fixtures a. frame hardening
c. fastener* b. hardening
d. clamps c. case hardening*
d. carburizing
222. A machine element inserted parallel to the axis of the shaft
a. fastener 232. It is a case hardening process by which the carbon content of the
b. cutter steel near the surface of a part is increased.
c. key* a. nitriding
d. none of the above b. tempering
c. carburizing*
223. A machine element inserted at the right angle to the axis of the shaft d. flame hardening
is known as
a. fastener 233. It is a case hardening process in which work piece is heated in a
b. cutter* steam of ammonia at 500 to 550 C.
c. key a. carburizing
d. clamp b. nitriding*
c. tempering
224. The process of extracting iron in a blast is called d. normalizing
a. sintering
b. smelting* 234. The size by which it is referred to as a matter of convenience called:
c. casting
d. manufacturing a. basic size
225. Which of the following is a product of a blast furnace? b. actual size
a. wrought iron c. nominal size*
b. cast iron d. effective size
c. pig iron*
d. gray iron 235. It is a device which hold the job in position and guide the cutting tool
12
. a. plastic bearing
a. clamp b. metal bearing
b. jig* c. roller bearing*
c. vise d. ball bearing
d. grip
245. It is a process by which the length of a work place is increased by
236. It is a device which hold the job firmly. reducing its cross sectional area.
a. clamp a. drawing out*
b. grip b. drifting
c. fixture* c. jumping
d. jig d. upsetting

237. It is the outer surface of face of rim of the pulley and made in convex 246. It is process by which the length of a work piece is reduced
form to keep the belt in center when it is in n a. upsetting
b. drawing out
a. crowning* c. drifting
b. dressing d. jumping*
c. creep
d. slip 247. It is a set of gears fitted in different positions on a plain, which are
controlled by a lever.
238. It is used to transmit motion at high speed without producing noise. a. gear train
a. bevel gears b. stud gear
b. hypoid gears c. tumbler gear*
c. helical gears* d. differential gear
d. worm gears
248. It moves on the lathe bed with cutting tool according to the rotation
239. It is used t transmit motion at high speed with heavy load without of lead screw or by the hand traversing wheel
producing noise. a. apron
b. compound rest
a. worm gear c. saddle*
b. herring bone gear* d. mandrel
c. bevel gear
d. spur gear 249. It acts the carriage or compound rest through the mechanism lifted
inside the _________
240. It is used to connect and disconnect the driving and driven units. a. saddle
a. brake b. apron*
b. spring c. compound
c. clutch* d. mandrel
d. coupling

241. It connect the shafts with soft material such as rubber, leather and
canvass. 250. It gives the cutting tool longitudinal feed, cross feed or angular feed.
a. compound rest*
a. universal coupling b. apron
b. flexible coupling* c. saddle
c. rigid coupling d. carriers
d. oldhm coupling
251. A holding device used to hold the job properly when turning the
242. What is used to connect the shafts whose axes are intersecting? outer surface through the finished hole called
a. rigid coupling a. clamp
b. oldham coupling b. fixture
c. flexible coupling c. jig
d. universal coupling* d. mandrel*
252. Which of the following gives shearing action?
243. It is generally used on high speed with light load because it has point a. slide rake
contact. b. top rake*
a. ball bearing* c. side clearance
b. roller bearing d. front clearance
c. metal bearing
d. wood bearing 253. What supports top rake?
a. front clearance*
b. side clearance
244. It is generally used on high speed with heavy load because it has line c. side rake
contact. d. front clearance
13
 c. steel
255. Which of the following reduces the rubbing action? d. cast iron
a. front clearance*
b. side clearance 264. Staggering of hacksaw blade teeth on both sides alternately is called
c. slide rake
d. top rake a. positioning the teeth
b. arrangement of teeth
255. Which of the following is used for all general purposes? c. setting of teeth*
a. production process d. none of the above
b. puncher slotter*
c. tool room slotter 265. The size of a file is measured from ______ to heel of the file.
d. none of the above a. Edge
b. Base
256. It is an operation of milling the complex surfaces with the help of a c. Point*
group cutters mounted on the same arbor. d. body
a. gang milling*
b. straddle milling 266. It is the distance measure to the axis from a point on a screw thread
c. climb milling to the corresponding point on the next thread.
d. down milling a. lead
257. It is an operation of milling two opposite sides of work place at a b. pitch*
time by using two side milling cutters on the same arbors. c. linear
a. gang milling d. chord
b. straddle milling*
c. side milling 267. Solder is an alloy of _____
d. face milling
a. lead and zinc
258. It is an attachment to the milling machine which helps to divide the b. lead and tin*
job periphery into a number of equal divisors. c. lead and tungsten
a. index d. lead and antimony
b. dividing head*
c. slotting 268. It is a machine tool used for cutting flat surfaces by reciprocating a
d. universal spiral single point tool across the work piece.

259. It is an operation to divide the periphery of the job into the number a. planer
of equal parts accurately. b. shearing machine
a. dividing head c. shaper*
b. indexing* d. slab cutter
c. slotting
d. none of the above 269. It is the machine used for shaping of metal or plastic by pushing or
pulling a broaching across a surface or through an centering hole in a
260. The angle formed between the face of the tool and work surface or work piece.
the tangent to the work place at the point of contact with the tool called a. planning
a. clearance angle b. shaping
b. cutting angle* c. broaching*
c. rake angle d. milling
d. wedge angle
270. It is a milling method in which parts placed in a row parallel to the
261. The size of the tri square is measured from the inner edge of stock axis of the cutting tool end are milled simultaneously.
to the end of its ________
a. base a. abreast milling*
b. blade* b. angular milling
c. edge c. helical milling
d. body d. none of the above

262. The best method of avoiding accident is by observing _______ 271. A core drill with hardened steel shot pallets that revolve under the
related to job, machine and work place. rim of the rotating tube, employed in rotary drilling in every hard ground.
a. emery a. automatic drill
b. opponent b. double core barrel drill
c. safety precaution* c. flat drill
d. cleanliness d. adamantine drill*

263. Mallets are made of _______ 272. The part of the machine for wood planning that carries the cutter.
a. hardwood* a. adz stock
b. soft wood b. adz block*
14
 c. head stock d. fluting
d. head block
282. A device for holding grinding wheels of special shape of the working
273. It is a hole revolving cutter or grinder wheel for mounting it on an piece being grounded.
arbor. a. head stock
a. hole saw b. fixtures
b. arbor hole* c. jigs
c. star drill d. chucks*
d. punp hole
283. Grinding grooves of a twist drill or tap.
274. A machine used for forcing an arbor or a mandrel into drilled or a. fluting*
bored parts preparatory to turning or grinding b. flaring
a. automatic press c. lapping
b. bladder press d. honing
c. arc press
d. arbor press* 284. The dulling of the cutting particles of a grinding wheel resulting in a
decreased rule of cutting is called
275. A machine in which material pulverized between two toothed metal a. grinding
disks rotating in opposite directions. b. glazing*
c. fluting
a. attrition mill* d. lapping
b. tumbling mill
c. ball mill 285. The process of increasing the cross-sectional area of a given portion
d. beater mill or possibly of the whole piece.
a. forging
276. A press in which mechanical feeding of the work is synchronized b. upsetting*
with the press action. c. spreading
d. drawing
a. dial press
b. punch press 286. The process of lengthening a piece of stock while the cross-sectional
c. automatic press* area is being reduced.
d. manual press a. tapping
b. honing
277. A file whose edges are parallel is known as c. drawing*
d. upsetting
a. crochet file
b. cross cut file 287. Sometimes used for soldering bright tin
c. equaling file a. tallow
d. blunt file* b. sal ammonia
c. tinning
278. Which of the following is a boring machine tool used particularly for d. rosin*
large work piece, types are horizontal and vertical
a. boring mill* 288. A very effective flux for soldering galvanized iron or zinc.
b. burrstone mill a. soldering paste
c. cage mill b. muriatic acid*
d. chile mill c. zinc chloride
d. cut acid
279. A tap with a chamfer 1-1 1/2 threads in length
a. center tap 290. The groove providing for the cutting faces of the thread or teeth,
b. bottom tap* chip passage and lubrication.
c. taper tap
d. plug tap a. heel
b. land
280. A small portable hand drill customarily used by hand setters to drill c. flute*
hole in breast called d. thread relief
a. diamond drill
b. spiral drill 290. The surface below the cutting edge
c. chum drill a. face
d. breast drill* b. flank*
c. nose
281. The spindle of the grinding machine on which the wheel is mounted d. side relief
a. bushing
b. arbor* 291. Which is the hardest material?
c. bearing a. steel
15
 b. diamond* 301. Grinding is done wherever
c. bronze a. other machining operation cannot be carried out
d. brass b. a large amount of material is to be removed
c. high accuracy is required*
292. It measures the slope of top surface of the tool to the side in a d. none of these
direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis.
a. side rake angle* 302. Laser beam machining process is used to machine.
b. side cutting edge angle
c. side relief edge angle a. thicker materials
d. end relief angle b. thinner materials*
c. heavier materials
293. A type of bonding material which is made of clay and water d. stronger materials
a. resinoid bond
b. vitrified bond* 303. Twists drills are made usually considered suitable machining holes
c. shellac bond having a length less than
d. rubber bond
a. two times the diameter
b. five times the diameter*
c. ten times the diameter
294. It is used for holding straight shank drills in the spindle of the d. twenty times the diameter
machine when drilling
a. drill chuck* 304. A high grade grinding wheel is suitable for grinding,
b. chuck key a. hard materials
c. floating holder b. soft materials*
d. magic chuck c. both materials
d. none of these
295. Back rake for HSS single point cutting tool machine free cutting brass
is 305. In quick return mechanism of shaping machine , the ram stroke
a. 0 deg * length is proportional to
b. 5 deg
c. 10 deg a. slotter arm length
d. 15 deg b. crank length*
c. ram length
296. A reamer is used to correct the d. none of these
a. size and roundness of a drilled hole*
b. finish and position of a drilled hole 306. The type and number of bearings to be used for spindles of machine
c. size and position of a drilled hole tool depend on the
d. finish and depth of a drilled hole
a. type of spindle
297. A oversize hole is produced by a drill if b. type of machine tool
a. lips of drill are of unequal length * c. load on bearing*
b. speed too high d. none of the above
c. insufficient coolant used
d. cutting speed is too high 307. Nitriding process of surface treatment for steel tools is used for
taking
298. The major factors which determine the rpm of milling cutter are the
materials being cut and the ______ a. light cuts*
a. number of teeth in cutter b. heavy cuts
b. diameter of cutter c. medium cuts
c. time allowed to complete the job* d. none of the above
d. depth of cutter
308. A very low cutting speeds the tool wear is due to
299. The studs used as a coolant machine shop consists of a. plowing action*
a. solution of detergent and water] b. transfer
b. a straight mineral oil c. material
c. an emulsion of oil and water* d. temperature
d. a chemical solution
309. Are mixture of hard cotton seed or rape-seed oils and mineral oils
300. Grinding is
a. metal fusing operation a. cutting oils*
b. metal powdering operation b. cooling oils
c. metal finishing operation* c. heating oils
d. none of the above d. emulsion

16
310. What is the material for hacksaw blade? a. Drilling
a. high carbon steel b. Boring *
b. high speed steel c. Reaming
c. low tungsten steel d. Broaching
d. any of the above*
320. An operation to make smaller hole in exact center for lathe center
311. How is rivets is made? a. Broaching
a. Cold pressing * b. Reaming
b. Rolling c. Counter boring
c. Drawing d. Center bearing *
d. None of these
321. The size of abrasive grains produced by crushing process is called..
312.It is used to measure gap between two mating parts to set the job a. Grade
and machine in alignment and to measure clearance of piston and b. Grit *
cylinders in automobiles c. Grill
d. None of the above
a. Compound Gauge
b. Feeler Gauge* 322 .It is also known as slab peripheral milling.
c. Inspection Gauge a. Form milling
d. Workshop Gauge b. Climb milling
c. Convex milling
313. The movement of belt upon the face of rim or outer surface of the d. Plain milling *
driver and the driven pulleys within the area of arc of contact.
323. In _____ the tool is released in return stroke.
a. Compound Gauge a. Shaper*
b. Feeler gauge* b. Planer
c. Inspection Gauge c. Slotter
d. Workshop gauge d. Reamer

314.The movement of belt upon the face of rim or outer surface of the 324. It is the process of driving the periphery of the job in degrees.
driver and the driven pulleys within the area of arc of contact. a. Direct indexing
b. Plain indexing
a. Slip c. Differential indexing
b. Creep * d. Angular indexing *
c. Interference
d. Crowning 325. It is a method of grinding cylindrical surfaces.
a. Center less grinding *
315. It is the process by which the length of a work piece reduced. b. Plunge – cut grinding
a. Drawing c. Through feed grinding
b. Drifting d. None of the above
c. Jumping *
d. Upsetting
326. It is the angle between the side cutting edge and longitudinal axis of
316. It cannot be forged because it will break if heated and beaten by the tool.
hammer. a. Side cutting edge angle *
a. High speed steel b. End cutting angle
b. Tool steel c. Side relief angle
c. Carbon steel d. End relief angle
d. Cast iron *
327. It is a surface finishing process and is used to produced a lustrous
317. It is a process of enlarging and smoothing the punched hole by surface of attractive appearance.
means of tapered drifts of various sizes and shapes. a. Polishing
a. Drifting * b. Buffing *
b. Drawing c. Lapping
c. Jumping d. Glazing
d. Upsetting
328. A _____ is formed when a shaft rotates in a bush, lines of the bore
318. Shaper tools are made of what type of material? of a housing.
a. Brass
b. Bronze a. Ball bearing
c. High speed steel * b. Roller bearing
d. Babbit c. Plain bearing*
d. Needle bearing
319. An operation of enlarging the previous drilled hole
17
329. CNC in machine shop means

a. Computer number control 338. A tool used for turning nuts or bolts
b. Computer numerical control* a. Pliers
c. Computer network center b. Wrench *
d. Communication network control c. Long nose
d. C –clamp
330. It is the time lost due to break downs, waiting for tools, minor
accident, etc.. 339. A _______ is used to test accuracy of holes.
a. Snap gage
a. Set up time b. Ring gage
b. Handling time c. Plug gage *
c. Machining time d. Depth gage
d. Down time *
340. A ______ consist of a hardened and ground steel bar in which two
331. Refers to the process of separating or removing the burning of hardened and ground of the same diameter are set.
combustible material from the neighborhood of the fire. a. Caliper
a. Starvation * b. Gage block
b. Blanketing c. Sine bar *
c. Cooling d. Micrometer
d. None of the above
341. ________ are hardened devices with a taper shank on one end and a
60 degrees point at the other end.
332. What is necessary to provide tolerance? a. Tailstock centre
a. It serves the labor charges b. Lathe centers *
b. It saves the material from westage c. Live center
c. It saves the time d. Dead center
d. All of the above *
342. It is large casting located on the left end of the bed.
333. It is done then and there by adjusting or repairing the fouls come in a. Tail stock
notice during the work. b. Head stock
a. Preventive maintenance c. Carriage *
b. Predictive maintenance d. Chuck
c. Routine maintenance *
d. Corrective maintenance 343. A ______ is a thread that has a lead equal to pitch.
a. Right hand thread
334. A ________ is used between the cutting tool and work place to b. Left hand thread
minimize the friction heat. c. Single thread *
a. Lubricant d. Multiple head
b. Coolant *
c. Water 344. Used to permit lever shift for vertical travel rail.
d. Alcohol a. Ball crank
b. Clamp plates
335. Which of the following is NOT a function of bearings? c. Plunger knob*
a. To support the shaft d. None of the above
b. To guide the shaft
c. To give free rotation to the shaft 345. It is mounted in the top of column and is guided in perfect alignment
d. To transmit power * by the machined dovetailed surface.
a. Over arm *
336. It is a process of cleaning the face of grinding wheel by means of a b. Spindle
dresser for removing the glazing and loading of wheel and improve the c. Arbor
cutting action of a wheel. d. Saddle
a. Dressing *
b. Polishing 346. Refers to circular milling attachment that is bolted to the top of the
c. Truing table of a plain or universal milling machine.
d. Lapping a. Blotting attachment Rotary attachment*
b. Milling attachment
337. It is a long tapered punch used for loosening straight pins, rivets, and c. Spiral attachment
other small parts being disassembled.
a. Drive – pin punch 347. Name of mechanism, which a welding operator holds during gas
b. Hand punch welding and at the end of which the gages are burrex to perform the
c. Drift punch * various gas welding operation.
d. Center punch a. Hose
b. Torch *
18
 c. Gage d. Vanadium, aluminum
d. Switch
359. A ductile fracture is characterized by
348. A fine grained salty silica rock used for sharpening edged tools. a. Appreciable plastic deformation prior to propagation of crack *
a. Oilstone * b. Fragmentation in more than two pieces
b. Surface grinder c. Negligible deformation
c. Rocky oil d. Rapid rate for crack propagation
d. None of the above
360. Tool can be hardened by
349. A hand tool used to measure engine crank web deflection. a. Heating red hot and plunging into water
a. Feeler gage b. Heating red hot and cooling in blast of dry
b. Compound gage c. Heating red hot and plunging into linseed or cotton lead oil
c. Distortion gage * d. Any of the above, depending on type *
d. Dial gage
361. The purpose of annealing is to make the metal
350. It is used to true and align machine tools, fixtures and works. a. Harder
a. Dial indicator * b. Medium hard
b. Radial indicator c. Softer *
c. Dial gage d. Shiny
d. Feeler gage
362. The purpose of tempering is to make metal
a. Softer
b. Harder
351. It is used for cutting long places of metals. c. Less brittle*
a. Planer d. More brittle
b. Shaper
c. Power saw * 363. A scriber is made of
d. Broaching machine a. Carbon tool steel
b. Cold – rolled steel
352. It is used for external, internal and relieving of mill cutters and taps c. Hot – rolled steel
a. Milling attachment d. Tool steel *
b. Thread attachment
c. Taper attachment 364. It is used in steels as an alloying element to combine hardness
d. Relieving attachment * obtained.
a. Vanadium
353. Stretching or spreading of metal by hammering b. Chromium *
a. Peening * c. Titanium
b. Flaring d. Molybdenum
c. Upsetting
d. Bending 365. It is a process of shearing in which sheet or plate is cut out to a
definite outline in a press.
354. The ________ is the most common of the standard tapers a. Blanking *
a. Brown b. Embossing
b. Janno c. Clamping
c. Sharpe d. Trimming
d. Morse * 366. It is the characteristic of exhibiting different properties when tested
in different directions
356. The ability of metal to stretch, bend or twist w/o breaking or a. Allotropy
cracking is called.. b. Anisotropy *
a. Elasticity c. Isentropic
b. Ductility* d. Isotropic
c. Brittleness
d. Plasticity 367. It is one which specimen supported at both ends as a simple beam is
broken by the impact strength..
357. A fine grained salty silica rock used for sharpening edge tools a. Charpy test *
a. Eutectoid b. Izod test
b. Austenite c. Rockwell test
c. Oilstone * d. Universal test
d. Pearlite
368. Which of the following metals has the highest specific heat capacity
358. Machining properties of steel can be improved by adding.. of 100ºC
a. Chromium nickel a. Aluminum *
b. Silicon, aluminum, titanium b. Bismuth
c. Sulfur , lead, phosphorus * c. Copper
19
 d. Iron

369. Which of the following types of packing would be used in steam

joints?
a. Asbestos 379. For finishing a piece of work to size the file to use is the..
b. Neoprene a. Crossing file
c. Metallic b. Double cut fine file
d. A or C * c. Mill file
370. The process applied to iron pipe which retards corrosion, is called d. Single cut fine file *
a. Galvanizing *
b. Annealing 380. For filling lead or babbit, use a
c. Soldering a. Lead float file
d. Tinning b. Mile file
c. Vixen file
371. A scriber is made from what metal.. d. A or C *
a. Carbon steel 381. Hacksaw blade with 32 TPI is best suited for cutting
b. Cold rolled steel a. Small tubing
c. Tool steel * b. Conduit
d. Hot rolled steel c. Sheet metal under 18 gage
d. All of the above *
372. The best file to use when finishing sharp corners or slots and
grooves 382. A coolant is usually used when cutting material in power hacksaw to
a. Jewelers file a. Absorb heat friction
b. Knife file * b. Prevent the blade from overheating
c. Mill file c. Prevent the blade from loose its temper
d. Square file d. All of the above *

373. Never use file 383. A hacksaw blade with 18TPI is best suited for cutting
a. That is dirty a. Aluminum
b. With a tang b. Cast iron
c. Without a handle * c. Solid iron
d. Without oiling d. Any of the above *

374. Which of the following information is necessary in ordering a file 384. When cutting a long thin piece of metal
a. Size a. Set the blade in the frame with teeth facing toward
b. Shape b. Turn blade at right angle to the frame *
c. Type of teeth c. Turn the blade upside down
d. All of the above * d. None of the above

375. When filling a piece of metal in a lathe if short quick strokes are used 385. The hacksaw blade should place in the frame with
the finished piece will probably a. One end looser than the other end
a. Be out of round b. The teeth facing in any position
b. Be perfect c. The teeth pointing backward
c. Have small flat areas on the surfaces d. The teeth pointing forward *
d. A and C *
386. A hacksaw blade with 34 TPI should be use for cutting
376. The best procedure when filling a piece of metal in lathe is to take a. Brass
a. Long fast stroke b. Cast iron
b. Long slow stroke * c. Thin wall tubing *
c. Short even stroke d. Heavy
d. Short fast stroke
387. All hard hacksaw blade is best suited for
377. Small pieces of metal clogged between the teeth on a file are called a. Brass
a. Pins * b. Cast iron
b. Bumps c. Tool steel
c. Clogs d. Any of the above *
d. Flats
388. A hacksaw blade with 14 TPI is best suited for
378. Finishing off a piece of metal with a real smooth finish can be done a. Cold rolled steel
by b. Hot rolled steel
a. Draw filling * c. Structural steel
b. Flat filling d. Any of the above *
c. Milling filling
d. Side filling 389. Files are divided into two general classes, namely
20
 a. Flat shapes and round shapes
b. Large and small 399. When facing off a piece of material in lathe chuck the bit must be set
c. Rough and smooth _______.
d. Single cut and double cut * a. Above center
b. At the center *
390. A hacksaw blade can be place in a frame in c. Below the center
d. Off center
a. Three position
b. Two position 400. Before applying layout on a piece, it must be
c. One position a. Cleaned *
d. Four position * b. Cold
c. Hot
391. A hard hacksaw blade is one that d. Roughened

a. Has a hard back and flexible teeth 401. Tool steel can be hardened by
b. Has a flexible back and hard teeth a. Heating red hot and plunging into water
c. Has the entire teeth hardened* b. Heating red hot and cooling in blast of dry air
d. Will fit a solid frame c. Heating red hot and plunging line seed or cotton seed oil
d. Any of the above, depending on the type and use *
392. Hacksaw blade with 24 TPI is best suited for cutting
402.A piece of mild steel held against an emery wheel will give off
a. Brass and copper a. Bright shiny spark
b. Sheet metal over 18 gage b. Yellow sparks
c. Tubing c. Light straw – colored sparks*
d. Any of the above * d. No sparks

393. Hacksaw blade are made of 403. Another name of hydrochloric acid is
a. High speed steel a. Acetic acid
b. Tool steel b. Muriatic acid *
c. Tungsten alloy steel c. Nitric acid
d. Any of the above * d. Sulfuric acid
404. A flexible hacksaw blade has a tendency to _________
394. A flexible hacksaw blade is one that has a. Snap easy
b. Buckle or run out of fine when too much pressure is
a. A movable back supplied*
b. Flexible ends c. Cut too fast
c. Only the back hardened d. Cut on a slant
d. Only the teeth hardened *
405. A pillar file is used for _________
395. The flexible type hacksaw blade is best suited for a. Filling against a shoulder
b. Filling keyways
a. Aluminum c. Filling slots
b. Channel d. Any of the above *
c. Tubing
d. Any of the above * 406. The length of file is used for ________
a. End to end
396. When lathe tool bit burns, it means that b. Heel to end
c. Point to end
a. Speed is too low d. Point to heel *
b. Speed is too fast *
c. Material is too hard 407. A pillar file has
d. Material cannot bend a. One safe edge
b. Three safe edges
397. The lathe compound is used for c. Two safe edges
a. Angle cutting d. A and C *
b. Grooving 408. The “tang” is a part of file that
c. Facing a. Does the cutting
d. Any of the above * b. Fits into the handle *
c. Has no teeth
398. The jaw of standard vise is d. Is opposite the handle
a. Hard *
b. Soft 409. One of the factors involved in the choice of a grinding wheel is
c. Semihard a. The kind of material to be ground
d. Semisoft b. The amount of stock to be removed
21
 c. The kind of finish required d. The shank will not turn when cutting
d. All of the above *

410. The main difference between a planer and a shaper is that 419. A tool bit for cutting American National Thread should be ground
a. The planer has offset table and the shaper has a horizontal with a ____.
table a. 30 deg.angle
b. The shaper has a rotating table and planer has a horizontal b. 45deg.angle
table c. 60 deg.angle *
c. The table of planer has a reciprocating motion past the d. 56 deg. Angle
tool head while the table of the shaper is stationary and
the tool head has reciprocating motion * 420. Center drilling is the operation of
d. One is larger than the other a. Drilling a center in an odd – shaped of metal
b. Drilling and countersinking with one tool *
411. A piece of tool steel is held against an emery wheel will give off c. Centering with one tool and drilling with one another
_________. d. Drilling a center in a piece of stock in a drill press
a. White sparks with stars on the end *
b. Yellow sparks 421. When cutting a drill, it will squeal due to _______
c. Dull sparks a. Drill being ground properly
d. Green sparks b. Drill being too hot
c. Insufficient lubrication
412. If you use dry a dry grinding wheel for sharpening tool bits, dip the d. Any of the above *
end of he bit in water frequently to prevent _______
a. Annealing the cutting edge of the bit* 422. The correct cutting angle on a drill for ordinary work is
b. Burning your fingers a. 45
c. Hardening of the tip b. 59*
d. The tip from crystalling c. 65
d. 50
413. The tool used to check internal pipe threads is called 423. If the cutting edges of the drill are cut of different angles ________
a. Ring gage a. The drill will not cut
b. Plug gage * b. The hole will be larger than the drill *
c. Center gage c. The hole will be smaller than the drill
d. Thread gage d. None of the above

414. The tool used to check external pipe threads is called 424. If the drill speed is too great, it will
a. Ring gage * a. Cut faster
b. Plug gage b. Loose its temper *
c. Pitch gage c. Cut slower
d. Center gage d. Not cut

415. The operation of truing a grinding wheel is known as 425. Soda added to water is used for cooling instead of plain water
a. Dressing * because
b. Centering a. It reduces the heat generated
c. Rounding b. It improves the finish
d. Sizing c. It overcomes rusting
d. All of the above *

416. The cutting angle on a drill for mild steel should be 426. If the angle of the drill is less than 59 deg
a. 25º a. The drill will make larger hole
b. 69º b. The drill will make smaller hole
c. 59º * c. The hole will take longer to drill and more power is
d. 79º required to drive the drill *
d. The drill will not center properly

417. Which of the following is not a common drill shank? 427. The name of shank use to drill is
a. Bit a. Stanley
b. Fluted * b. Starret
c. Straight c. Miller
d. Taper d. Morse *

418. Tapered shanks are used on a large drill press so that 428. The name of shank use to drill is
a. The drill can be centered more easily a. Stanley
b. The drill can be easily forced out of the sleeve with a drift b. Starret
* c. Morse *
c. The shank can be reground when worn d. Miller
22
429. The tool used to cut thread on pipe is called 439. An oversized hole is produced by a drill if
a. Pipe tool a. Lips of a drill are of unequal length *
b. Pipe vise b. Feed is too high
c. Pipe stock * c. Insufficient coolant is used
d. Pipe thread d. None of the above

430. The instrument used to reshaped a grinding wheel that is grounded 440. The studs are used as coolant in general machine shop consists of
or cut of rounds is called a. Solution of detergent and water
a. Wheel cutter b. An emulsion of oil and water *
b. Wheel aligner c. Chemical solution
c. Wheel emery d. A straight mineral oil
d. Wheel Dresser *
441.Two major factors which determined the rpm of milling cutter are
431. The instrument used to removed old packing glands and stuffing the material being cut and _____
boxes a. Number of teeth in cutter
a. Packing tools * b. Time allowed to finish the job*
b. Packing bills c. Diameter less grinder
c. Gland box clearance d. Depth
d. Packing stuff
442. Electron beam machining process is quite suitable for material
432. Before drilling a hole in a pipe of metal it should be having
a. Center punched * a. High melting point and high thermal conductivity
b. Marked with chalk b. High melting point and low thermal conductivity *
c. Protracted c. Low melting point
d. Scribed d. Low thermal conductivity

433. When measuring a drill for size, measure across the 443. Grinding is what type of operation?
a. Shank a. Metal finish operation *
b. Flute b. Metal fusing operation
c. Lip c. Metal powdering operation
d. Margin * d. None of the above

434. The size of drill is stamped on ______

a. Flute 444. Grinding is done wherever
b. Shank * a. Other machining operations
c. Margin b. A large amount of materials to be removed *
d. Point c. High accuracy is required
d. Any of the above
435. The tool used for cleaning files is called
a. File cleaner 445. Laser beam machining process is used to machine ________.
b. File card * a. Thicker material
c. File oilstone b. Thinner material *
d. Scraper c. Heavy materials
d. Light materials
436. Back rake angle for high speed steel single point cutting tool to
machine free cutting brass is
a. 0 deg * 446. Twist drills are usually considered suitable for machining holes
b. 5 deg having a length less than
c. 30 deg a. Two times its diameter
d. 10 deg b. Five times its diameter*
c. Four times its diameter
437. A reamer is used to correct the d. Eight times its diameter
a. Size and roundness of a drilled hole *
b. Size and position of drilled hole 447. A hard grade grinding wheel is suitable for
c. Finish and position of drilled hole a. Hard materials
d. Depth of drilled hole b. Soft material *
c. Semi hard materials
438. Which of the following is not a common term relating to the d. Heavy load materials
classification of file?
a. Tunking 448. In quick return mechanism of shaping machine , the ram stroke
b. Snug length is proportional to
c. Bound * a. Crank length *
d. Medium force fit b. Cam length
23
 c. Ram length c. Inserted in a plane hole
d. None of the above d. None of the above *

449. The usual ratio of forward and return stroke I quick return 459. “18-8” stainless steel means
mechanism of shaping machine is a. 18% tungsten and 8% chromium
a. 2:1 b. 18% nickel and 8% chromium *
b. 4:3 c. 18% chromium and 8% nickel
c. 3:2 * d. 18% cobalt and 8 % cadmium
d. 5:2
450. The type and number of bearing to be used for spindles of machine 460. Which is the lightest metal
depends on a. Lead
a. Type of spindle b. G.I. steel
b. Type of cutter c. Aluminum *
c. Load on bearing * d. Cast iron
d. None of the above
461. Hardened steel parts have
451. The square head of combination set is used for marking or checking a. Fine grains *
the engine is b. Coarse grains
a. 90 deg only c. No grains
b. 45 degree d. Medium grains
c. 90 and 45 degree *
d. Any angle between 0 -180 462. Concentricity of an outside diameter can be checked by
a. Vernier caliper
452. For general work, the cutting angle of a cold fist chisel is ground at b. Outside micrometer
angle of c. Dial test indicator *
a. 50 deg d. Tube micrometer
b. 60 deg *
c. 80 deg 463. Which gauge is used to check internal threads
d. 70 deg a. Ring gauge
b. Plug gauge
453. Angle plate is made of c. Thread plug gauge *
a. Closed grain cast iron * d. None of the above
b. Cast steel
c. High speed steel 464. In case of limit of plug gauge, which size will not enter into the hole
d. Tool steel a. “GO” size
b. “Not GO” size*
454. A new hack saw blade should be used to old cut because c. “A and B” both
a. The blade is very costly d. None of the above
b. The space is not sufficient to play the new blade in the old
cut * 465. Limit gauge is made to the ______ sizes of the work to be measured
c. The blade have very sharp teeth
d. None of the above a. Actual and nominal
b. Nominal and upper limit
455. Which part of the file is not hardened c. Maximum and minimum *
a. Tang * d. Nominal and upper limit
b. Heel
c. Point 466. “GO” size limits is:
d. Handle a. Upper limit of shaft
b. Lower limit of hole
456. Generally spiral fluted reamer has spirals of c. Both A and B*
a. Right hand d. Neither A or B
b. Left hand *
c. Straight 467. Lapping is done
d. Any of the above a. To finish the job in fine degree
b. To control the size
457. In which screw thread the side = width of space -0.5p c. To get high quality surface
a. Knuckle d. All of the above *
b. Buttress
c. Square * 468. In which method a bore is finished to a very closed tolerance
d. Circle a. Lapping
b. Rapping
458. A stud is which c. Honing *
a. Have threads on one end d. Grinding
b. Require a nut
24
469. Jig bushing are generally made of 479. For accurate measurement of bores, the best instrument is
a. Tool steel * a. Vernier caliper
b. Carbon steel b. Plug gage
c. Cast iron c. Dial indicator
d. High speed steel d. Inside micrometer *

470. Fixture clamps are generally made of 480. In hydraulic driven shaper, the metal is removed at
a. Tool steel a. Lower speed
b. Case hardened mild steel * b. Higher speed *
c. High speed steel c. Average speed
d. Carbon steel d. None of the above

471. When an external gear is meshed with the internal gear , the gears 481. In shaper machine, the cutting speed (metric) is expressed as
will rotate in a. m/s
a. Same direction * b. m/min *
b. Opposite direction c. m/ hr
c. Will not rotate d. Any of the above
d. None of the above
482. Amount of automatic load in shaper is increased by taking the crank
472. Usual ratio of soluble oil and water used in coolant is pin
a. 20:1 a. At center of crank disc
b. 1:20 * b. Away from the center *
c. 10:1 c. Towards the center
d. 1:10 d. At the center

473. in internal cylindrical grinding , the grinding wheel and work rotate 483. In a shaper, the feed (metric) is usually expressed as
in a. Mm/stoke *
a. Same direction b. m/stoke
b. Opposite direction * c. Mm/revolution
c. Neither A or B d. None of the above
d. Both A and B
484. For cutting gear teeth in shaper , the _____ tool is used.
474. For grinding materials having low tensile strength which abrasive is a. “V” block
used b. Form tool *
a. Silicon carbide* c. Gooseneck
b. Aluminum oxide d. Round nose
c. Emery
d. Corrunduin 485. The standard ratio of cutting tool in return stroke in shape is
a. 3:1
475. Which center is used for supporting open end of pipes, shells, etc., b. 1:3
while turning or thread cutting c. 3:2 *
a. Ball center d. 4:2
b. Pipe center * 486. The feed in the shaper takes place at
c. Half center a. The beginning of return stroke
d. Dead center b. The middle of return stoke
c. The end of return stroke *
476. Included angle of dead center is d. At the cutting stroke
a. 60 deg*
b. 45 deg 487. Which of the following quick return mechanism is most widely used
c. 65 deg in most slotters
d. 90 deg a. Slotter link and gear mechanism
b. Whitworth mechanism *
477. Angle of B.A screw thread is c. Slotter disc mechanism
a. 90 d. Hydraulic mechanism
b. 47.5 *
c. 60 488. If the clearance angle is more than the required on slotter tool, then
d. 45 support cutting tool will be
a. Great
478. Main alloying element of HSS is b. Less *
a. Chromium c. Medium
b. Cast iron d. None of the above
c. Tungsten *
d. Carbon steel 489. The clamping block is used to support the end of the strap is made
of
25
 a. Wood *
b. Steel
c. HSS
d. Cast iron

490. Divide table planer has:

a. One table
b. Two tables *
c. One housing
d. Two housing

491. A planer which has a cutting tool in or both stroke in is

a. Open side planer
b. Double housing planer
c. Universal planer *
d. Pit planer

492 The straddle milling is done by means of two

a. Side milling cutters *
b. Plain milling cutters
c. Face milling cutters
d. Form cutters

493. The formula to find out the number of turn of the crank for simple
indexing is:
a) T = 20/N
b) T = N/40
c) T =40/N *
d) T = N/20

494.In standard dividing head the ratio between worm wheel and the
worm
a. 40:1*
b. 20:1
c. 1:40
d. 10:1

26
 Answer: 3780 lb
IBONG TIRIRIT (MDSP 7)
A flywheel of mass 500 kg and radius of gyration 1.2
A line shaft is 2 15/16 in a diameter and will m is running at 300 rpm. By means of a clutch, this
transmit 50 hp when turning at 200 rpm at constant flywheel is suddenly connected to another flywheel,
rate. This shaft furnishes the power to 10 machines mass 2000 kg and radius of gyration 0.6 m, initially
each requiring 5 hp to operate. Each of the 10 at rest. Calculate their common speed of rotation
pulleys is keyed to the shaft by standard flat key. after engagement.
If the width and thickness of the key are ¾ and ½ A. 120 rpm
respectively, find the length of the key based on B. 130 rpm
shear considering that the allowable shear stress C. 140 rpm
for commercial shafting is 6000 psi. D. 150 rpm

Answer: L = 0.238 in Answer: D

The torque to overcome frictional and other A set screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a 2
resistances of a turbine is 317 N-m and maybe in. shaft while transmit 3 hp and rotates at 150
considered as constant for all speeds. The mass of rpm? What is the typical size of set screw in
the rotating parts is 1.59 tons and the radius of practice?
gyration is 686 mm, if the steam is cut-off when the
turbine is running free of load at 1920 rpm, find Answer: ½ in.
the time it will take to come to rest.
A. 474.5 s An eccentric is to be connected to a 3-in. shaft by
B. 500.81 s a set screw. The center of the eccentric is 1 ¼ in.
C. 385.72 s from the center of the shaft when a tensile force of
D. 601.22 s 1000 lb is applied to the eccentric rod
perpendicular to the line of centers. What is the
Answer: A holding force necessary if the factor of safety is
6?
A line shaft is 2 15/16 in a diameter and will
transmit 50 hp when turning at 200 rpm at constant Answer: 5000 lb
rate. This shaft furnishes the power to 10 machines
each requiring 5 hp to operate. Each of the 10 In a two ram hydraulic steering gear, the rams are
pulleys is keyed to the shaft by standard flat key. 250 mm diameter, the rubber stock is 400 mm diameter
If the width and thickness of the key are ¾ and ½ and the distance from center of rudder stock to
respectively, find the length of the key based on center line of rams is 800 mm. Calculate the stress
shear considering that the allowable shear stress in the rudder stock when the rudder is in mid-
for commercial shafting is 12,000 psi. position and the hydraulic pressure is 70 bar.
A. 31.54 MPa
Answer: L = 0.357 B. 42.76 MPa
C. 21.87 MPa
D. 16.24 MPa
A cast iron pulley transmit 65.5 hp at 1750 rpm. The
1045 as-rolled shaft to which it is to be keyed is 1 Answer: C
¾ in. in diameter, key material, cold drawn 1020.
Compute the length (based on shear) of flat and A 12-in gear is mounted on a 2-in shaft and is held
square key needed if the 1 ¾ in. diameter has a in place by a 7/16 in set screw. For a design factor
width and thickness 3/8 and ¼ in. respectively. of 3 what would be the tangential load that could be
Note: Sy = 66 ksi (with Sys = 0.5 Sy = 33 ksi) and N applied to the teeth if the holding force of a 7/16
= 1.5 for smooth loading. in screw is 2500lb?

Answer: L = 0.327 in (for flat and square keys) Answer: Tangential Load is 139 lb

A closely coiled helical spring is made of 6 mm The cylinder head of a 10 in x 18 in Freon

diameter steel wire, the mean diameter of the coil compressor is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE
is 60 mm and there are 8 coils. Taking the modulus grade 5. The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is
of rigidity as 100 kN/mm^2, find the stress in the the force on each bolt?
wire when carrying an axial load of 240 N.
A. 169.7 MPa Answer: 1571 lb
B. 184.5 MPa
C. 195.8 MPa The cylinder head of a 10 in x 18 in Freon
D. 641.7 MPa compressor attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE
grade 5. The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. what size
Answer: A of stud bolts should be used if SAE grade 5 (1/4” –
¾”) has the following stresses; Sp = 85 ksi, Sy = 88
A set screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a 2 ksi?
in. shaft while transmits 3 hp and rotates at 150
rpm? Find the torque on the set screw: Answer: 0.2255 in2

Answer: 105.0 ft-lb An air compressor is driven by a 7.5 HP electric

motor with a speed of 1750 rpm with A-60 V-belts of
A s et screw is necessary to fastened a pulley to a length 61.3 in. the pitch diameter of the small
2 in. shaft while transmits 3 hp and rotates at 150 sheave is 110mm and the larger sheave is 200 mm.
rpm? Find the holding force if the factor of safety service factor is 1.2. determine the arc of contact.
is 3 (for steady loading). A. 173.92 deg
B. 183.56 deg

1
C. 169.87 deg ft/sec. what is the resultant force on the car due
D. 212.65 deg to this acceleration?
A. 1000 lbf
Answer: C B. 2000 lbf
C. 3000 lbf
A pulley 610 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at 500 D. 4000 lbf
rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and the
pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress of the Answer: D
belt is 2.1 MPa. Find the tangential force at the A man weighs himself in an elevator. When the
rim of the pulley in Newton. elevator is at rest he weighs 185 lbs: when the
A. 2406 N elevator starts moving upwards, he weighs 210 lbs.
B. 4321 N how fast is the elevator accelerating, assuming
C. 2505 N constant acceleration?
D. 3321 N A. 1 ft/sec2
B. 2.17 ft/sec2
Answer: C C. 4.35 ft/sec2
D. 9.81 ft/sec2
A pulley 610 mm in diameter transmits 40 KW at 500
rpm. The arc of contact between the belt and pulley Answer: C
is 144 degrees, the coefficient of friction between
belt and pulley is 0.35 and the safe working stress A copper column of annular cross section has an
of the belt is 2.1 and the safe working stress of outer diameter d2 of 15 ft and is subjected to a
the belt is 2.1 MPa. What is the effective belt pull force of 45 kips. The allowable compressive stress
in Newton. is 300 lb/ft2. What should be the wall thickness?
A. 2505 N A. 3
B. 3031 N B. 3.52
C. 4528 N C. 4.59
D. 2823 N D. 5.03

Answer: A Answer: C

Two shafts are connected by spur gears. The pitch

radii of the gears A and B are 207 mm and 842 What can the maximum load be on the column, if the
respectively. If the shaft a makes 350 revolutions cross sectional area is 144 ft2 and the compressive
per minute and is subjected to twisting moment of stress cannot exceed 200 lb/ft2?
236 N.m what is the tooth pressure of the two gears? A. 20 kips
A. 1177 N B. 22 kips
B. 1255 N C. 28.8 kips
C. 890 N D. 30 kips
D. 878 N
Answer: C
Answer: A
A 100 in long aluminum bar is subjected to tensile
A machinist made two 8 DP spur gear to be mounted on stress of 25000 psi. Find the elongation (E=10x106
a center distance of 16 inches with speed ratio of 7 psi)
to 9. The number of teeth in each gear are: A. 0.025 in
A. 100 teeth and 78 teeth B. 0.25 in
B. 120 teeth and 93 teeth C. 0.45 in
C. 144 teeth and 112 teeth D. 0.65 in
D. 150 teeth and 117 teeth
Answer: B
Answer: C
Of the following solid shaft diameters, which is the
Two helical gears transmit 500 HP at 3600 rpm. What smallest that can be used for the rotox of a 6 HP
should be the bore diameter of each gear be if the motor operating at 3500 rpm, if the maximum shear
allowable stress in gear shafts is 12500 psi? stress for the shaft is 8500 psi?
A. 1.252 in A. 5/16 in
B. 1.3275 in B. 3/8 in
C. 1.4568 in C. ½ in
D. 1.5276 in D. 1 in

Answer: D Answer: C

A thin hallow sphere of radius 10” and thickness A cone clutch has an angle of 10 degrees and a
0.1” is subjected to an internal pressure of 100 coefficient of friction of 0.42. find the axial
psig. The maximum normal stress on an element of the force required if the capacity is 7.46 KW at 500
sphere is rpm. The mean diameter of the active conical section
A. 5000 psi is 300mm.
B. 10000 psi A. 0.40332 kN
C. 7070 psi B. 0.3928 kN
D. 14140 psi C. 0.2453 kN
D. 0.2384 kN
Answer: A
Answer: B
A car of mass 2000 slugs accelerates in 10 seconds
from rest at a constant rate to a speed of 20

2
 Answer: A

A band brake is installed on a drum rotating at a

250 rpm, and a diameter of 900 mm. the angle of
contact is 1.5 pi radians and one end of the brake A simple beam, 48 in long, with a static load of
band is fastened to a fixed pin while the other end 6000 lbs at the center is made of C1020 structural
to the brake arm 150 mm from the fixed pin. The steel. Based on the ultimate strength with Su = 65
coefficient of friction is 0.25 and the straight ksi and factor of safety based on ultimate atrenght
brake arm is 1000 mm long and is placed = 4 (for C1020), determine the dimensions of the
perpendicular to the diameter bisecting the angle of rectangular cross-section for h = 2b.
contact. Determine the net belt pull in kN applied A. b = 1 7/8 and h = 3 3/4
at the kilowatts is being absorved. B. b = 1 3/8 and h = 3 1/4
A. 4.24 C. b = 2 7/8 and h = 4 3/4
B. 3.90 D. b = 1 3/8 and h = 2 3/4
C. 4.0
D. 3.8 Answer: A

Answer: A
A 15/16 – in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. it is
A simple band brake has a 76 cm and fitted with a 12 in long and is to be used on a 200 hp. 1160 rpm,
steel band 2/5 cm thick lined with a brake lining squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is
having a coefficient of friction of 0.25. the arc of 3 7/8 in. the maximum running torque is 200% of the
contact is 245 deg. the drum is attached to a 60 cm full-load torque. Determine the maximum direct
hoisting drum that sustain a rope load of 820 kg. shearing stress on the shaft considering the effect
the operating force has a moment arm of 1.50 m and of the keyway.
the band is attached 12 cm from the pivot point. A. 5990 psi
Find a torque just required to support the load B. 2990 psi
(clockwise) C. 7290 psi
A. 2413.26 N-m D. 9920 psi
B. 3492.31 N-m
C. 2453.29 N-m Answer: B
D. 1894.82 N-m
A hallow bronze tube has an outer diameter of 2 in
Answer: A and an inner diameter of 1 ½ and is 12 in long. A
crank 15 in long is keyed to one end and the other
An engine 40 kW at 1200 rpm, with a single plate end is held rigidly. The modulus of rigidity is
clutch with two pairs of friction surfaces 10000000 psi. what force must be applied to the end
transmitting the power. Consider the coefficient of of the crank to produce a torsional shear of 5000
friction to be a 0.30 and mean diameter of disc to psi?
be 200 mm, determine the axial force required to A. 835 lbs
engine the clutch and transmit the power. B. 853 lbs
A. 4.832 kN C. 358 lbs
B. 5.305 kN D. 583 lbs
C. 3.693 kN
D. 6.922 kN Answer: C

Answer: B An occupant moves toward the center of a merry go

round at 6 m/s. if the merry go round rotates at
The collar of the capstan has an outside diameter of 6rpm. Compute the acceleration component of the
8 in and an inside diameter of 6 in the total load occupant normal to the radius
supports is 2000 lb. if the coefficient of friction A. 6.79
is 0.1 what is the collar friction torque. B. 8.29
A. 705 in-lb C. 7.54
B. 802 in-lb D. 3.77
C. 1012 in-lb
D. 972 in-lb Answer: D

Answer: A Find the number of active coils of a No. 8 wire

Helical Spring index of 6, steady load with spring
A disc clutch has a 6 pairs of containing friction rate of 42.5 lb/in. maximum allowable stress is 60
surfaces. The frictional radius is 2-in and the ksi.
coefficient of friction is 0.3. An axial force of A. 25
100 lb acts on the clutch. The shaft speed is 400 B. 28
rpm. How much horsepower can be the clutch transmit? C. 29
A. 2.28 hp D. 22
B. 3.12 hp
C. 5.2 hp Answer: A
D. 4.51 hp

3
What type of brass that is used mostly for jewelry A. 5738 kgs
and articles to be gold-plated with the same B. 5436 kgs
ductility as copper but of greater strength? C. 1866.5 kgs
A. Gilding Brass D. 1567.4 kgs
B. Accessories Brass
C. Cartridge Brass Answer: A
D. Red Brass

Answer: A Find the maximum load in kgs of an elevator having a

net inside platform area of 4m2
A. 5738 kgs
B. 5436 kgs
C. 1866.5 kgs
D. 1567.4 kgs

Which of the following is the Zinc alloys in the Answer: C

Aluminum Alloy Designations by ASTM?
A. Ax4xxx What should be net platform area of an elevator
B. Ax3xxx design to carry a maximum rated load of 13600 kg?
C. Ax7XXX A. 21.42 m2
D. Ax8XXX B. 18.45 m2
C. 30.42 m2
Answer: C D. 25.25 m2

Ackenman steering gear is made up of Answer: A

A. Sliding and rotary pairs
B. Turning pairs If there are 860 person occupying the building other
C. Rolling pairs than the first floor, then how many elevators are
D. Rolling and sliding pairs required?
A. 6
Answer: B B. 8
C. 4
D. 10
A motor car takes a bend of certain radius hand
direction when moving at some speed if engine Answer: C
rotates in a clockwise direction when viewed from
front, then because of centrifugal force The stiffness of a spring is 88 N/mm of axial
A. Reaction on outside wheels is increased and on compression. Find the Joules of work to increase the
inside wheels decreased compression from 50 mm to 80 mm.
B. Reaction on inside wheels is increased and on A. 201.2
outside wheels decreased B. 171.6
C. Reaction on rear wheels is increased and on front C. 150.4
wheels decreased D. 230.5
D. Reaction on rear wheels is decreased and on front
wheels increased Answer: B

Answer: A Find the Joules of work to pull a roller of mass 50

kg a distance of 8 m up a gradient inclined at 6
The notch angle of the izod impact test specimen is degrees to the horizontal neglecting resistances.
A. 20° A. 340
B. 10° B. 245
C. 30° C. 410
D. 45° D. 520

Answer: D Answer: C

In Vicker’s hardness testing, the pyramid indentor Manufactured from aluminum oxide have the same
apex is expected life as carbide tools but can operate at
A. 40° speeds from two to three times higher. They operate
B. 161° below 1100C.
C. 136° A. Sintered carbides
D. 122° B. Diamonds
C. Ceramic tools
Answer: A D. Cast nonferrous

An elevator having a floor area of 18m2 has a Answer: C

minimum capacity of _____ persons
A. 4 A plain carbon steel with approximately 0.9 to 1.3%
B. 2 carbon, which has been hardened and tempered.
C. 6 A. Carbon tool steel
D. 8 B. High-Speed steel
C. Cast nonferrous
Answer: B D. Diamond

Find the maximum load in kgs of an elevator having a Answer: A

net inside platform area of 10m2

4
Carbon tool steel can be given a good edge, but is D. 500N
restricted to use below
A. 400 to 600 F Answer: D
B. 700 to 800 F
C. 300 to 400 F The efficiency of a set of chain driven differential
D. 800 to 1000 F pulley blocks is 35% when lifting a load of 1.89kN.
If the large and small pulleys of the compound
Answer: A sheave have 27 teeth respectively, find the effort
required to lift this load.
Which of the following contains tungsten or chromium A. 300N
and retains its hardness up to approximately 1100 F, B. 200N
a property known as red hardness C. 400N
A. Ceramic tools D. 500N
B. High speed steel
C. Diamonds Answer: A
D. Carbon tool steel

Answer: B

Cast nonferrous tools are brittle but can be used up

to approximately
A. 1700 F The diameter of the small pulley of a set of
B. 2000 F differential pulley blocks is 130 mm. When lifting a
C. 2200 F load of 560 N, the effort required is 50 N and the
D. 600 F efficiency is 40%. Find the diameter of the large
pulley.
Answer: A A. 170 mm
B. 140 mm
Produced through powder metallurgy from nonferrous C. 160 mm
metals D. 150 mm
A. Diamonds
B. Ceramic tools Answer: B
C. Cast nonferrous
D. Sintered Carbides The pitch of the thread of a screw-jack is 8 mm and
the effective length of the toggle-bar is 380 mm. If
Answer: D when lifting a load of 20kN, the work lost in
overcoming friction is 70%, find the effort applied
Sintered carbide operate at cutting speeds how many at the end of the toggle.
times as fast as HSS tools A. 223.4 N
A. 2 to 5 B. 155.4 N
B. 5 to 7 C. 334.3 N
C. thrice D. 345.3 N
D. twice
Answer: A
Answer: A
Find the number of teeth in the worm-wheel of a worm
An engine is designed to develop 10kW of power at a driven screw jack to give a velocity ratio of 550 if
mean speed of 1000 rev/min. Find the moment of the worm is single threaded, the screw has pitch of
inertia, in kg-m2, of a suitable flywheel, assuming 16 mm and the effort wheel is 100 mm diameter.
a speed variation of ± 1.5% of the mean speed and an A. 26
energy fluctuation equal to 0.9 of the work done per B. 30
revolution. C. 28
A. 1.612 kg-m2 D. 24
B. 1.566 kg-m2
C. 2.014 kg-m2 Answer: C
D. 2.333 kg-m2
A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter is used
Answer: A to cut a block mild steel with a plain cutter. The
block is 500 mm long. If the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and
In a set of rope pulley blocks which has 3 pulleys depth of cut is 1.2 mm. determine the time required
in the top block and 2 in the bottom, an effort of to take one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the
300 N is required to lift a load of 1.26 kN. Find cutting speed is 80 m/min.
the velocity ratio. A. 8.45 min
A. 3 B. 7.45 min
B. 4 C. 9.45 min
C. 2 D. 10.45 min
D. 5
Answer: D Answer: D
There are four pulleys in each block of a set of
rope pulley blocks. If the efficiency is 70% when The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is 0.325 mm
lifting a load of 2.8 kN, what is the effort per tooth at 200 rpm. The material cut is 300 BHN
applied? steel. If the depth of cut is 3 mm and width is 100
A. 300N mm, calculate the power at the cutter.
B. 200N A. 10.24 hp
C. 400N B. 12.48 hp

5
C. 11.62 hp D. Spring
D. 13.22 hp
Answer: B
Answer: B
Which of the following devices that is mainly used
Determine the power required for milling mild steel to raise or lower an object?
workpiece with a cutter of 80 mm diameter having 9 A. Hoist
teeth and rotating at 120 rpm. The workpiece has a B. Lever
width of 60 mm. depth of cut is 4 mm and tooth load C. Spring
is 0.03 mm. D. Roller
A. 1.2 kW
B. 2.3 kW Answer: A
C. 1.9 kW
D. 2.6 kW What is term applied to the process of separating
different sizes of the same material?
Answer: C A. Screening
B. Separation
C. Sieving
D. Fractioning

Answer: C

A leather belt 6 inches wide by ¼ in thick running

at 4000 ft/min connects 12 in and 60 in. in diameter
pulleys. The angles of contact are 270 deg. and 240 It is the process of separating a material into a
deg. for small and large pulleys respectively. specifically sized groups.
Coefficient of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on A. Centrifuging
small pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100lb B. Fractioning
per in. determine the maximum horsepower that can be C. Sieving
transmitted without considering centrifugal force. D. Screening
A. 44 hp
B. 55 hp Answer: B
C. 33 hp
D. 66 hp It is process in which metal is dipped in dilute
acid solutions to remove dirt, grease, and oxides.
Answer: B A. Pickling
B. Polishing
Determine the time required to turn a brass C. Sheradizing
component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at a D. Parkerizing
cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4 and only
one cut is taken. Answer: A
A. 55 s
B. 75 s Which of the following mechanism is used to change
C. 45 s the direction of an applied tensile force?
D. 65 s A. Gears
B. Pulleys
Answer: D C. Flywheels
D. Ropes
A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs
sharpening. Determine the time charged to one cycle Answer: B
if it takes 12 minutes to change the tool and tool
can be sharpened 10 times before it is discarded. What is usually the loss factor for most wire ropes
A. 2.2 min and chains with 180° contact at low speeds?
B. 3.3 min A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06
C. 1.2 min B. varies 1.07 to 1.10
D. 4.4 min C. varies 1.20 to 1.50
D. varies 1.60 to 1.80
Answer: C
Answer: A
A tool life of 80 minutes is obtained at a speed of
30 m/min and 8 minutes at 60 m/min. determine the Which of the following is the method to determine
cutting speed for 4 minute tool life. the reactions on continuous beams?
A. 62 m/min A. two-moment equations
B. 82 m/min B. second moment equations
C. 72 m/min C. three-moment equations
D. 52 m/min D. third moment equations

Answer: B Answer: C

Which of the following simple mechanical machine A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves with
with the ability to increase an applied force? simple harmonic motion in a straight line and
A. Hinges completes 175 oscillations per minute. Find the
B. Lever accelerating force when the component is 50 mm from
C. Roller mid-travel.

6
A. 11.65 N In practice and theory as well, what is the allowed
B. 12.93 N permissible misalignment in cylindrical and tapered
C. 10.44 N roller bearings?
D. 13.22 N A. 0.005 rad
B. 0.006 rad
Answer: B C. 0.001 rad
D. 0.003 rad
What load in Newton must be applied to 25 mm round
steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the bar 1.3 mm? Answer: C
A. 42,056
B. 52,840 In practice and theory as well, the misalignment of
C. 55,016 spherical bearings should not exceed how many
D. 44,031 radians?
A. 0.0087 rad
Answer: D B. 0.0065 rad
C. 0.0041 rad
In LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10 m long D. 0.0043 rad
are to be installed. If the lowest temperature
considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature of Answer: A
36 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
elasticity of steel to be 207,000 MPa. Determine the
clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
will just touch at maximum design temperature. What term is used to described a maximum load that a
A. 2.34 bolt can withstand without acquiring a permanent
B. 2.32 set?
C. 3.41 A. live load
D. 1.86 B. dead load
C. proof of load
Answer: D D. ultimate load
What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate? Answer: C
A. 45 tons
B. 20 tons
C. 30 tons In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load and
D. 40 tons the tensile – stress area is called
A. proof strength
Answer: A B. yield strength
C. section modulus
A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to withstand D. modulus of resilience
a pull of 600 lbs. find the diameter of the rod
assuming a factor of safety of 5 and ultimate stress Answer: A
of 64,000 psi.
A. 0.705 in In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
B. 0.891 in approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent
C. 0.809 in offset yield strength.
D. 0.773 in A. 85%
B. 95%
Answer: D C. 90%
D. 45%
An engine parts is being tested with a load of 30000
lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10000 psi, Answer: C
modulus of elasticity of 40x106 psi. If the original
length of specimen is 42 inches with elongation not What type of brass that is usually to form tubing or
exceeding 0.0015 in, what diameter of the specimen piping to carry hot water in such application of
is rejected? radiators or condenser?
A. 4.2 in A. Red brass
B. 3.0 in B. Commercial brass
C. 2.5 in C. yellow brass
D. 5.17 in D. cartridge brass

Answer: D Answer: A

A steel rod 75 in long with a cross sectional area It is in widespread use for the numbering system for
of ¼ in2 is held vertically firm at one end while a cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing and
load of 3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If Materials), then this system is based on which of
the rod stretches 0.025 in, find the modulus of the following?
elasticity of the steel. A. Bearing strength
A. 36x106 psi B. Compressive strength
B. 11.5x106 psi C. axial strength
C. 30x106 psi D. tensile strength
D. 27x106 psi
Answer: D
Answer: A
In casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the

7
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned determine the thickness of the plate with a design
materials used in casting? factor of 1.4 yield. Assume efficiency of welded
A. 5 mm joint as 85%
B. 10 mm A. 0.549 in
C. 7 mm B. 0.455 in
D. 3 mm C. 1.2 in
D. 0.3 in
Answer: A
Answer: A
A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected to
a line shaft with a power of 8 KW at a speed of 1200 Which of the following is considered to be the
rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and key are lightest of all commercial metals and is used in
30 N/mm2 and 240 N/mm2 respectively. What is the aircraft industry?
diameter of the shaft? A. titanium
A. 22.2mm B. chromium
B. 21.7mm C. magnesium
C. 25.8mm D. aluminum
D. 30.2mm
Answer: C
Answer A
Brass with 40% zinc are called ____
A line shaft with a power of 150 kW at a speed of A. muntz metal
1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used used in its B. bronze
pulley connection. Consider the shearing stress of C. yellow brass
the shaft to be 40 N/mm2 and the key to be 200 N/mm2, D. admiralty metal
determine the shaft diameter.
A. 66.62mm Answer: A
B. 53.31mm
C. 40.62mm How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 1%
D. 44.94mm tin and very excellent corrosion resistance
especially in saltwater.
Answer B A. muntz metal
B. bronze
C. yellow brass
D. admiralty metal

A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in and Answer: D

an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an
internal pressure of 10000 psi and an external A brass with 40% zinc, or same composition as muntz
pressure of 2500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at metal except for the addition of 0.75% tin that
the inner surface of the cylinder. contributes to the corrosion resistance of this
A. 24,705.16 psi material.
B. 19,028.52 psi A. naval brass
C. 13,142.86 psi B. bronze
D. 11,696.43 psi C. cartridge brass
D. admiralty
Answer D
Answer: A
A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is
subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750 High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high
kPa to 3550 kPa continuously. The diameter of the pressure fluids develop which of the following
shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the stresses?
cylinder wall based on yield point of 480 MPa net A. tangential stress only
endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety B. radial stress only
2.5. C. bearing and stress only
A. 21.2 mm D. both radial and tangential stress
B. 22.22 mm
C. 23.83 mm Answer: C
D. 20.72 mm
For the rotating elements like flywheels and
Answer: A blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
similar on which of the following theory?
A compression ring is to be used at the junction of A. thin-walled cylinder
a conical head and shell. Determine the required B. thick-walled cylinder
area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50 C. radial ball bearing
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency D. rotating shaft member
of the joint is 80%
A. 0.00715 d2 Answer: B
B. 0.00482 d2
C. 0.00721 d2 For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
D. 0.00682 d2 following statements is correct of the stresses?
A. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with
Answer: A the tangential stress
B. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5ft) holds a the tangential stress
gas at 3000 psi, using stainless steel OQT 12000 C. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress

8
D. Only radial stress is present and no tangential A certain point in a material has the folllowing
stress stresses; a tension of 4000 psi and a tension of
2000 psi. At another point in the same material are
Answer: A a tension of 8000 psi; a compression ratio of 4000
psi and a tension of 3000 psi. Determine the maximum
How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to shear stress at the two points.
longitudinal strain? A. 4300 psi and 9440 psi
A. Poisson’s ratio B. 2400 psi and 8450 psi
B. Modulus of resilience C. 5300 psi and 10440 psi
C. Modulus of rigidity D. 3300 psi and 9005 psi
D. Offset ratio
Answer: C
Answer: A
Resilience (elastic toughness) is a measure of
If a shaft 250 mm diameter can safely transmit 1860 A. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
kw of power when running at 125 rpm, calculate the material
power that can be safely transmittted by a shaft 375 B. total plastic strain and failure
mm diameter when running at 80 rpm, assuming the C. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
shafts are of similar material. point
A. 4018 kw D. strain energy (work per unit volume) to cause
B. 5063 kw fracture
C. 3085 kw
D. 3567 kw Answer: C

Answer: A Toughness is a measure of

The pinion shaft of a double reduction geared A. the ratio of ultimate failure strain to yielding
turbine is 140 mm diameter, runs at 3000 rpm and the strain
stress in it is 48 MN/m2. The main shaft is 445 mm B. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
diameter and runs at 90 rpm. Assuming that the same material
power is transmitted by both shafts, find the stress C. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
in the main shaft. point
A. 50 mpa D. strain energy (work per unit volume) to cause
B. 40 mpa fracture
C. 60 mpa
D. 30 mpa Answer: D

Answer: A

A torsion-meter on a tunnel shaft 360 mm diameter

registers an angle of twist of 0.3 degree over a
length of 2.5 m when running at 115 rpm. Taking the
modulus of rigidity of the shaft material as 93 Strain energy is a measure of
GN/m2, find the power transmitted.
A. 4.67 mw A. the ratio of ultimate failure strain to yielding
B. 3.45 mw strain
C. 3.89 mw B. energy per unit volume stored in a deformed
D. 5.44 mw material
C. total plastic strain at failure
Answer: C D. strain energy per unit volume to reach the yield
point
Find the diameter of the coupling bolts to connect
shafts which are to transmit 3000 kw when running at Answer: B
100 rpm if 8 bolts are to be fitted on a pitch
circle diameter of 610 mm and allowing stress of 38 All of the following are hardness test except
MN/m2 in the bolts. A. brinnel test
A. 65.74 mm B. rockwell test
B. 62.72 mm C. meyuer – vickers test
C. 55.44 mm D. charpy test
D. 52.45 mm
Answer: D
Answer: B
Most metallic crystals form one of the following
A tensile stress of 8000 psi and a shear stress of three lattice structures
4000 psi are induced in a brittle material whose A. hexagonal close-packed, simple tetragonal, or
working strength in straight tension is 10000 psi cubic
what is the maximum tensile stress? B. base-centered orthorombic, body-centered
A. 6000 psi orthorombic, or rhombohedral
B. 9656 psi C. body-centered cubic, face-centered cubic, or
C. 11400 psi hexagonal close-packed
D. 10876 psi D. simple tetragonal, body-centered tetragonal, or
body-centered cubic
Answer: B
Answer: C

9
 B. 14.5 s
The planes of a crystalline lattice can be specified C. 19.5 s
by D. 22.9 s
A. burger’s vectors
B. taylor-orowan dislocations Answer: C
C. fick’s law
D. miller indices A weight of 160 lbs falls from a height of 2.5 ft to
the center of a horizontal platform mounted on four
Answer: D helical springs. At impact each spring deflects 3
in. Calculate the wire diameter if the maximum
Either the upper of the lower deviation, depending design stress is 60,000 psi and spring index of 5.
on which is closer to the basic size A. 0.5 in
A. fundamental deviaton B. 0.8 in
B. upper deviation C. 0.57 in
C. lower deviation D. 0.88 in
D. tolerance
Answer: A
Answer: A
A cantilever spring is composed of six graduated
Which of the following statements is false? leaves each 2 in. Wide and 3/8 in thick. Determine
A. there is a considerable increase in the hardness the deflection if loaded with 1600 lbs at the tip.
and the strength of a cold-worked metal Length of springs is 27 in.
B. cold-working a metal significantly reduces its A. 8
ductility B. 12
C. cold-working causes a slight decrease in the C. 10
density and electrical conductivity of a metal D. 6
D. cold work decrease the yield point as well as the
strength and hardness of the metal Answer: C

Answer: D A 5 ton load is supported by a ½ in by 1 ½ in

rectangular wire coil spring with 6 effective coils,
Which of the following statements is false? 3 in outside diameter.
A. hot-working can be regarded as the simultaneous A. 1.24 in
combination of cold-working and annealing B. 1.37 in
B. hot-working increases the density of the metal C. 2.34 in
C. one of the primary goals of hot-working is to D. 2.75 in
produce a fine-grained product
D. hot-working causes much strain hardening of the Answer: B
metal
A load of 10,000 lb is to be raised by a short jack.
Answer: D The scew has a n outside diameter of 2 ½ in and am
ACME single thread of two turns per in, if the
coefficient of friction is 0.2 determine the torque
required to raise the load.
A. 600 in-lb
B. 400 in-lb
C. 800 in-lb
Which of the following statements is false? D. 500 in-lb
A. high-strength low alloy steels are not as strong
as non alloy low carbon steels Answer: C
B. small amounts of copper increase the tensile Taylor’s equation relates cutting speed v and tool
strength of steels life T for particular combination of tool and
C. small amounts of silicon 1 steel have little workpiece, VTn = constant. This equation is also
influence on toughness or fabricability known as
D. additions of small amounts of silicon to steel A. flank wear
can cause a marked decreased in yield strength of B. crater wear
the steel C. nose failure
D. tool life
Answer: D
Answer: D
A round billet made of 70-30 brass with extrusion
constant of 35000 psi is extruded at a temperature After any cutting or standard grinding operation,
of 675 C. The billet diameter is 5 in. And the the surface of a workplace will consist of
diameter of the extrusion is 2 in. Calculate the A. smear metal
extrusion force required. B. superfinishing
A. 6.6 MN C. ultrafinishing
B. 5.5 MN D. centerless ginding
C. 7.7 MN
D. 4.4 MN Answer: A

Answer: B A method that does not require clamping, chucking or

Determine the machining time to drill a hole of 20 holding roun workpieces.
mm diameter in a workpiece 25 mm thick by a drill at A. centerless grinding
a cutting speed of 30 m/min with a feed of 0.2 B. chemical millling
mm/rev. C. laser machining
A. 17.6 s D. ultrafinishing

10
Answer: A Answer: C
A hollow steel shaft 2.54 m long is to be designed
Uses high energy electrical discharges to shape to transmit a torque of 33,900 kJ. The shear modulus
electrically conducting workpiece of elasticity, G = 82,740 Gpa for steel. The total
A. electrochemical machining angle of twist in the length of the shaft must not
B. electrical discharge machining exceed 6 deg. And the stress in the shaft must not
C. electrochemical grinding exceed 110.32 Mpa. What would be the ratio of the
D. ultrasonic grinding outside diameter to inside diameter?
A. 1.92
Answer: B B. 1.74
C. 1.56
For common brass tools, wear ratios for the tool and D. 1.38
workpiece vary between
A. 4:1 Answer: D
B. 10:1
C. 20:1 A brake shoe is pressed against the surface of a
D. 8:1 25.4 cm diameter drum rotating at 1250 rpm with a
force of 111.20 N. If the coefficient of friction
Answer: C between drum and cylinder is 0.21, what power is
dissipated in the form of heat by the drag of the
For expensive tool materials, wear ratios for the brake shoe?
tool and workpiece vary between A. 388.2 W
A. 4:1 B. 394.9 W
B. 10:1 C. 401.6 W
C. 20:1 D. 408.8 W
D. 8:1
Answer: A
Answer: A
Aluminum bolts 2 cm in diameter and 500 cm long are
Removes heat by electrolysis in a high current used to hold the head on a pressure vessel. One bolt
deplation operation has a sensitive extensometer attached to the body of
A. electrochemical machining the bolt. It measures an elongation of 0.00400 mm in
B. electrospark machining a ten-cm length of the bolt when it is tightened.
C. electronic erosion How much force is exerted by the bolt?
D. electrical discharge machining A. 8670 N
B. 8770 N
Answer: A C. 8870 N
D. 8970 N
Also known as electrolytic grinding
A. laser grinding Answer: A
B. ultranic grinding
C. electrochemical grinding Two masses of 100 kg are suspended by wires that are
D. chemical milling five mm in diameter. One wire is of aluminum and the
other is of steel. The wires are ten meters long.
Answer: C How much lower will the mass held by the aluminum
wire be?
A. 4.37 mm
B. 4.87 mm
C. 5.37 mm
D. 5.87 mm

Determine the width of the leaves of a six-leaf Answer: B

steel cantilever spring 13 in. Long to carry a load
of 375 lb with a deflection of 1 ¼ in. The maximum The helical and herringbone gear teeth cut after
stress in this spring is limited to 50,000 psi. heat treatment should have a hardness in the range
A. 2.01 in. of 210/300 BHN. The pinion gear teeth hardness on
B. 2.54 in. the other hand, ideally/normally be at how many BHN?
C. 1.93 in. A. 250/320
D. 1.54 in B. 400
C. 350/380
Answer: C D. 340/350

A coupling consisting of two circular plates welded Answer: D

to the ends of two shafts is to be designed using
2.54 cm diameter bolts to connect one plate to the As a rule the center to center distance between
other. The bolts are to be located at a distance of sprocket shoul not be less than how many times the
0.1524 m from the axes of the shafts. If the diameter of the bigger sprocket and not less than 30
coupling is to transmit 4026.8 kw at a shaft speed times the pitch nor more than about 50 times to
of 1200 rpm, how many bolts should be used in the pitch.
coupling if the allowable shear stress for the bolts A. 1.5
is 103.43 Mpa? B. 2.5
A. two C. 2
B. three D. 3
C. four
D. five Answer: A

11
 A. 35.7 MPa
It is the resulting cross-sectional area of the B. 57.3 MPa
tensile test specimen divided by the specimen C. 53.7 MPa
original area. D. 37.5 MPa
A. charpy ratio
B. percentage impact Answer: D
C. % elongation
D. izod ratio A cantilever of rectangular section is 100 mm broad
by 150mm deep and carries a concentrated load of 15
Answer: C kN at its free end. Neglecting the weight of the
beam, find the distance from the free end where the
SAE 51XXX belongs to what steel family? stress at the outer fiber is 75 MN/m^2.
A. carbon A. 1.875 m
B. manganese B. 0.875 m
C. chromium C. 2.785 m
D. nickel D. 3.785 m

Answer: C Answer: A

A four bar mechanism in which one of the links can A shaft 120 mm diameter is 1.6 m long and its mass
perform a full rotation relative to the other three is 102 kg concentrated load of 20 kN is hung at the
links center of length. Find the maximum stress in the
A. geneva mechanism shaft.
B. crossover-position mechanism A. 32.67 MPa
C. triple rocker mechanism B. 44.53 MPa
D. grashof of mechanism C. 48.32 MPa
D. 36.45 Mpa
Answer: D
Answer: C
A grashof four bar mechanism in which the shorted
link is the frame or the fixed link and the other Find the twisting moment in a solid shaft 125 mm
two cranks completely rotate with their axes. diameter when the angle of twist is 0.5 degree on a
A. drag-link mechanism length of 1.8 m, the modulus of rigidity of the
B. crank-rocker mechanism shaft material being 93 GN/m^2
C. double-rocker mechanism A. 12.9 KNm
D. triple-rocker mechanism B. 11.4 KNm
C. 10.8 KNm
Answer: A D. 13.9 KNm

Which micrometer has no anvil? Answer: C

A. outside micrometer
B. screw thread micrometer A hollow shaft is 400 mm diameter outside and 250 mm
C. depth micrometer diameter inside and transmits a torque of 480KNm.
D. digit micrometer Calculate the angle of twist over a length of 7.5 m.
Answer: C Take G=92.5 GN/m^2
A. 1.05 deg
The ends of a cylindrical pressure vessel of 900 mm B. 1.66 deg
internal diameter are hemispherical and constructed C. 2.01 deg
of plates 20 mm thick. Find the stress in the D. 2.55 deg
hemispherical ends when the internal pressure is 28
bar (28x10^5 N/m^2). Answer: A
A. 35.1 MPa
B. 25.4 MPa All of the following are crystalline point defects
C. 31.5 MPa except
D. 24.5 MPa A. schottky defects
B. interstitial impurity atoms
Answer: C C. screw dislocations
The shell plates of a boiler 4.5 m diameter are 42 D. vacancies
mm thick and the tensile strength of the material is
495 MN/m^2. The efficiency of the longitudinal seams Answer: C
is 85% and that of the circumferential seams 85 %.
Find the working pressure allowing a factor of A specific method of inc galvanizing in which parts
safety of 5. are tumbled in zinc dust at high temperatures
A. 2.66 MPa A. sheradizing
B. 1.57 MPa B. polishing
C. 1.66 MPa C. super finishing
D. 3.14 MPa D. pickling

Answer: B Answer: A

A beam of regular rectangular cross-section is 64 A hot-dip or electroplate application of tin to

mm broad, 100 mm deep and 1.6 m long. It is simply steel
supported at each end and carries a concentrated A. tin-plating
load of 10 kN at its mid-length. Neglecting the B. organic finishes
weight of the beam, find the maximum stress in the C. metal spraying
material. D. lapping

12
 C. carbon
Answer: A D. manganese

A zinc coating applied to low carbon steel to Answer: B

improve corrossion resistance. The coating can be
applied in a hot dip bath, by electroplating or by It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon in
dry tumbling (sheradizing) ferrite and it is the hardest and strongest form of
A. parkerizing steel?
B. hard surfacing A. bainite
C. honing B. ferrite
D. galvanizing C. martensite
D. lignite
Answer: D
Answer: C
The diffusing of aluminum into a steel surface,
producing an aluminum oxide that protects the steel Which of the following processes usually used to
from high-temperature corrossion. create a bar of material of a particular shape and
A. electroplating dimensions?
B. burnishing A. extrusion
C. calorizing B. cold working
D. buffing C. forging
D. hot rolling
Answer: C
Answer: D
An electroplating-acid bath oxidation process for
aluminum and magnesium. The workpiece is the anode The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with a carbon
in the electrical circuit. content of which of the following?
A. abrasive cleaning A. 0.37 to 0.44 %
B. barrel finishing B. 0.21 to 0.54 %
C. tumbling C. 0.25 to 0.57 %
D. anodizing D. 0.34 to 0.54 %

Answer: D Answer: A

Brittle materials produce discrete fragments, known The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless
as steel, which means 18% of what?
A. chip breaker grooves A. chromium
B. non-segmented chips B. nickel
C. discontinuous chips C. carbon
D. type-two chips D. manganese
Answer: A
Answer: C
A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy to
Which of the following terms is used to descry shear a steel sheet, and has a normal speed of 3.0
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking rps, slowing down to 2.8 rps during the shearing
shallow drawing and coining? process. The flywheel of the machine has a mean
A. stamping diameter of 75 cm and weighs 15.5 kg/cm^3. The width
B. heading of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the
C. roll treading flywheel account for 15% of its total weight, find
D. spinning the thickness of the rim in cm.
A. 0.00487 cm
Answer: A B. 0.00432 cm
C. 0.00363 cm
Which of the following is the effect of cold rolling D. 0.00482 cm
and cold drawing in mechanical properties? Answer: C
A. both have the same effect
B. cold rolling is better than cold drawing In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-lb,
C. cold drawing is better than cold rolling the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate is
D. both have no effect 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the length
of the plate which can be sheared is:
Answer: A A. 7055 in
B. 10.55 in
Which of the following processes produce a refined C. 12.75 in
grain structure and eventually increased strength D. 17.56 in
and ductility of the material? Answer: D
A. extrusion What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if the
B. cold working weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the weight
C. forging of the hub and arms. Given the outside diameter and
D. hot rolling inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in respectively
and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume steel flywheel)
Answer: C A. 140.95 kg
B. 160.95 kg
The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless C. 200.95 kg
steel, which means 8% of what? D. 152.95 kg
A. chromium
B. nickel Answer: D

13
A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 For the rotating elements like flywheels and
inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the similar on which of the following theory?
coefficient of fluctuation. A. thin-walled cylinder
A. 0.069 B. thick-walled cylinder
B. 0.015 C. radial ball bearing
C. 0.082 D. rotating shaft member
D. 0.020
Answer: B
Answer: A

A sheet metal working company purchase a shearing For thin walled pressure vessels, which of the
machine from a surplus dealer without a flywheel. It following statements is correct of the stresses?
is calculated that the machine will use 2380 joules A. radial stresses is quite small as compared with
of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet metal. The the tangential stress
flywheel to be used will have a mean diameter of B. radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The normal the tangential stress
operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to 160 rpm C. radial stresses is same as tangential stress
during the shearing process. Assuming that the arms D. only radial stress is present and no tangential
and the hub will account for 12% of the rim weight stress
concentrated at the mean diameter and that the
material density is 0.26 lb/cu. In. Compute for the Answer: A
weight of the flywheel.
A. 296 kg
B. 306 kg How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to
C. 347 kg longitudinal strain?
D. 385 kg A. poisson’s ratio
B. modulus of resilience
Answer: B C. modulus of rigidity
D. offset ratio
A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a 12
in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How Answer: A
long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
thick aluminum plate if utimate shearing strength of
the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in^2. During stamping, the How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 1%
force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum F tin and very excellent corrosion resistance
lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the stamp especially in saltwater.
emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of the A. muntz
flywheel and spokes and use 0.28 lb/in^3 density for B. bronze
flywheel material. C. yellow brass
A. 43.2 in D. admiralty metal
B. 41.1 in
C. 44.5 in Answer: D
D. 35.9 in
1. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter
Answer: B is used to cut a block mild steel with a
plain cutter. The block is 500 mm long. If
A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy to the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and depth of cut is
shear a steel sheet, and has a normal speed of 3.0 1.2 mm, determine the time required to take
rps, slowing down to 2.8 rps during the shearing one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the
process. The flywheel of the machine has a mean cutting speed is 80 m/min.
diameter of 75 cm and weighs 15.5 kg/cm^3. The width a. 8.45 min
of the rim is 30 cm. If the hub and arms of the b. 7.45 min
flywheel account for 15% of its total weight, find c. 9.45 min
the thickness of the rim in cm. d. 10.45 min
A. 0.00487 cm Ans: D
B. 0.00432 cm
C. 0.00363 cm 2. The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is
D. 0.00482 cm 0.325 mm per tooth at 200 rpm. The material
cut is 300 BHN steel. If the depth of cut is
Answer: C 3 mm and width is 100 mm, calculate the
power at the cutter.
a. 10.24 hp
b. 12.48 hp
c. 11.62 hp
High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high d. 13.22 hp
pressure fluids develop which of the following Ans: B
stresses? 3. Determine the power required for milling a
A. tangential stress only mild steel work piece with a cutter of 80 mm
B. radial stress only diameter 9 teeth and rotating at 120 rpm.
C. bearing stress only The work piece has a width of 60 mm. depth
D. both radial and tangential stress of cut is 4 mm and tooth load is 0.03 mm
a. 1.2 kW
Answer: C b. 2.3 kW
c. 1.9 kW

14
 d. 2.6 kW Ans: B
Ans: C
11. It is process in which metal is dropped in
4. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick dilute acid solutions to remove dirt,
running at 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and grease, and oxides.
60 in. in diameter pulleys. The angles of a. Pickling
contact are 270 deg. And 240 deg for small b. Polishing
and large pulleys respectively. Coefficient c. Sheradizing
of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on small D. Pakerizing
pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100 Ans: A
lb per in. determine the maximum horsepower
that can be transmitted without considering 12. Which of the following mechanism is used to
centrifugal force. change the direction of an applied tensile
a. 44 hp force?
b. 55 hp a. Gears
c. 33 hp b. Pulleys
d. 66 hp c. Flywheels
Ans: B d. Ropes
Ans: B
5. Determine the time required to turn a brass
component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at 13. What is usually the lose factor for most
a cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4 wire ropes and chains with 1802 contact at
and only one cut is taken. low speeds?
a. 2.2 min A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06
b. 3.3 min B. varies 1.07 to 1.10
c. 1.2 min C. varies from 1.20 to 1.50
d. 4.4 min D. varies from 1.60 to 1.80
Ans. C Ans: A

6. A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs 14. Which of the following is the method to
sharpening. Determine the time charged to determine the reactions on continuous beams?
one cycle if it takes 12 minutes to change a. two-moment equations
the tool can be sharpened 10 times before it b. Second moment equations
is discarded. c. three-moment equations
a. 62 m/min d. third moment equations
b. 82 m/min Ans: C
c. 72 m/min
d. 52 m/min 15. A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves
Ans. B with simple harmonic motion in a straight
line and completes 175 oscillations per
7. Which of the following simple mechanical minute. Find the accelerating force when the
machine with the ability to increase an component is 50 mm from mid-travel.
applied force? a. 11.65 N
a. Hinges b. 12.93 N
b. Lever c. 10.44 N
c. Roller d. 13.22 N
d. Spring Ans: B
Ans: B
16. What load in Newton must be applied to a 25
8. Which of the following devices that is mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the
mainly used to raise or lower an object? bar 1.3 mm?
a. Hoist a. 42,056
b. Lever b. 52,840
c. Spring c. 55,016
d. Roller d. 44,031
Ans: A Ans: D

9. What is term applied to the process of 17. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10
separating different sizes of the same meters long are to be installed. If lowest
material? temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a maximum
a. Screening temperature of 36 deg C is designed for, and the
b. Separation modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa,
c. Sieving determine the clearance between the clearance
d. Screening between rails such that adjoining rail will just
Ans:C touch at maximum design temperature.
a. 2.34
b. 3.32
c. 3.41
d. 1.86
Ans: D
10. It is the process of separating a material
into a variety of specifically sized groups.
a. Centrifugal 18. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
b. Fractioning diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
c. Sieving a. 45 tons
d. Screening b. 20 tons

15
c. 30 tons 26. What term is used to describe a maximum load
d. 40 tons that a bolt can withstand without acquiring a
Ans: A permanent set?
a. Live load
19. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to b. Dead load
withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of c. Proof load
the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and d. Ultimate load
ultimate stress of 64,000 psi. Ans: C
a. 0.705 in
b. 0.891 in 27. In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load
c. 0.809 in and the tensile-stress area is called
d. 0.773 in a. proof strength
Ans: D b. yield strength
c. section modulus
20. An engine parts is being tested with a load of d. modulus of resilience
30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000 Ans: A
psi, modulus of elasticity of 40× 105 psi. If the
original length of specimen is 42 inches with 28. In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what diameter approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent
of the specimen is required? offset yield strength?
a. 4.2 in a. 85%
b. 3.0 in b. 95%
c. 2.5 in c. 90%
d. 5.17 in d. 45%
Ans: D Ans: C

21. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of 29. What type of brass that is usually used to form
3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the rod tubing or piping to carry hot water in such
stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of application of radiators or condenser?
elasticity of the steel. a. Red brass
a. 36× 106 psi b. Commercial brass
b. 11.5× 106 psi c. Yellow brass
c. 30× 106 psi d. Cartridge brass
Ans: A
d. 27× 106 psi
Ans: A
30. It is in widespread use for the numbering system
for cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing
22. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature
and Material), then this system is based on which of
of 30 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
the following?
elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, determine the
a. Bearing Strength
clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
b. Compressive Strength
will just touch at maximum design temperature.
c. Axial Strength
a. 2.34
d. Tensile Strength
b. 2.32
Ans: D
c. 3.41
d. 1.86
31. It casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and
Ans: D
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned
23. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
materials used in casting?
diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
a. 5mm
a. 45 tons
b. 10mm
b. 20 tons
c. 7 mm
c. 30 tons
d. 3 mm
d. 40 tons
Ans: A
Ans: A
32. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected
24. In practice and theory as well, what is the
to a line shaft with a power of 8 kw at a speed pf
allowed permissible misalignment in cylindrical and
1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and
tapered roller bearings?
key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the
a. 0.005 rad
diameter of the shaft?
b. 0.006 rad
a. 22.2 mm
c. 0.001 rad
b. 21.7 mm
d. 0.003 rad
c. 25.8 mm
Ans: C
d. 30.2 mm
Ans.A
25. In practice and theory as well, the misalignment
of spherical bearings should not exceed how many
33. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed
radians?
of 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its
a. 0.0087 rad
pulley connection. Consider the shearing of stress
b. 0.0065 rad
of the shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200
c. 0.0041 rad
N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter.
d. 0.0043 rad
a.66.62 mm
Ans: A
b.53.31 mm
c.40.82mm
d.44.94 mm
Ans. B

16
 that contributes to the corrosion resistance of this
material.
35. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in a. naval brass
and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an b. bronze
internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external c. cartridge brass
pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at d. admiralty metal
the inner surface of the cylinder. Ans. A
a. 24, 705.16 psi
b. 19, 028.52 psi 43. High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high
c. 13, 142.86 psi pressure fluids develop which of the following
d. 11, 696.43 psi stresses?
Ans. D. a. tangential stress only
b. radial stress only
36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is c. bearing stress only
subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750 d. both radial and tangential stress
kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter of the Ans. C
shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the
cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa net 44. For the rotating elements like flywheels and
endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety of blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based
2.5. similar on which of the following theory?
a. 21.2 mm a. thin-walled cylinder
b. 22.21 mm b. thick- walled cylinder
c. 23.83 mm c. radial ball bearing
d. 20.72 mm d. rotating shaft member
Ans. A Ans. B

37. A compression ring is to be used at the junction 45. For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
of a conical head and shell. Determine the required following statements is correct of the stresses?
area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50 a. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency the tangential stress.
of the joint is 80%. b. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with
a. 00715 d^2 the tangential stress.
b. 0.00482 d^2 c. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress.
c. 0.00712 d^2 d. Only radial stress is present and no tangential
d. 0.00682 d^2 stress.
Ans. A Ans. A

38. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft) 46. How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to
holds a gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000, longitudinal strain?
determine the thickness of the plate with a design a. Poission’s ratio
factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded b. Modulus of resilience
joint as 85%. c. Modulus of rigidity
a. 0.549 in d. Offset ratio
b. 0.455 in Ans. A
c. 1.2 in
d. 0.3 in 47. A sheet metal working company purchase a
Ans. A shearing machine from a surplus dealer without a
flywheel. It is calculated that the machine will use
39. Which of the following is considered to be the 2380 Joules of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet
lightest of all commercial metals and is used in metal. The flywheel to be used will have a mean
aircraft industry? diameter of 91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The
a. titanium normal operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to
b. chromium 160 rpm during the shearing process. Assuming that
c. magnesium the arms and the hub will account for 12 % of the
d. aluminum rim weight concentrated at the mean diameter and
Ans. C that the material density is 0.26 lb/cu/ in, compute
for the weight of the flywheel.
40. Brass with 40% zinc are called ___ a. 296 kg
a. muntz metal b. 306 kg
b. bronze c. 347 kg
c. yellow brass d. 385 kg
d. admiralty metal Ans. B
Ans. A
48. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a
41. How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How
1 % tin and very excellent corrosion resistance long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
especially in saltwater. thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing strength
a. muntz metal of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During stamping ,
b. bronze the force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum
c. yellow brass F lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the
d. admiralty metal stamp emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of
Ans. D the flywheel weight of the flywheel and spokes and
use 0.28 lb/in3 density for flywheel material.
42. A brass with 40% zinc or same composition as a. 43.2 in
muntz metal expect for the addition of 0.75% tin b. 41.1 in
c. 44.5 in

17
d. 35.9 in b. heading
Ans. B c. roll treading
d. spinning
49. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy Ans. A
to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0
rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the 57. Which of the following processes produce a
shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% of refined grain structure and eventually increased
its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in strength and ductility of the material?
cm. a. Extrusion
a. 0.00487 cm b. Cold working
b. 0.00432 cm c. Forging
c. 0.00363 cm d. Hot rolling
d. 0.00482 cm Ans. C
Ans. C
58. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless
50. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft- steel, which means 8% of what?
lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate a. Chromium
is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the b. Nickel
length of the plate which can be sheared is: c. Carbon
a. 7055 in d. Manganese
b. 10.55 in Ans. B
c. 12.75 in
d. 17.56 in 59. It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon
Ans. D in ferrite and it the hardest and strongest form of
steel?
51. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if a. Bainite
the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the b. Ferrite
weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside c. Martensite
diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in d. Lignite
respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume Ans. C
steel flywheel)
a. 140.95 kg 60. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor.
b. 160.95 kg The compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750,
c. 200.95 kg respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter
d. 152.95 kg of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C-
Ans. D 120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance
between sheaves
52. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36 • 709 mm
inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it • 865 mm
gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the
• 806 mm
coefficient of fluctuation?
a. 0.069 • 686 mm
b. 0.015 Ans. C
c. 0.082
d. 0.020 61. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has
Ans. A the ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of
the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a
53. Which of the following processes usually used to free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the
create a bar of material of a particular shape and wire to which this spring must be initially
dimensions? compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on
a. extrusion the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is
b. cold working taken as G=80GN/m².
c. forging A. 172
d. hot rolling B. 179
Ans. D C. 192
D. 158
54. The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with steel Ans. A
with a carbon content of which of the following?
a. 0.37 to 0.44% 62. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has
b. 0.21 to 0.54% a pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is
c. 0.25 to 0.57% used as a translation screw in conjunction with a
d. 0.34 to 0.54% collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an
Ans. A inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque
in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient
55. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar.
steel, which means 18% of what? A. 34.6 N-m
a. chromium B. 32.6 N-m
b. nickel C. 39.1 N-m
c. carbon D. 38.5 N-m
d. manganese Ans. B
Ans. A
63. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
56. Which of the following terms is used to descry required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the
shallow drawing and coining? block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and
a. stamping

18
studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020. C. Stress-strain Theory
How deep should the bolt be drilled? D. Cataligno’s Theory
A. 38.1 mm Ans. B
B. 40.2 mm
C. 37.3 mm 70. It refers to the collision of two or more masses
D. 35.5 mm with initial velocities.
Ans. A A. Shock
B. Impact
64. A single square thread power screw is to raise a C. Creep
load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 D. Load
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread Ans. B
friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm 71. A term used to describe sudden applied force or
and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined disturbance.
efficiency of screw and collar. A. Shock
B. Impact
C. Creep
A. 13.438% D. Load
B. 15.530% Ans. A
C. 14.526%
D. 12.526% 72. A cone-disk spring is also known as _____
Ans. D A. Believille Spring
B. Heavy duty spring
65. Find the horsepower required to drive a power C. Helical spring
screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches D. Conical spring
double square thread with two threads/in is to be Ans. A
used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches
and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the 73. What is the other term used for die casting?
threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the A. Thermosetting
nut is 10 ft/min. B. Shell-molding
A. 5.382 HP C. Metal-mold casting
B. 4.395 HP D. Tangential casting
C. 3.683 HP Ans. C
D. 6.472 HP
Ans. B 74. It is a cold-working process in which metal is
gathered or upset.
66. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is A. Heading
required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The B. Cold rolling
flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed C. Spinning
is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to D. Stamping
be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that Ans. A
the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the 75. Which of the following is the high-leaded brass
specific weight. used for instrument, lock and watch parts?
A. 412 lb A. Red brass
B. 334 lb B. Commercial brass
C. 452.4 lb C. Yellow brass
D. 533 lb D. Engraver’s brass
Ans. B Ans. D

67. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel 76. The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature
with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a between 400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then
normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient austenite is transformed into a materials called.
fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging A. Bainite
3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and B. Lignite
arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the C. Quinite
specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³ D. Ferrite
A. 25.28 mm Ans. A
B. 28.82 mm
C. 28.25 mm 77. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a
D. 25.25 mm motor. The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute
Ans. C against a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump
efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm.
68. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of Calculate the torsional stress induced on the 40 mm
1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If diameter motor shaft.
the weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the A. 11,193.45 kPa
centrifugal force? Use factor C=41. B. 12,420.72 kPa
A. 14,800 lbs C. 10,010.85 kPa
B. 70,000 lbs D. 13,113.83 kPa
C. 14 860 lbs Ans. C
D. 14,760 lbs
Ans. D 78. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a
hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find
69. The maximum-strain theory which apples only in percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______ hallow shaft is 100 mm.
A. Hooke’s Law A. 56.53%
B. Saint Venant’s Theory B. 67.31%

19
 C. 48.49% D. England
D. 52.90% Ans. D
Ans. D
87. In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis
79. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in assumed that the viscosity of the lubricant is
diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow _________
shaft of the same material and same torsional A. Constant
strength but its weight should only be half as much B. Increasing
as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the C. Decreasing
hallow shaft in millimeters. D. Vanishing
A. 107.315 mm Ans. A
B. 112.231 mm
C. 122.940 mm 88. What do you call the phenomenon occurring when
D. 131.204 mm two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure
Ans. C and when these surfaces have minute relative motion?
A. Prestressing
80. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 B. Friction
degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of C. Fretting
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are D. Carving
prevented from buckling, what stress will result Ans. C
from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of
linear expansion = 6.5x106 per degree F.

A. 10,000 psi
B. 8,530 psi
C. 9,450 psi 89. What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can
D. 10409 psi be used where a through bolt impossible?
Ans. D A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt
81. What load P which causea total deformation of C. Carriage bolt
0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section D. Machine bolt
area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft. Ans. B
A. 55,000 lb
B. 72,000 lb 90. What type of bolt distinguished by a short
C. 60,000 lb potion of the shank underneath the head being square
D. 50,000 lb or finned or ribbed?
Ans. B A. Coupling
B. Stud bolt
82. A lubrication where lubricant is introduced C. Carriage bolt
between surfaces which are in rolling contact such D. Machine bolt
as roller gears or rolling bearings? Ans. C
A. Hydrostatic lubrication
B. Hydrodynamic lubrication 91. What is the term applied to the reciprocal of
C. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication the velocity ratio?
D. Solid-film lubrication A. Train value
Ans. C B. Modular value
C. Ratio factor
83. What lubrication is usually used when bearings D. None of these
are operating at extreme temperatures? Ans. A
A. Hydrodynamic lubrication
B. Solid-film lubrication 92. For very slender column, what type of formula
C. Hydrostatic lubrication that is best applied?
D. Liquid-film lubrication A. Column formula
Ans. B B. Moment formulas
C. Slenderness formulas
84. Which of the following is not a form of bearing D. Euler formula
lubrication? Ans. A
A. Liquid-film lubrication
B. Hydrodynamic lubrication 93. Which of the following is the type of failure
C. Hydrostatic lubrication due to unstability?
D. Solid-film lubrication A. Buckling
Ans. A B. Stability
C. Slenderness formulas
85. In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in D. Euler formula
determining viscosity? Ans. A
A. Dynamic viscometer
B. Saybolt universal furol 94. What type of spring made in the form of dished
C. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer washer?
D. Saybolt universe viscometer A. Air spring
Ans. D B. Volute spring
C. Believille spring
86. In what country that the present theory of D. Motor spring
hydrodynamic lubrication originates from? Ans. C
A. China
B. Germany What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
C. US sprocket for high speed?

20
 A. 12
B. 21 If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
C. 24 shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of
D. 14 chromium SAE 51416 of same size?
Ans. B A. 305.79 lbs
B. 426.70 lbs
Which of the following is the minimum number of C. 347.96 lbs
teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed? D. 465.89 lbs
A. 15 Ans. C
B. 12
C. 21 A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on
D. 17 a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade
Ans. D peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive
is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade
sprocket for low speed? peripheral speed required.
A. 11 A. 716.2 rpm
B. 17 B. 635.3 rpm
C. 21 C. 539.10 rpm
D. 12 D. 687.55 rpm
Ans. 12 Ans. D

Two shaft at right angles to each other may be A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm.
connected by what arrangement? Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure
A. Half turn torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional
B. ¾ turn deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot.
C. Quarter turn A. 0.392 degrees/foot
D. One turn B. 0.246 degrees/foot
Ans. C C. 0.541 degrees/foot
D. 0.435 degree/foot
What is the recommended initial tension of the belt? Ans. B
A. 75 lb/in of width
B. 71 lb/in of width The process by which high pressure is applied to a
C. 73 lb/in of width heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow
D. 80 lb/in of width through restricted orifice.
Ans. A A. Extrusion
B. Intrusion
What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter C. Forging
shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to D. Hot rolling
transmit 40,000 in-lb torque. Ans. A
A. 2.25
B. 1.95 A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to
C. 2.14 be either larger or smaller than the given
D. 2.62 dimension.
Ans. D A. Bilateral
B. Unilateral
A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm. C. Lateral
The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a D. None of these
length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft Ans. A
diameter.
A. 6.53 mm In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength
B. 8.72 mm of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as
C. 12.84 mm A. Efficiency
D. 18.16 mm B. Performance factor
Ans. A C. Joint efficiency
D. Relative strength
A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle Ans. D
2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based When tested in compression, ductile material usually
on pure torsion. exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield
A. 9 mm strength as they do when tested in tension.
B. 11 mm a. the same
C. 13 mm b. less than
D. 15 mm c. more than
Ans. B d. approximately the same
ans. D
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with
a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center
the same material. The outside diameter of the of the
hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside a. peripheral sides
diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa? b. long sides
A. 107.42 mm c. medium sides
B. 105.82 mm d. short sides
C. 291.53 mm ans: B
D. 109.60 mmw
Ans. A

21
The ability of a material to absorb energy within is c. 1,542 N
proportional limit is known as d. 2,783 N
a. resilience Ans: A
b. endurance
c. toughness A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm
d. spring action diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt
ans: A circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is
subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the
A method whereby a gear is run with another gear maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
that has abrasive surface material. a. 40450 kPa
a. hobbing b. 63320 kpa
b. honing c. 40054 kpa
c. lapping d. 31298 kpa
d. milling Ans: C
ans. C
a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm
A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the
disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns 5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are
at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a needed in the connection?
coefficient of friction of 0.27. a. 2
a. 39.566 hp b. 3
b. 40.482 hp c. 4
c. 37.456 hp d. 5
d. 35. 659 hp Ans: D.
Ans: A
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter rotating ….
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined a. 30.4 kW
efficiency of the differential and tranmission is b. 28.5 kW
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1. c. 29.3 kW
Determine the speed reduction of travel of the d. 32.3 kW
vehicle in km/hr. Ans:B

a. 10.74
b. 11.69
c. 12.58 Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and
d. 13.80 rotating ….
Ans: A a. 19.30 mm
b. 22.37 mm
An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter c. 20.40 mm
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined d. 16.32 mm
efficiency of the differential and transmission is Ans: D
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
determine the speed reduction of travel of the What is material is produced if austenite is cooled
vehicle in km/hr. rapidly to 400 deg. F or less?
a. 10.74 a. Bainite
b. 11.69 b. Fermite
c. 12.58 c. Martensite
d. 13.80 d. Lignite
Ans. A Ans: C

An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter Stainless steels are iron-based alloys that contain
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined at least how many percent chromium?
efficiency of the differential and transmission is a. 45%
75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine b. 25%
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m. c. 12%
a. 239 N-m d. 5%
b. 359 N-m Ans: C
c. 432 N-m
d. 471 N-m The very high carbon steels have good quench-harden
Ans: A ability up to how many percent chromium?
a. 35%
The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple b. 12%
disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the c. 18%
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch d. 15%
has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire. Ans: C
the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of
the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch A widely used in tool steels considering that the
engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there will maintain its hardness even it is red heat. The
is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the effect is like molybdenum, except it is to be added
motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial in greater quantities.
force available for the clutch. a. Vanadium
a. 1,688 N b. Manganese
b. 2,493 N c. Tungsten

22
 d. Nickel kg per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required to
Ans: C drive the press.
a. 1.310 kW
Which of the following is the most widely used cast b. 5.57 kW
materials? c. 8.92 kW
a. White cast iron d. 9.03 kW
b. Gray cast iron Ans: A
c. Malleable cast iron
d. Nodular cast iron Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
Ans: B to punched every stroke plane. The machine is to
make 30 strokes per minute and a hole must be
What is the result if all the carbon in cast iron is punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed
in the form of cementite and pearlite with not during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher’s
graphite present? crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is
a. White to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let
b. Gray the mean diameter of a flywheel rim to be 91.44 cm.
c. Malleable the minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the
d. Nodular maximum and assume mechanical efficiency of the
Ans: A machine to be 80%. Assume an ultimate stress of
49000 psi.
Which of the following is a characteristic of a. 1.310 kW
aluminium and its alloys? b. 5.57 kW
a. Resistance to corrosion c. 8.92 kW
b. High thermal and electrical resistance d. 9.03 kW
c. Strength to weight ratio Ans: A
d. All of these
Ans: D Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
to punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel
The corrosion resistance of aluminium alloys depends plate. The machine is to make 30 strokes per minute
upon which of the following? and a hole be punched every stroke, the hole is to
a. Thin coating oxide be formed during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher
b. Percentage of electrolyte present crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is
c. Dissolve ferrite to correct the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let
d. Casting of the material mean diameter of a flywheel rim to the 91.44 cm. the
Ans: A manimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum
and assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to
A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and be 80% Assume an ultimate stress of 49000 psi.
1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa. Compute a. 68 kg
the stress in the shell. b. 97 kg
c. 90 kg
a. 124.8 Mpa d. 92 kg
b. 119.6 Mpa Ans: B
c. 96.48 Mpa
d. 88.46 Mpa It is found that the shearing machine requires 205
Ans: B joules of energy to shear a specific gauge of sheet
metal. The mean diameter of the flywheel is to be
A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and thickness 76.2 cm. the normal operating speed is 200rpm and
0.1 in is subjected to an internal pressure of 100 slow down to 180 rpm during shearing process. The
psig the maximum normal stress on an element of the rim width is 30.48 cm and the weight of cast iron is
sphere is: 7,196.6 kg/m^3, find the thickness of the rim,
a. 5,000 psi assuming that the hub and arm account for 10% of the
b. 7,070 psi rim weight concentrated on the mean diameter.
c. 14,140 psi a. 0.583 cm
d. 2,500 psi b. 0.587 cm
Ans: A c. 0.672 cm
d. 0.480 cm
Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel Ans: B
cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the
allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the Which of the following cannot be a Poisson’s ratio
required wall thickness of the tank. of material?
a. 123.6 mm a. 0.35
b. 130.5 mm b. 0.20
c. 112.9 mm c. 0.57
d. 135.1 mm d. 0.12
Ans: A Ans: C

A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per Type of roller bearing in which the balls are
holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner
ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The normal ring.
operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows down to 180 a. Shallow groove ball bearing
rpm during the process of punching. The flywheel has b. Self-alignning ball bearing
a mean diameter of one meter and the rim width is 3 c. Fillinf-shot ball bearing
times the thickness. Assume that the hub and arm d. Deep-groove ball bearing
account for 5% of the rim weight concentrated at the Ans: D
mean diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200

23
Which of the following is not a type of ball Ans: D
bearing?
a. Shallow groove ball bearing Determine the thickness of hollow shaft having an
b. Self-aligning ball bearing outside diameter of 100 mm if it is subjected to a
c. Filling-slot ball bearing maximum torque of 5,403.58 N-m without exceeding a
d. Deep-groove ball bearing shearing stress of 60 Mpa or a twist of 0.5 degree
Ans: A per meter length of shaft G=83,000 Mpa
a. 15 mm
Which of the following is the approximate density of b. 86 mm
the leather belt? c. 16.8 mm
a. 0.025 lb/in^3 d. 14.2 mm
b. 0.035 lb/in^3 Ans: A
c. 0.0135 lb/in^3
d. 0.0465 lb/in^3 A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm, and
Ans: B wall thickness of 0.8 cm, transmits 200 kW at 500
rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the
The breaking strength of oak-tanned beltings varies shaft it the length in 5 meters? The material of the
from 3 to more than: shaft is C4140 steel.
a. 5 ksi a. 21.41 rad
b. 7 ksi b. 21.71 rad
c. 6 ksi c. 36.80 rad
d. 9 ksi d. 17.37 rad
Ans: C Ans. D

Based on experience, what is the most economical A 1 1/4 in by 7/8 in. key is to be designed for a
design belt speed? 12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at
a. 6000 to 7500 fpm 360 rpm. If the allowable shear stress for the key
b. 3500 to 4700 fpm is 920 kg/cm^2 and the allowable compressive stress
c. 3000 to 5000 fpm is 1300 kg/cm^2. Determine the length of key to be
d. 5000 to 1000 fpm used.
Ans: A a. 2.41 cm
b. 2.73 cm
The tension in the belt due to centrifugal force c. 4.42 cm
increasing rapidly above about d. 4.79 cm
a. 1500 fpm Ans. C
b. 3500 fpm
c. 3000 fpm A pulley is keyed to a 2 and 1/2 inches diameter
d. 2500 fpm shaft by a 7/16 in x 3 in flat key. The shaft
Ans: D rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable compressive stress
for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi. 59 ksi and 72
What is the recommendation speed for leather belt? ksi, repectively. Determine the maximum torque the
a. 6000 to 7000 fpm pulley can safety deliver.
b. 7000 to 8000 fpm a. 48398.4 in-lb
c. 5000 to 6000 fpm b. 54140.6 in-lb
d. 4500 to 5600 fpm c. 51562.5 in-lb
Ans: B d. 67495.2 in-lb
Ans. A
What is the recommended speed for fabric belts?
a. 4000 to 5000 fpm Which of the following is the statement of how the
b. 2000 to 3000 fpm total moment is derived from a number of forces
c. 3000 to 4000 fpm acting simultaneously at a point?
d. 2000 and more fpm a. Goodman’s theorem
Ans: A b. Varignon’s theorem
c. Soderberg’s theorem
A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 mm d. Cataligno’s theorem
and an outer diameter of 42 mm, is to be used to Ans. B
transmit 90 kW of power, determine the frequency of
rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress It is the measure of the material’s ability to yield
cannot exceed 50 Mpa. and absorb highly localized and rapidly applied
a. 26.6 Hz stresses.
b. 20.6 Hz a. Hardness
c. 97.5 Hz b. Toughness
d. 66.5 Hz c. Stiffness
Ans: A d. Resilience
Ans. B
Two circular shaft, one hollow and one solid, are
made of the same material and have diameter as What is term applied to the load at which a column
follows: hollow shaft inside diameter is one-half of fails?
the external diameter. The external diameter is a. Maximum load
equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is b. Moving load
the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow shaft c. Critical load
to that of the solid shaft? d. Dynamic load
a. ¼ Ans. C
b. ½
c. 9/16 It is otherwise known as the percentage difference
d. 15/16 in solid and working deflections?

24
 a. Clash allowance The output force of the driving sprocket and the
b. Spring allowance output of the driven sprocket are:
c. Working allowance A. 200 lb and 250 hp
d. Thrust allowance B. 261.6 lb and 300 hp
Ans. C C. 291.66 lb and 340 hp
D. None of the above
It is known as the shaft’s natural frequency of Ans. C
vibration.
a. Vibration index A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton
b. Critical speed mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to
c. High speed operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60
d. Low speed roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a
Ans. B small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an
operating temperature to remain constant at 45
What do you call the mixture of the solid degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger
ingredients with no solubility? sprocket.
a. Binary alloy A. 70
b. Miscible alloy B. 69
c. Bitectic material C. 68
d. Eutectic alloy D. 69
Ans. D Ans. D

Which of the following terms applied to an A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in
interrupted quenching process resulting in an and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in.
austenite to banite transition? The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb.
a. Austempering Find the bearing pressure.
b. Austenitizing A. 100 psi
c. Martempering B. 150 psi
d. Martenitizing C. 200 psi
Ans. A D. 250 psi
Ans. C
Which of the following processes where the material
will become progressively stronger, harder and more Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid
brittle until eventually fails? steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x
a. Hot working 106 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is
b. Cold Working 80,000 N/mm-mm
c. Tempering A. 0.22
d. Normalizing B. 0.195
Ans. B C. 0.28
D. 0.24
…. to engage the clutch? Ans. A
a. 600 lbs
b. 715 lbs A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity
c. 625 lbs of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the
d. 800 lbs dynamic load is:
Ans. B A. 244
B. 264
C. 274
D. 284
Ans. C
A set screw 12 mm effective diameter is broken by a
force of 410 N on the end of a spanner 300 mm long.
Find the torque to break a set screw of 16 mm
effective diameter if its breaking stress is 10% An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the
greater than the former. driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center
a. 320.6 N-m distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches.
b. 223.5 N-m What is the inside diameter of the driven gear?
c. 230.5 N-m A. 62
d. 345.6 N-m B. 70
Ans. A C. 74
D. 81
A Warwick screw is used to tighten a guy rope. It Ans. C
has right-hand thread of 10 mm pitch at the top and
a left-hand thread of 5 mm pitch at the bottom, and In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150
the effective radius of the toggle bar is 336 mm. rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42
Find the velocity. teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion?
a. 220.6 A. 18.4 degrees
b. 130.5 B. 20 degrees
c. 140.8 C. 14.5 degrees
d. 210.5 D. 20.5 degrees
Ans. C Ans. A

A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a In damped free vibration, when the system returns to
400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter its static position with the …… equilibrium, the
chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%. system is said to be
A. Underdamped

25
 B. Overdamped stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
C. Resonant load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
D. Critically damped A. 8150
Ans. D B. 10920
C. 9,333
Balancing o grinding wheel is done to D. 7260
A. Make the outside diameter concentric with Ans. C
the bore
B. Make the sides of wheel parallel Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy-
C. Equalize the weight in every portion of the acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in
wheel thick steel plate.
D. None of the above A. 6.85 min.
Ans. C B. 318 sec
C. 10 min
A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of D. 360 sec
these 5 means Ans. D
A. Kind of abrasive
B. Structure A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet
C. Kind of bond weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock
D. Grain size 1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal
Ans. B pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on
It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test, the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld.
uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load A. 2.376 MPa
that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg. B. 3.590 MPa
A. Vickers test C. 2.843 MPa
B. Mohs hardness D. 1.695 Mpa
C. Knoop test Ans. A
D. Brinell test
Ans. A Which of the following dynamometer is widely used
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range
The maximum moment induced in a simply supported of speeds?
beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at A. Hydraulic
midspan is B. Belt transmission
A. 125,000 ft-lbs C. Rope brake
B. 15,000 ft-lbs D. Electric generator
C. 30,000 ft-lbs Ans. A
D. 10,000 ft-lbs
Ans. D Which of the following dynamometer is used for power
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous
A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net force is small?
torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the A. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer
tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is B. Froude water vortex dynamometer
the maximum tension in the belt? C. Rope brake dynamometer
A. 250 lbs. D. Amsler dynamometer
B. 800 lbs. Ans. A
C. 83 lbs.
D. 500 lbs. In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is
Ans. B A. The part of the tooth surface lying below
the pitch surface’
Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws B. The curve forming face and flank
required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000 C. The width of the gear tooth measures axially
rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch along the pitch surface
D. The surface of the top of the tooth
Ans. A

A. 1 ½
B. 2
C. 3
D. 1
Ans. B The cam angle is
A. The angle of rotation of the cam for a
A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is definite displacement of the follower
propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder. B. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at
At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity the cam center’
if the stroke is 28 inches? C. The angle subtended at the cam center by the
A. 47.4 ft/sec portion of cam during which the follower
B. 31.6 ft/sec moves
C. 15.8 ft/sec D. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam
D. 63.2 ft/sec center when the follower dwells.
Ans. B Ans. A

A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism
0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance A. None of the links should be fixed
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating B. One link should be fixed
C. Two links should be fixed

26
 D. There is no such criterion be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is
Ans. B to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
Slip in belt drive is and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
A. Loss of power of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
B. Difference between the angular velocities of
two pulleys Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.
C. Difference between the velocities of two
pulleys A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12
D. Difference between the linear speed of the inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm,
rim of pulley and the belt on it. squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is
Ans. D 3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum
Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot compressive stress of the key
bearing to A. 779 psi
A. Increase frictional resistance B. 997 psi
B. To establish self-sustaining bearing C. 197 psi
condition D. 279 psi
C. Distribute the frictional load due to Ans. B
limiting friction
D. Distribute the axial load due to limiting A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to
bearing pressure on a collar withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a
Ans. D design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded
In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum- joints should have a relative strength (efficiency)
table, the following type of governor is commonly of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi.
used Compute the longitudinal stress.
A. Hartung governor A. 128,000 psi
B. Inertia governor B. 21,000 psi
C. Pickering governor C. 800,000 psi
D. Wilson hartnell D. 12,800 psi
Ans. C Ans. D

Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of
A. Parting gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to
B. Perforating attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds.
C. Lancing A. 40.46 N
D. Notching B. 44.12 N
Ans. A C. 35.66 N
D. 38.48 N
The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for Ans. B
reproducing drawings to different scales is called
A. Clinograph A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a
B. Trisquare tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb
C. Graphometer having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the
D. Bantograph stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the
Ans. D modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x106 psi.

Which of the following is a higher pair? Ans. S=12,000 psi

A. Thomson an indicator mechanism
B. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor
C. Hart’s straight line mechanism is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5.
D. Tooth gearing mechanism The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the
Ans. D approximate tightening torque should be used to
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the
A process of indenting but not breaking through the proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2?
produce a cavity of an impression
A. Heading Ans. T = 2161 in-lb
B. Cogging
C. Barreling
D. Piercing
Ans. D
A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at
300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low
develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is
shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be 150 kg at 200 rpm.
used. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if A. 0.46 hp
the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion B. 0.66 hp
alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the C. 0.75 hp
percentage savings in weight. D. 0.83 hp
Ans. D
Ans. %W saving = 37.3%
A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting
support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to

27
length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm A. Ratio factor
and the number of finishing teeth is 13. B. Service factor
A. 672 mm C. Reliability factor
B. 627 mm D. Life factor
C. 762 mm Ans. C
D. 726 mm
Ans. C What is the term used to described the distance from
a point on one gear to the corresponding point
Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling measures along the base circle.
machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron A. Diametral Pitch
workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific B. Circular Pitch
power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%. C. Normal Pitch
A. 0.6 kW D. Chordal pitch
B. 0.9 kW Ans. C
C. 0.7 kW
D. 0.4 kW Which of the following is the best method used for
Ans. A increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
A. Sprickling
A double square thread screw is used to raise a load B. Shot peening
of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside C. Stress relieving
diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in. D. Shot relieving
respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12, Ans. B
thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in
drive the screw. magnitude but opposite direction?
A. 3.45 hp A. Concurrent forces
B. 4.29 hp B. Non-concurrent forces
C. 4.65 hp C. Couple
D. 5.02 hp D. Equillibrant
Ans. B Ans. C

Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined
used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60 together to form a kinematic chain.
tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws. A. Coplanar
The coefficients of collar and thread friction are B. Link
0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the C. Frame
collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm, D. Machine
determine the size of the motor required to lift the Ans. B
gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
speed reducing equipment. The kinematics chain in which one link is considered
A. 20 hp fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
B. 30 hp possible in other links.
C. 34 hp A. Belting
D. 24 hp B. Mechanism
Ans. C C. Frame
D. Sprocket Chain
A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of Ans. C
4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression
spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be What describes very rough grinding, such as that
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the risers from castings?
maximum load on each springs. A. Snagging
A. 1491 lbs B. Honing
B. 2037 lbs C. Lapping
C. 1675 lbs D. Snugging
D. 2453 lbs Ans. A
Ans. A
Two spur wheels in gear transmit a power 6.7 kW. The
What describes very rough grinding such as that driver has 40 teeth of 12 mm pitch and runs at 7
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and rev/s,find the force on the teeth.
risers from castings? a. 2.0 kN
A. Snagging b. 1.0 kN
B. Honing c. 3.0 kN
C. Lapping d. 4.0 kN
D. Snugging
Ans. A Ans. A

Which of the following is a single measure that

combines the external dynamic load of an application
with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?

28
 TIGERS
NAULIT NA
ITO!!!
PRACTICE!

29
An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor. The
compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750,
respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is
of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C- required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The
120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed
between sheaves is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to
709 be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that
A. 865 mm the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the
B. 806 mm specific weight.
C. 686 mm E. 412 lb
Ans. C F. 334 lb
G. 452.4 lb
A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has the H. 533 lb
ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of the Ans. B
coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a free
length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the wire Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel with
to which this spring must be initially compressed to a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a
hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on the seat of 32 normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient
mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is taken as fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging
G=80GN/m². 3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and
E. 172 arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the
F. 179 specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³
G. 192 E. 25.28 mm
H. 158 F. 28.82 mm
Ans. A G. 28.25 mm
H. 25.25 mm
A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has a Ans. C
pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is
used as a translation screw in conjunction with a A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of 1200
collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If the
inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the centrifugal
in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient force? Use factor C=41.
of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar. E. 14,800 lbs
E. 34.6 N-m F. 70,000 lbs
F. 32.6 N-m G. 14 800 lbs
G. 39.1 N-m H. 14,700 lbs
H. 38.5 N-m Ans. D
Ans. B The maximum-strain theory which apples only in
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______
Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203 E. Hooke’s Law
mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the F. Saint Venant’s Theory
block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and G. Stress-strain Theory
studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020. H. Cataligno’s Theory
How deep should the bolt be drilled? Ans. B
E. 38.1 mm
F. 40.2 mm It refers to the collision of two or more masses
G. 37.3 mm with initial velocities.
H. 35.5 mm E. Shock
Ans. A F. Impact
G. Creep
A single square thread power screw is to raise a H. Load
load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36 Ans. B
mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread
friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10 A term used to describe sudden applied force or
respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm disturbance.
and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined E. Shock
efficiency of screw and collar. F. Impact
E. 13.438% G. Creep
F. 15.530% H. Load
G. 14.526% Ans. A
H. 12.526%
Ans. D A cone-disk spring is also known as _____
E. Believille Spring
Find the horsepower required to drive a power screw F. Heavy duty spring
lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches double G. Helical spring
square thread with two threads/in is to be used. The H. Conical spring
friction radius of the collar is 2 inches and the Ans. A
coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the threads and
0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the nut is 10 What is the other term used for die casting?
ft/min. E. Thermosetting
E. 5.382 HP F. Shell-molding
F. 4.395 HP G. Metal-mold casting
G. 3.683 HP H. Tangential casting
H. 6.472 HP Ans. C
Ans. B

30
 What load P which causea total deformation of 0.036
inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section area
of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft.
E. 55,000 lb
It is a cold-working process in which metal is F. 72,000 lb
gathered or upset. G. 60,000 lb
E. Heading H. 50,000 lb
F. Cold rolling Ans. B
G. Spinning A lubrication where lubricant is introduced between
H. Stamping surfaces which are in rolling contact such as roller
Ans. A gears or rolling bearings?
E. Hydrostatic lubrication
Which of the following is the high-leaded brass used F. Hydrodynamic lubrication
for instrument, lock and watch parts? G. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication
E. Red brass H. Solid-film lubrication
F. Commercial brass Ans. C
G. Yellow brass
H. Engraver’s brass What lubrication is usually used when bearings are
Ans. D operating at extreme temperatures?
E. Hydrodynamic lubrication
The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature between F. Solid-film lubrication
400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then austenite is G. Hydrostatic lubrication
transformed into a materials called. H. Liquid-film lubrication
E. Bainite Ans. B
F. Lignite
G. Quinite Which of the following is not a form of bearing
H. Ferrite lubrication?
Ans. A E. Liquid-film lubrication
F. Hydrodynamic lubrication
A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a motor. G. Hydrostatic lubrication
The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute against a H. Solid-film lubrication
total head of 8 meters of water. Pump efficiency is Ans. A
65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm. Calculate the
torsional stress induced on the 40 mm diameter motor In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in
shaft. determining viscosity?
E. 11,193.45 kPa E. Dynamic viscometer
F. 12,420.72 kPa F. Saybolt universal furol
G. 10,010.85 kPa G. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer
H. 13,113.83 kPa H. Saybolt universe viscometer
Ans. C Ans. D

A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a hallow In what country that the present theory of
shaft of equal torsional strength. Find percentage hydrodynamic lubrication originates from?
of weight saved, if the outside of the hallow shaft E. China
is 100 mm. F. Germany
E. 56.53% G. US
F. 67.31% H. England
G. 48.49% Ans. D
H. 52.90%
Ans. D In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis assumed
that the viscosity of the lubricant is _________
A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in E. Constant
diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow F. Increasing
shaft of the same material and same torsional G. Decreasing
strength but its weight should only be half as much H. Vanishing
as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the Ans. A
hallow shaft in millimeters.
E. 107.315 mm What do you call the phenomenon occurring when two
F. 112.231 mm touching surfaces have a high contact pressure and
G. 122.940 mm when these surfaces have minute relative motion?
H. 131.204 mm E. Prestressing
Ans. C F. Friction
G. Fretting
A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10 H. Carving
degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of Ans. C
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are
prevented from buckling, what stress will result What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can be
from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of used where a through bolt impossible?
linear expansion = 6.5x106 per degree F. E. Coupling
E. 10,000 psi F. Stud bolt
F. 8,530 psi G. Carriage bolt
G. 9,450 psi H. Machine bolt
H. 10409 psi Ans. B
Ans. D

31
What type of bolt distinguished by a short potion of What is the recommended initial tension of the belt?
the shank underneath the head being square or finned E. 75 lb/in of width
or ribbed? F. 71 lb/in of width
E. Coupling G. 73 lb/in of width
F. Stud bolt H. 80 lb/in of width
G. Carriage bolt Ans. A
H. Machine bolt
Ans. C What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter
shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to
transmit 40,000 in-lb torque.
E. 2.25
F. 1.95
What is the term applied to the reciprocal of the G. 2.14
velocity ratio? H. 2.62
E. Train value Ans. D
F. Modular value A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm.
G. Ratio factor The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a
H. None of these length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft
Ans. A diameter.
E. 6.53 mm
For very slender column, what type of formula that F. 8.72 mm
is best applied? G. 12.84 mm
E. Column formula H. 18.16 mm
F. Moment formulas Ans. A
G. Slenderness formulas
H. Euler formula A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle
Ans. A 2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based
Which of the following is the type of failure due to on pure torsion.
unstability? E. 9 mm
E. Buckling F. 11 mm
F. Stability G. 13 mm
G. Slenderness formulas H. 15 mm
H. Euler formula Ans. B
Ans. A
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with
What type of spring made in the form of dished a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of
washer? the same material. The outside diameter of the
E. Air spring hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside
F. Volute spring diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa?
G. Believille spring E. 107.42 mm
H. Motor spring F. 105.82 mm
Ans. C G. 291.53 mm
H. 109.60 mmw
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller Ans. A
sprocket for high speed?
E. 12 If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
F. 21 shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of
G. 24 chromium SAE 51416 of same size?
H. 14 E. 305.79 lbs
Ans. B F. 426.70 lbs
G. 347.96 lbs
Which of the following is the minimum number of H. 465.89 lbs
teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed? Ans. C
E. 15
F. 12 A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on
G. 21 a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade
H. 17 peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive
Ans. D is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter
pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller peripheral speed required.
sprocket for low speed? E. 716.2 rpm
E. 11 F. 635.3 rpm
F. 17 G. 539.10 rpm
G. 21 H. 687.55 rpm
H. 12 Ans. D
Ans. 12
A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm.
Two shaft at right angles to each other may be Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure
connected by what arrangement? torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional
E. Half turn deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot.
F. ¾ turn E. 0.392 degrees/foot
G. Quarter turn F. 0.246 degrees/foot
H. One turn G. 0.541 degrees/foot
Ans. C H. 0.435 degree/foot
Ans. B

32
 Determine the speed reduction of travel of the
The process by which high pressure is applied to a vehicle in km/hr.
heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow a. 10.74
through restricted orifice. b. 11.69
E. Extrusion c. 12.58
F. Intrusion d. 13.80
G. Forging Ans: A
H. Hot rolling
Ans. A An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to efficiency of the differential and transmission is
be either larger or smaller than the given 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
dimension. determine the speed reduction of travel of the
E. Bilateral vehicle in km/hr.
F. Unilateral a. 10.74
G. Lateral b. 11.69
H. None of these c. 12.58
Ans. A d. 13.80
In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength Ans. A
of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as
E. Efficiency
F. Performance factor An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
G. Joint efficiency of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined
H. Relative strength efficiency of the differential and transmission is
Ans. D 75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m.
When tested in compression, ductile material usually a. 239 N-m
exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield b. 359 N-m
strength as they do when tested in tension. c. 432 N-m
a. the same d. 471 N-m
b. less than Ans: A
c. more than
d. approximately the same The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple
ans. D disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch
In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire.
of the the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of
a. peripheral sides the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch
b. long sides engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there
c. medium sides is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the
d. short sides motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial
ans: B force available for the clutch.
a. 1,688 N
The ability of a material to absorb energy within is b. 2,493 N
proportional limit is known as c. 1,542 N
a. resilience d. 2,783 N
b. endurance Ans: A
c. toughness
d. spring action A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm
ans: A diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt
circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is
A method whereby a gear is run with another gear subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the
that has abrasive surface material. maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
a. hobbing a. 40450 kPa
b. honing b. 63320 kpa
c. lapping c. 40054 kpa
d. milling d. 31298 kpa
ans. C Ans: C

A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm
disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the
20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit
at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a 5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are
coefficient of friction of 0.27. needed in the connection?
a. 39.566 hp a. 2
b. 40.482 hp b. 3
c. 37.456 hp c. 4
d. 35. 659 hp d. 5
Ans: A Ans: D

An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined 400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter
efficiency of the differential and tranmission is chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%.
75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1. The output force of the driving sprocket and the
output of the driven sprocket are:

33
 E. 200 lb and 250 hp
F. 261.6 lb and 300 hp Balancing o grinding wheel is done to
G. 291.66 lb and 340 hp E. Make the outside diameter concentric with
H. None of the above the bore
Ans. C F. Make the sides of wheel parallel
G. Equalize the weight in every portion of the
A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton wheel
mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to H. None of the above
operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60 Ans. C
roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a
small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of
operating temperature to remain constant at 45 these 5 means
degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger E. Kind of abrasive
sprocket. F. Structure
E. 70 G. Kind of bond
F. 69 H. Grain size
G. 68 Ans. B
H. 69
Ans. D It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test,
uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load
A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg.
and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in. E. Vickers test
The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb. F. Mohs hardness
Find the bearing pressure. G. Knoop test
E. 100 psi H. Brinell test
F. 150 psi Ans. A
G. 200 psi
H. 250 psi The maximum moment induced in a simply supported
Ans. C beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at
midspan is
Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid E. 125,000 ft-lbs
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x F. 15,000 ft-lbs
106 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is G. 30,000 ft-lbs
80,000 N/mm-mm H. 10,000 ft-lbs
E. 0.22 Ans. D
F. 0.195
G. 0.28 A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net
H. 0.24 torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the
Ans. A tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is
the maximum tension in the belt?
A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity E. 250 lbs.
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the F. 800 lbs.
dynamic load is: G. 83 lbs.
E. 244 H. 500 lbs.
F. 264 Ans. B
G. 274
H. 284 Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws
Ans. C required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000
rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch
An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the E. 1 ½
driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center F. 2
distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches. G. 3
What is the inside diameter of the driven gear? H. 1
E. 62 Ans. B
F. 70
G. 74 A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is
H. 81 propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder.
Ans. C At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity
if the stroke is 28 inches?
In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150 E. 47.4 ft/sec
rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42 F. 31.6 ft/sec
teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion? G. 15.8 ft/sec
E. 18.4 degrees H. 63.2 ft/sec
F. 20 degrees Ans. B
G. 14.5 degrees
H. 20.5 degrees A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor
Ans. A. 0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating
In damped free vibration, when the system returns to stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
its static position with the …… equilibrium, the load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.
system is said to be E. 8150
E. Underdamped F. 10920
F. Overdamped G. 9,333
G. Resonant H. 7260
H. Critically damped Ans. C
Ans. D

34
Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy- Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot
acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in bearing to
thick steel plate. E. Increase frictional resistance
E. 6.85 min. F. To establish self-sustaining bearing
F. 318 sec condition
G. 10 min G. Distribute the frictional load due to
H. 360 sec limiting friction
Ans. D H. Distribute the axial load due to limiting
bearing pressure on a collar
A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet Ans. D
weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock
1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum-
pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on table, the following type of governor is commonly
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on used
the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld. E. Hartung governor
E. 2.376 MPa F. Inertia governor
F. 3.590 MPa G. Pickering governor
G. 2.843 MPa H. Wilson hartnell
H. 1.695 Mpa Ans. C
Ans. A
Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces
Which of the following dynamometer is widely used E. Parting
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range F. Perforating
of speeds? G. Lancing
E. Hydraulic H. Notching
F. Belt transmission Ans. A
G. Rope brake
H. Electric generator The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for
Ans. A reproducing drawings to different scales is called
Which of the following dynamometer is used for power
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous
force is small?
E. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer E. Clinograph
F. Froude water vortex dynamometer F. Trisquare
G. Rope brake dynamometer G. Graphometer
H. Amsler dynamometer H. Bantograph
Ans. A Ans. D

In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is Which of the following is a higher pair?
E. The part of the tooth surface lying below E. Thomson an indicator mechanism
the pitch surface’ F. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism
F. The curve forming face and flank G. Hart’s straight line mechanism
G. The width of the gear tooth measures axially H. Tooth gearing mechanism
along the pitch surface Ans. D
H. The surface of the top of the tooth
Ans. A A process of indenting but not breaking through the
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to
The cam angle is produce a cavity of an impression
E. The angle of rotation of the cam for a E. Heading
definite displacement of the follower F. Cogging
F. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at G. Barreling
the cam center’ H. Piercing
G. The angle subtended at the cam center by the Ans. D
portion of cam during which the follower
moves A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at
H. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam 300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft
center when the follower dwells. develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel
Ans. A shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be
used. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if
For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion
E. None of the links should be fixed alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the
F. One link should be fixed percentage savings in weight.
G. Two links should be fixed
H. There is no such criterion Ans. %W saving = 37.3%
Ans. B
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to
Slip in belt drive is support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to
E. Loss of power be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is
F. Difference between the angular velocities of to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
two pulleys to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
G. Difference between the velocities of two and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
pulleys of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
H. Difference between the linear speed of the
rim of pulley and the belt on it. Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.
Ans. D

35
A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 E. 0.6 kW
inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm, F. 0.9 kW
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is G. 0.7 kW
3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of H. 0.4 kW
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum Ans. A
compressive stress of the key
E. 779 psi A double square thread screw is used to raise a load
F. 997 psi of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
G. 197 psi diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in.
H. 279 psi respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
Ans. B thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to drive the screw.
withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a E. 3.45 hp
design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the F. 4.29 hp
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded G. 4.65 hp
joints should have a relative strength (efficiency) H. 5.02 hp
of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi. Ans. B
Compute the longitudinal stress.
E. 128,000 psi Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are
F. 821,000 psi used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60
G. 800,000 psi tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws.
H. 12,800 psi The coefficients of collar and thread friction are
Ans. D 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the
collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm,
The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of determine the size of the motor required to lift the
gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds. speed reducing equipment.
E. 40.46 N E. 20 hp
F. 44.12 N F. 30 hp
G. 35.66 N G. 34 hp
H. 38.48 N H. 24 hp
Ans. B Ans. C

A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a

tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb
having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of
stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the 4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression
modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x106 psi. spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the
Ans. S=12,000 psi allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the
maximum load on each springs.
The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor E. 1491 lbs
is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5. F. 2037 lbs
The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the G. 1675 lbs
approximate tightening torque should be used to H. 2453 lbs
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the Ans. A
proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2? What describes very rough grinding such as that
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
Ans. T = 2161 in-lb risers from castings?
E. Snagging
Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low F. Honing
carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is G. Lapping
150 kg at 200 rpm. H. Snugging
E. 0.46 hp Ans. A
F. 0.66 hp
G. 0.75 hp Which of the following is a single measure that
H. 0.83 hp combines the external dynamic load of an application
Ans. D with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?
E. Ratio factor
A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm F. Service factor
deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting G. Reliability factor
length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm H. Life factor
and the number of finishing teeth is 13. Ans. C
E. 672 mm
F. 627 mm What is the term used to described the distance from
G. 762 mm a point on one gear to the corresponding point
H. 726 mm measures along the base circle.
Ans. C E. Diametral Pitch
F. Circular Pitch
Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling G. Normal Pitch
machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron H. Chordal pitch
workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific Ans. C
power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%.

36
Which of the following is the best method used for 20. A leather belt 6 inches by ¼ in. thick
increasing a spring’s fatigue life? running at 4000 ft/min. connects 12 in and
E. Sprickling 60 in. in diameter pulleys. The angles of
F. Shot peening contact are 270 deg. And 240 deg for small
G. Stress relieving and large pulleys respectively. Coefficient
H. Shot relieving of friction on large pulley is 0.4 on small
Ans. B pulley 0.3. if the allowable tension is 100
lb per in. determine the maximum horsepower
What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in that can be transmitted without considering
magnitude but opposite direction? centrifugal force.
E. Concurrent forces e. 44 hp
F. Non-concurrent forces f. 55 hp
G. Couple g. 33 hp
H. Equillibrant h. 66 hp
Ans. C Ans: B

It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined 21. Determine the time required to turn a brass
together to form a kinematic chain. component 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long at
E. Coplanar a cutting speed of 36 m/min. the feed is 0.4
F. Link and only one cut is taken.
G. Frame e. 2.2 min
H. Machine f. 3.3 min
Ans. B g. 1.2 min
h. 4.4 min
The kinematics chain in which one link is considered Ans. C
fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
possible in other links. 22. A tool will cut for 4 hrs before it needs
E. Belting sharpening. Determine the time charged to
F. Mechanism one cycle if it takes 12 minutes to change
G. Frame the tool can be sharpened 10 times before it
H. Sprocket Chain is discarded.
Ans. C e. 62 m/min
What describes very rough grinding, such as that f. 82 m/min
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and g. 72 m/min
risers from castings? h. 52 m/min
E. Snagging Ans. B
F. Honing
G. Lapping
H. Snugging
Ans. A
17. A carbide milling cutter 250 mm in diameter
is used to cut a block mild steel with a
plain cutter. The block is 500 mm long. If 23. Which of the following simple mechanical
the feed is 0.50 mm/rev and depth of cut is machine with the ability to increase an
1.2 mm, determine the time required to take applied force?
one cut. The over travel is 16 mm. the e. Hinges
cutting speed is 80 m/min. f. Lever
e. 8.45 min g. Roller
f. 7.45 min h. Spring
g. 9.45 min
h. 10.45 min Ans: B
Ans: D
24. Which of the following devices that is
18. The feed of an 8 tooth face mill cutter is mainly used to raise or lower an object?
0.325 mm per tooth at 200 rpm. The material e. Hoist
cut is 300 BHN steel. If the depth of cut is f. Lever
3 mm and width is 100 mm, calculate the g. Spring
power at the cutter. h. Roller
e. 10.24 hp Ans: A
f. 12.48 hp
g. 11.62 hp 25. What is term applied to the process of
h. 13.22 hp separating different sizes of the same
Ans: B material?
A. Screening
19. Determine the power required for milling a B. Separation
mild steel work piece with a cutter of 80 mm C. Sieving
diameter 9 teeth and rotating at 120 rpm. D. Screening
The work piece has a width of 60 mm. depth Ans:C
of cut is 4 mm and tooth load is 0.03 mm
e. 1.2 kW It is the process of separating a material
f. 2.3 kW into a variety of specifically sized groups.
g. 1.9 kW a. Centrifugal
h. 2.6 kW b. Fractioning
Ans: C c. Sieving
d. Screening
Ans: B

37
 d. 1.86
It is process in which metal is dropped in Ans: D
dilute acid solutions to remove dirt,
grease, and oxides. 18. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
a. Pickling diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
b. Polishing a. 45 tons
c. Sheradizing b. 20 tons
D. Pakerizing c. 30 tons
Ans: A d. 40 tons
Ans: A
Which of the following mechanism is used to
change the direction of an applied tensile 19. A steel tie rod on bridge must be made to
force? withstand a pull of 6,000 lbs. find the diameter of
a. Gears the rod assuming a factor of safety of 5 and
b. Pulleys ultimate stress of 64,000 psi.
c. Flywheels a. 0.705 in
d. Ropes b. 0.891 in
Ans: B c. 0.809 in
d. 0.773 in
Ans: D
What is usually the lose factor for most wire
ropes and chains with 1802 contact at low 20. An engine parts is being tested with a load of
speeds? 30,000 lb. the allowable tensile stress is 10,000
A. varies from 1.03 to 1.06 psi, modulus of elasticity of 40× 105 psi. If the
B. varies 1.07 to 1.10 original length of specimen is 42 inches with
C. varies from 1.20 to 1.50 elongation not exceeding 0.0015 inch, what diameter
D. varies from 1.60 to 1.80 of the specimen is required?
Ans: A a. 4.2 in
b. 3.0 in
Which of the following is the method to c. 2.5 in
determine the reactions on continuous beams? d. 5.17 in
a. two-moment equations Ans: D
b. Second moment equations
c. three-moment equations 21. A steel rod 75 inches long tested with a load of
d. third moment equations 3000 lb is suspended from the other end. If the rod
Ans: C stretches 0.025 inches, find the modulus of
elasticity of the steel.
a. 36× 106 psi
b. 11.5× 106 psi
c. 30× 106 psi
d. 27× 106 psi
Ans: A

A machine component of mass 0.77 kg moves

with simple harmonic motion in a straight 22. Considered is 20 deg C and a maximum temperature
line and completes 175 oscillations per of 30 deg C is designed for, and the modulus of
minute. Find the accelerating force when the elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, determine the
component is 50 mm from mid-travel. clearance between rails such that adjoining rail
a. 11.65 N will just touch at maximum design temperature.
b. 12.93 N
a. 2.34
c. 10.44 N b. 2.32
d. 13.22 N c. 3.41
Ans: B d. 1.86
Ans: D
What load in Newton must be applied to a 25
mm round steel bar 3.0 m long to stretch the 23. What pressure is required to punch a hole 3 in.
bar 1.3 mm? diameter through a ¼ in. steel plate?
a. 42,056 a. 45 tons
b. 52,840 b. 20 tons
c. 55,016 c. 30 tons
d. 44,031 d. 40 tons
Ans: D Ans: A

24. In practice and theory as well, what is the

17. In the LRT II project steel railroad rails of 10 allowed permissible misalignment in cylindrical and
meters long are to be installed. If lowest tapered roller bearings?
temperature considered is 20 deg. C and a maximum a. 0.005 rad
temperature of 36 deg C is designed for, and the b. 0.006 rad
modulus of elasticity of steel to be 207,000 Mpa, c. 0.001 rad
determine the clearance between the clearance d. 0.003 rad
between rails such that adjoining rail will just Ans: C
touch at maximum design temperature.
a. 2.34
b. 3.32
c. 3.41

38
25. In practice and theory as well, the misalignment b. 21.7 mm
of spherical bearings should not exceed how many c. 25.8 mm
radians? d. 30.2 mm
a. 0.0087 rad Ans.A
b. 0.0065 rad
c. 0.0041 rad 33. A line shaft with a power of 150 KW at a speed
d. 0.0043 rad of 1200 rpm, had a rectangular key used in its
Ans: A pulley connection. Consider the shearing of stress
of the shaft to be 40 N/mm^2 and the key to be 200
26. What term is used to describe a maximum load N/mm^2, determine the shaft diameter.
that a bolt can withstand without acquiring a a.66.62 mm
permanent set? b.53.31 mm
a. Live load c.40.82mm
b. Dead load d.44.94 mm
c. Proof load Ans. B
d. Ultimate load
Ans: C 35. A cylinder having an internal diameter of 20 in
and an external diameter of 36 in is subjected to an
27. In bolts design, the quotient of the proof load internal pressure of 10,000 psi and an external
and the tensile-stress area is called pressure of 2,500 psi. Determine the hoop stress at
a. proof strength the inner surface of the cylinder.
b. yield strength a. 24, 705.16 psi
c. section modulus b. 19, 028.52 psi
d. modulus of resilience c. 13, 142.86 psi
Ans: A d. 11, 696.43 psi
Ans. D.
28. In bolts design, proof strength corresponds
approximately how many percent of the 0.2 percent 36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel is
offset yield strength? subjected to internal pressure which varies from 750
a. 85% kPa to 3350 kPa continuously. The diameter of the
b. 95% shell is 150 cm. Find the required thickness of the
c. 90% cylinder based on yield point of 480 MPa net
d. 45% endurance limit of 205 MPa and a factor of safety of
Ans: C 2.5.
a. 21.2 mm
29. What type of brass that is usually used to form b. 22.21 mm
tubing or piping to carry hot water in such c. 23.83 mm
application of radiators or condenser? d. 20.72 mm
a. Red brass Ans. A
b. Commercial brass
c. Yellow brass 37. A compression ring is to be used at the junction
d. Cartridge brass of a conical head and shell. Determine the required
Ans: A area of the compression ring if the pressure is 50
psi and the stress is 13750 psi. Assume efficiency
of the joint is 80%.
a. 0.00715 d^2
b. 0.00482 d^2
c. 0.00712 d^2
d. 0.00682 d^2
Ans. A
30. It is in widespread use for the numbering system
for cast iron by ASTM (American Society for Testing
and Material), then this system is based on which of 38. A cylindrical vessel measuring (2ft x 5 ft)
the following? holds a gas at 3,000 psi. Using stainless OQT 12000,
a. Bearing Strength determine the thickness of the plate with a design
b. Compressive Strength factor of 1.4 yield. A assume efficiency of welded
c. Axial Strength joint as 85%.
d. Tensile Strength a. 0.549 in
Ans: D b. 0.455 in
c. 1.2 in
31. It casting, brass, bronze, steel, gray iron and d. 0.3 in
aluminum are most often used materials. What is the Ans. A
minimum wall thickness for of the aforementioned
materials used in casting? 39. Which of the following is considered to be the
a. 5mm lightest of all commercial metals and is used in
b. 10mm aircraft industry?
c. 7 mm a. titanium
d. 3 mm b. chromium
Ans: A c. magnesium
d. aluminum
32. A rectangular key was used in a pulley connected Ans. C
to a line shaft with a power of 8 kw at a speed pf
1200 rpm. If the shearing stress of the shaft and 40. Brass with 40% zinc are called ___
key are 30 N/mm^2. Respectively. What is the a. muntz metal
diameter of the shaft? b. bronze
a. 22.2 mm c. yellow brass

39
d. admiralty metal c. 347 kg
Ans. A d. 385 kg

41. How do you call a brass that contains 28% zinc, 48. A 48 in diameter spoked steel flywheel having a
1 % tin and very excellent corrosion resistance 12 in wide x 10 in deep rim rotates at 200 rpm. How
especially in saltwater. long a cut (in inches) can be stamped in one inch
a. muntz metal thick aluminum plate if ultimate shearing strength
b. bronze of the aluminum is 40,000 lb/in2. During stamping ,
c. yellow brass the force exerted by the stamp varies from a maximum
d. admiralty metal F lb at the point of contact to zero lb when the
stamp emerges from the metal. Neglect the weight of
42. A brass with 40% zinc or same composition as the flywheel weight of the flywheel and spokes and
muntz metal expect for the addition of 0.75% tin use 0.28 lb/in3 density for flywheel material.
that contributes to the corrosion resistance of this a. 43.2 in
material. b. 41.1 in
a. naval brass c. 44.5 in
b. bronze d. 35.9 in
c. cartridge brass Ans. B
d. admiralty metal
Ans. A 49. A shearing machine requires 150 kg m of energy
to shear a steel sheet, and has normal speed of 3.0
43. High pressure vessels and pipes carrying high rev/sec slowing down to 2.8 rev/sec during the
pressure fluids develop which of the following shearing process. The flywheel account for 15% of
stresses? its total weight, find the thickness of the rim in
a. tangential stress only cm.
b. radial stress only a. 0.00487 cm
c. bearing stress only b. 0.00432 cm
d. both radial and tangential stress c. 0.00363 cm
Ans. C d. 0.00482 cm
Ans. C
44. For the rotating elements like flywheels and
blowers, the analysis of stresses will be based 50. In a shearing machine the energy is 29,264 ft-
similar on which of the following theory? lb, the ultimate shearing stress of the steel plate
a. thin-walled cylinder is 40,000 psi, the plate thickness is 1 inch the
b. thick- walled cylinder length of the plate which can be sheared is:
c. radial ball bearing a. 7055 in
d. rotating shaft member b. 10.55 in
Ans. B c. 12.75 in
d. 17.56 in
45. For thin-walled pressure vessels, which of the
following statements is correct of the stresses? 51. What would be the weight of a flywheel in kg if
a. Radial stresses is quite small as compared with the weight of the rim is 3 times the sum of the
the tangential stress. weight of the hub and arms. Given the outside
b. Radial stresses is quite bigger as compared with diameter and inside diameter to be 24 in and 18 in
the tangential stress. respectively and the rim width is 4.5 in. (assume
c. Radial stresses is same as tangential stress. steel flywheel)
d. Only radial stress is present and no tangential a. 140.95 kg
stress. b. 160.95 kg
Ans. A c. 200.95 kg
d. 152.95 kg
Ans. D

52. A cast iron flywheel with a mean diameter of 36

inches changes speed from 300 rpm to 280 while it
46. How do you call the ratio of lateral strain to gives up 8000 ft-lb of energy. What is the
longitudinal strain? coefficient of fluctuation?
a. Poission’s ratio
b. Modulus of resilience a. 0.069
c. Modulus of rigidity b. 0.015
d. Offset ratio c. 0.082
Ans. A d. 0.020
Ans. A
47. A sheet metal working company purchase a
shearing machine from a surplus dealer without a 53. Which of the following processes usually used to
flywheel. It is calculated that the machine will use create a bar of material of a particular shape and
2380 Joules of energy to shear a 1.2 mm thick sheet dimensions?
metal. The flywheel to be used will have a mean a. extrusion
diameter of 91.44 cm with a width of 25.4 cm. The b. cold working
normal operating speed is 180 rpm and slows down to c. forging
160 rpm during the shearing process. Assuming that d. hot rolling
the arms and the hub will account for 12 % of the Ans. D
rim weight concentrated at the mean diameter and
that the material density is 0.26 lb/cu/ in, compute 54. The G10400 is a plain carbon steel with steel
for the weight of the flywheel. with a carbon content of which of the following?
a. 296 kg a. 0.37 to 0.44%
b. 306 kg b. 0.21 to 0.54%

40
c. 0.25 to 0.57% collar having an outside diameter of 37 mm and an
d. 0.34 to 0.54% inside diameter of 27 mm. Find the required torque
Ans. A in N-m to raise a load of 400 kg if the coefficient
of friction is 0.3 for both thread and collar.
55. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless I. 34.6 N-m
steel, which means 18% of what? J. 32.6 N-m
a. chromium K. 39.1 N-m
b. nickel L. 38.5 N-m
c. carbon Ans. B
d. manganese
Ans. A 63. Determine the diameter of the stud bolt that are
required to fasten down the cylinder head of a 203
56. Which of the following terms is used to descry mm x 304 mm gas engine. There are ten bolts on the
punch-pressed operations like forming, blanking block. The explosion pressure is 31 kg/sq.cm and
shallow drawing and coining? studs are made of ordinary bolts material SAE 1020.
a. stamping How deep should the bolt be drilled?
b. heading I. 38.1 mm
c. roll treading J. 40.2 mm
d. spinning K. 37.3 mm
Ans. A L. 35.5 mm
Ans. A
57. Which of the following processes produce a
refined grain structure and eventually increased 64. A single square thread power screw is to raise a
strength and ductility of the material? load of 70 kN. The screw has a major diameter of 36
a. Extrusion mm and a pitch of 6 mm. The coefficient of thread
b. Cold working friction and collar friction are 0.13 and 0.10
c. Forging respectively. If the collar mean diameter is 90 mm
d. Hot rolling and the screw turns at 60rpm, find the combined
Ans. C efficiency of screw and collar.
I. 13.438%
58. The S30200 is usually called and 18-8 stainless J. 15.530%
steel, which means 8% of what? K. 14.526%
a. Chromium L. 12.526%
b. Nickel Ans. D
c. Carbon
d. Manganese 65. Find the horsepower required to drive a power
Ans. B screw lifting a load of 4000 lbs. A 2 and ½ inches
double square thread with two threads/in is to be
59. It is a supersaturated solid solution of carbon used. The friction radius of the collar is 2 inches
in ferrite and it the hardest and strongest form of and the coefficients of friction are 0.1 for the
steel? threads and 0.15 for the collar. The velocity of the
a. Bainite nut is 10 ft/min.
b. Ferrite I. 5.382 HP
c. Martensite J. 4.395 HP
d. Lignite K. 3.683 HP
Ans. C L. 6.472 HP
Ans. B
60. An ammonia compressor is driven by a 20kW motor.
The compressor and the motor RPM are 380 and 1750, 66. A flywheel has a mean diameter of 4 ft and is
respectively. The small sheave has a pitch diameter required to handle 2200 ft-lb of kinetic energy. The
of 152.4 mm. If the bolt to be used is standard C- flywheel has a width of 8in. Normal operating speed
120 (L=122.9in.). Determine the center distance is 300 rpm and the coefficient of fluctuation is to
between sheaves be 0.05. Find the weight of the rim assuming that
D. 709 mm the arms and hub are equivalent is 10% of the
E. 865 mm specific weight.
F. 806 mm I. 412 lb
G. 686 mm J. 334 lb
Ans. C K. 452.4 lb
L. 533 lb
61. A safety valve spring having 9 and ½ coils has Ans. B
the ends squared and ground. The outside diameter of
the coil is 115 mm and the wire is 13 mm. It has a 67. Find the rim thickness for a cast iron flywheel
free length of 203 mm. Determine the length of the with a width of 200 mm, a mean diameter of 1.2 in a
wire to which this spring must be initially normal operating speed of 300 rpm, a coefficient
compressed to hold a boiler pressure of 1.38 MPa on fluctuation of 0.05 and which is capable of hanging
the seat of 32 mm diameter. Modulus of rigidity is 3000 N-m of kinetic energy. Assume that the hub and
taken as G=80GN/m². arms represent 10% of the rim weight and the
I. 172 specific weight of cast iron is 7200 kg/m³
J. 179 I. 25.28 mm
K. 192 J. 28.82 mm
L. 158 K. 28.25 mm
Ans. A L. 25.25 mm
Ans. C
62. A single threaded trapezoidal metric thread has
a pitch of 4 mm, and a mean diameter of 18 mm. It is 68. A cast iron flywheel is rotated at a speed of
used as a translation screw in conjunction with a 1200 rpm and having a mean rim radius of 1 foot. If

41
the weight of the rim is 30 lbs. What is the Calculate the torsional stress induced on the 40 mm
centrifugal force? Use factor C=41. diameter motor shaft.
I. 14,800 lbs I. 11,193.45 kPa
J. 70,000 lbs J. 12,420.72 kPa
K. 14 860 lbs K. 10,010.85 kPa
L. 14,760 lbs L. 13,113.83 kPa
Ans. D Ans. C

69. The maximum-strain theory which apples only in 78. A 80 mm solid shaft is to be replaced with a
elastic range of stresses are also known as _______ hallow shaft of equal torsional strength. Find
percentage of weight saved, if the outside of the
I. Hooke’s Law hallow shaft is 100 mm.
J. Saint Venant’s Theory I. 56.53%
K. Stress-strain Theory J. 67.31%
L. Cataligno’s Theory K. 48.49%
Ans. B L. 52.90%
Ans. D
70. It refers to the collision of two or more masses
with initial velocities. 79. A solid transmission shaft is 4.0 inches in
I. Shock diameter. It is desired to replace it with a hallow
J. Impact shaft of the same material and same torsional
K. Creep strength but its weight should only be half as much
L. Load as the solid shaft. Find the outside diameter of the
Ans. B hallow shaft in millimeters.
I. 107.315 mm
71. A term used to describe sudden applied force or J. 112.231 mm
disturbance. K. 122.940 mm
I. Shock L. 131.204 mm
J. Impact Ans. C
K. Creep
L. Load 80. A railroad track is laid at a temperature of 10
Ans. A degree F with gaps of 0.01 feet between the ends of
the rails. The rails are 33 feet long. If they are
72. A cone-disk spring is also known as _____ prevented from buckling, what stress will result
I. Believille Spring from a temperature of 110 degree F? Coefficient of
J. Heavy duty spring linear expansion = 6.5x106 per degree F.
K. Helical spring I. 10,000 psi
L. Conical spring J. 8,530 psi
Ans. A K. 9,450 psi
L. 10409 psi
73. What is the other term used for die casting? Ans. D
I. Thermosetting
J. Shell-molding 81. What load P which causea total deformation of
K. Metal-mold casting 0.036 inch of a steel rack which has a cross-section
L. Tangential casting area of 4 sq. inches and a length of 5 ft.
Ans. C I. 55,000 lb
J. 72,000 lb
74. It is a cold-working process in which metal is K. 60,000 lb
gathered or upset. L. 50,000 lb
I. Heading Ans. B
J. Cold rolling
K. Spinning 82. A lubrication where lubricant is introduced
L. Stamping between surfaces which are in rolling contact such
Ans. A as roller gears or rolling bearings?
I. Hydrostatic lubrication
75. Which of the following is the high-leaded brass J. Hydrodynamic lubrication
used for instrument, lock and watch parts? K. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication
I. Red brass L. Solid-film lubrication
J. Commercial brass Ans. C
K. Yellow brass
L. Engraver’s brass 83. What lubrication is usually used when bearings
Ans. D are operating at extreme temperatures?
76. The rapid cooling of steel to a temperature I. Hydrodynamic lubrication
between 400 to 800 deg F in enough time, then J. Solid-film lubrication
austenite is transformed into a materials called. K. Hydrostatic lubrication
I. Bainite L. Liquid-film lubrication
J. Lignite Ans. B
K. Quinite
L. Ferrite 84. Which of the following is not a form of bearing
Ans. A lubrication?
I. Liquid-film lubrication
77. A centrifugal pump is directly couple to a J. Hydrodynamic lubrication
motor. The pump rating is 3,600 liters per minute K. Hydrostatic lubrication
against a total head of 8 meters of water. Pump L. Solid-film lubrication
efficiency is 65% at shaft speed of 550 rpm. Ans. A

42
85. In ASTM standard, what is the instrument used in 94. What type of spring made in the form of dished
determining viscosity? washer?
I. Dynamic viscometer I. Air spring
J. Saybolt universal furol J. Volute spring
K. Hagen-Poinsulle viscometer K. Believille spring
L. Saybolt universe viscometer L. Motor spring
Ans. D Ans. C

86. In what country that the present theory of What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
hydrodynamic lubrication originates from? sprocket for high speed?
I. China I. 12
J. Germany J. 21
K. US K. 24
L. England L. 14
Ans. D Ans. B

87. In viscosity chart, Raimond-Boyd analysis Which of the following is the minimum number of
assumed that the viscosity of the lubricant is teeth on a smaller sprocket for moderate speed?
_________ I. 15
I. Constant J. 12
J. Increasing K. 21
K. Decreasing L. 17
L. Vanishing Ans. D
Ans. A
What is the minimum number of teeth on a smaller
88. What do you call the phenomenon occurring when sprocket for low speed?
two touching surfaces have a high contact pressure I. 11
and when these surfaces have minute relative motion? J. 17
I. Prestressing K. 21
J. Friction L. 12
K. Fretting Ans. 12
L. Carving
Ans. C Two shaft at right angles to each other may be
connected by what arrangement?
89. What type of bolt threaded on both ends and can I. Half turn
be used where a through bolt impossible? J. ¾ turn
I. Coupling K. Quarter turn
J. Stud bolt L. One turn
K. Carriage bolt Ans. C
L. Machine bolt
Ans. B What is the recommended initial tension of the belt?
I. 75 lb/in of width
90. What type of bolt distinguished by a short J. 71 lb/in of width
potion of the shank underneath the head being square K. 73 lb/in of width
or finned or ribbed? L. 80 lb/in of width
I. Coupling Ans. A
J. Stud bolt
K. Carriage bolt What factor of safety is needed for a 2 in. diameter
L. Machine bolt shaft with an ultimate strength of 50,000 psi to
Ans. C transmit 40,000 in-lb torque.
I. 2.25
91. What is the term applied to the reciprocal of J. 1.95
the velocity ratio? K. 2.14
I. Train value L. 2.62
J. Modular value Ans. D
K. Ratio factor
L. None of these A round steel shaft transmits 373 watts at 1800 rpm.
Ans. A The torsional deflection is not to exceed 1 deg in a
length equal to 20 diameters. Find the shaft
92. For very slender column, what type of formula diameter.
that is best applied? I. 6.53 mm
I. Column formula J. 8.72 mm
J. Moment formulas K. 12.84 mm
K. Slenderness formulas L. 18.16 mm
L. Euler formula Ans. A
Ans. A
A steel shaft operates at 186 rad/s and must handle
2 kW of power. The shearing stress is not to exceed
93. Which of the following is the type of failure 40 MN/m². Calculate the minimum shaft diameter based
due to unstability? on pure torsion.
I. Buckling
J. Stability I. 9 mm
K. Slenderness formulas J. 11 mm
L. Euler formula K. 13 mm
Ans. A L. 15 mm
Ans. B

43
 b. less than
A 100 mm diameter solid shaft is to be replaced with c. more than
a hollow shaft equally strong (torsion) and made of d. approximately the same
the same material. The outside diameter of the ans. D
hollow shaft is to 27 mm. What should be the inside
diameter? The allowable shearing stress is 41.4 MPa? In pure torsion, the maximum stress is at the center
I. 107.42 mm of the
J. 105.82 mm a. peripheral sides
K. 291.53 mm b. long sides
L. 109.60 mmw c. medium sides
Ans. A d. short sides
ans: B
If the weight of 6” diameter by 48” long SAE 1030
shafting is 174.5 kg then what will be the weight of The ability of a material to absorb energy within is
chromium SAE 51416 of same size? proportional limit is known as
I. 305.79 lbs a. resilience
J. 426.70 lbs b. endurance
K. 347.96 lbs c. toughness
L. 465.89 lbs d. spring action
Ans. C ans: A

A 50 inches diameter diamond saw blade is mounted on A method whereby a gear is run with another gear
a pulley driven steel shaft, required a blade that has abrasive surface material.
peripheral linear speed of 150 ft/sec. Motor drive a. hobbing
is 125 hp at 1,200 rpm, with 6 inches diameter b. honing
pulley. Determine the shaft rpm to attain blade c. lapping
peripheral speed required. d. milling
I. 716.2 rpm ans. C
J. 635.3 rpm
K. 539.10 rpm A multiple disc clutch of 10 steel disc and 9 bronze
L. 687.55 rpm disc. the effective outside and inside diameter are
Ans. D 20.32 cm and 15.24 cm, respectively if the axial
force of 450 Newton is applied and the shaft turns
A steel shaft transmits 40 hp at 1400 rpm. at 1200 rpm, find the horsepower capacity, assume a
Considering allowable shearing stress based on pure coefficient of friction of 0.27.
torsion to be 5000 psi, find the torsional a. 39.566 hp
deflection of the shaft in degrees per foot. b. 40.482 hp
I. 0.392 degrees/foot c. 37.456 hp
J. 0.246 degrees/foot d. 35. 659 hp
K. 0.541 degrees/foot Ans: A
L. 0.435 degree/foot
Ans. B An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
The process by which high pressure is applied to a efficiency of the differential and tranmission is
heated metal billet or blank which causes it to flow 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
through restricted orifice. Determine the speed reduction of travel of the
I. Extrusion vehicle in km/hr.
J. Intrusion a. 10.74
K. Forging b. 11.69
L. Hot rolling c. 12.58
Ans. A d. 13.80
Ans: A
A tolerance where the size of a part is permitted to
be either larger or smaller than the given An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
dimension. of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm. the combined
I. Bilateral efficiency of the differential and transmission is
J. Unilateral 75% with an overall speed reduction of 25 is to 1.
K. Lateral determine the speed reduction of travel of the
L. None of these vehicle in km/hr.
Ans. A a. 10.74
b. 11.69
In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum strength c. 12.58
of joint to the strength of solid joint is known as d. 13.80
I. Efficiency Ans. A
J. Performance factor
K. Joint efficiency An engine of a motor vehicle with a wheel diameter
L. Relative strength of 712 mm develops 50 kW at 2,000 rpm combined
Ans. D efficiency of the differential and transmission is
75% with an over-all speed reduction to. 1 determine
he torque to be delivered by the clutch N-m.
a. 239 N-m
b. 359 N-m
When tested in compression, ductile material usually c. 432 N-m
exhibit________ characteristics up to the yield d. 471 N-m
strength as they do when tested in tension.
a. the same Ans: A

44
 g. 18%
The large diamter and face of the disk of a multiple h. 15%
disk clutch are 255 mm and 25 mm respectively the Ans: C
helical compression spring used to engage the clutch
has 9 and 1/2 effective coils of 10 mm steel wire. A widely used in tool steels considering that the
the outer coil diameter is 80 mm. the free length of will maintain its hardness even it is red heat. The
the spring is 185 mm. when in place with clutch effect is like molybdenum, except it is to be added
engaged, its length is 130 mm. Assuming that there in greater quantities.
is 10 pairs of friction surface in contact, that the e. Vanadium
motor runs at 1200 rpm, f=0.15, determine axial f. Manganese
force available for the clutch. g. Tungsten
a. 1,688 N h. Nickel
b. 2,493 N Ans: C
c. 1,542 N
d. 2,783 N Which of the following is the most widely used cast
Ans: A materials?
e. White cast iron
A flange bolt coupling consist of eight steel 20 mm f. Gray cast iron
diameter steel bolts spaced evenly around a bolt g. Malleable cast iron
circle 300 mm in diamter. if the coupling is h. Nodular cast iron
subjected to a torque of 15.1 KN-m, determine the Ans: B
maximum shearing stress in the bolts?
a. 40450 kPa What is the result if all the carbon in cast iron is
b. 63320 kpa in the form of cementite and pearlite with not
c. 40054 kpa graphite present?
d. 31298 kpa e. White
Ans: C f. Gray
g. Malleable
a flange coupling is to be designed, using 25 mm h. Nodular
diameter bolts at a distance of 152 mm from the Ans: A
center of the shaft. allowable shearing stress on
the bolt is 103 Mpa. if the shaft is to transmit Which of the following is a characteristic of
5,600 hp at a speed of 1200 rpm, how many bolts are aluminium and its alloys?
needed in the connection? e. Resistance to corrosion
a. 2 f. High thermal and electrical resistance
b. 3 g. Strength to weight ratio
c. 4 h. All of these
d. 5 Ans: D
Ans: D.
The corrosion resistance of aluminium alloys depends
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and upon which of the following?
rotating …. e. Thin coating oxide
e. 30.4 kW f. Percentage of electrolyte present
f. 28.5 kW g. Dissolve ferrite
g. 29.3 kW h. Casting of the material
h. 32.3 kW Ans: A
Ans:B
A spherical shell of 1.8 m of outside diameter and
Two short shaft identical diameter 38.1 mm and 1.725 m inside at a pressure of 10.4 MPa. Compute
rotating …. the stress in the shell.
e. 19.30 mm e. 124.8 Mpa
f. 22.37 mm f. 119.6 Mpa
g. 20.40 mm g. 96.48 Mpa
h. 16.32 mm h. 88.46 Mpa
Ans: D Ans: B

What is material is produced if austenite is cooled A thin hollow spheres of radius 10 in and thickness
rapidly to 400 deg. F or less? 0.1 in is subjected to an internal pressure of 100
e. Bainite psig the maximum normal stress on an element of the
f. Fermite sphere is:
g. Martensite e. 5,000 psi
h. Lignite f. 7,070 psi
Ans: C g. 14,140 psi
h. 2,500 psi
Stainless steels are iron-based alloys that contain Ans: A
at least how many percent chromium?
e. 45% Pressurized water at 1.37 Mpa is stored in a steel
f. 25% cylindrical tank 1.4 meters in diameter. If the
g. 12% allowable tangential stress is 8.5 Mpa, find the
h. 5% required wall thickness of the tank.
Ans: C e. 123.6 mm
f. 130.5 mm
The very high carbon steels have good quench-harden g. 112.9 mm
ability up to how many percent chromium? h. 135.1 mm
e. 35% Ans: A
f. 12%

45
 h. 0.12
Ans: C

A mechanical press is used to punch 6 holes per

holes is 25 mm diameter and the plates has an
ultimate strength in shear of 420 Mpa. The normal
operating speed 200 rpm. And it slows down to 180 Type of roller bearing in which the balls are
rpm during the process of punching. The flywheel has assembled by the eccentric displacement of the inner
a mean diameter of one meter and the rim width is 3 ring.
times the thickness. Assume that the hub and arm e. Shallow groove ball bearing
account for 5% of the rim weight concentrated at the f. Self-alignning ball bearing
mean diameter and the density of cast iron is 7200 g. Fillinf-shot ball bearing
kg per cubic meter. Find the power in kW required to h. Deep-groove ball bearing
drive the press. Ans: D
e. 1.310 kW
f. 5.57 kW Which of the following is not a type of ball
g. 8.92 kW bearing?
h. 9.03 kW e. Shallow groove ball bearing
Ans: A f. Self-aligning ball bearing
g. Filling-slot ball bearing
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine h. Deep-groove ball bearing
to punched every stroke plane. The machine is to Ans: A
make 30 strokes per minute and a hole must be
punched every stroke. The hole is to be formed Which of the following is the approximate density of
during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher’s the leather belt?
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is e. 0.025 lb/in^3
to connect the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let f. 0.035 lb/in^3
the mean diameter of a flywheel rim to be 91.44 cm. g. 0.0135 lb/in^3
the minimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the h. 0.0465 lb/in^3
maximum and assume mechanical efficiency of the Ans: B
machine to be 80%. Assume an ultimate stress of
49000 psi. The breaking strength of oak-tanned beltings varies
e. 1.310 kW from 3 to more than:
f. 5.57 kW e. 5 ksi
g. 8.92 kW f. 7 ksi
h. 9.03 kW g. 6 ksi
Ans: A h. 9 ksi
Ans: C
Find the weight of the flywheel needed by a machine
to punch 20.5 mm holes in 15.87 mm thick steel Based on experience, what is the most economical
plate. The machine is to make 30 strokes per minute design belt speed?
and a hole be punched every stroke, the hole is to e. 6000 to 7500 fpm
be formed during 30 degrees rotation of the puncher f. 3500 to 4700 fpm
crankshaft. A gear train with a ratio of 12 to 1 is g. 3000 to 5000 fpm
to correct the flywheel shaft to the crankshaft. Let h. 5000 to 1000 fpm
mean diameter of a flywheel rim to the 91.44 cm. the Ans: A
manimum flywheel speed is to be 90% of the maximum
and assume mechanical efficiency of the machine to The tension in the belt due to centrifugal force
be 80% Assume an ultimate stress of 49000 psi. increasing rapidly above about
e. 68 kg e. 1500 fpm
f. 97 kg f. 3500 fpm
g. 90 kg g. 3000 fpm
h. 92 kg h. 2500 fpm
Ans: B Ans: D

It is found that the shearing machine requires 205 What is the recommendation speed for leather belt?
joules of energy to shear a specific gauge of sheet e. 6000 to 7000 fpm
metal. The mean diameter of the flywheel is to be f. 7000 to 8000 fpm
76.2 cm. the normal operating speed is 200rpm and g. 5000 to 6000 fpm
slow down to 180 rpm during shearing process. The h. 4500 to 5600 fpm
rim width is 30.48 cm and the weight of cast iron is Ans: B
7,196.6 kg/m^3, find the thickness of the rim,
assuming that the hub and arm account for 10% of the What is the recommended speed for fabric belts?
rim weight concentrated on the mean diameter. e. 4000 to 5000 fpm
e. 0.583 cm f. 2000 to 3000 fpm
f. 0.587 cm g. 3000 to 4000 fpm
g. 0.672 cm h. 2000 and more fpm
h. 0.480 cm Ans: A
Ans: B
A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 mm
Which of the following cannot be a Poisson’s ratio and an outer diameter of 42 mm, is to be used to
of material? transmit 90 kW of power, determine the frequency of
e. 0.35 rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress
f. 0.20 cannot exceed 50 Mpa.
g. 0.57 e. 26.6 Hz

46
 f. 20.6 Hz
g. 97.5 Hz It is the measure of the material’s ability to yield
h. 66.5 Hz and absorb highly localized and rapidly applied
Ans: A stresses.
e. Hardness
f. Toughness
g. Stiffness
h. Resilience
Ans. B
Two circular shaft, one hollow and one solid, are
made of the same material and have diameter as
follows: hollow shaft inside diameter is one-half of What is term applied to the load at which a column
the external diameter. The external diameter is fails?
equal to the diameter of the solid shaft. What is e. Maximum load
the ratio of the twisting moment of the hollow shaft f. Moving load
to that of the solid shaft? g. Critical load
e. ¼ h. Dynamic load
f. ½ Ans. C
g. 9/16
h. 15/16 It is otherwise known as the percentage difference
Ans: D in solid and working deflections?
e. Clash allowance
Determine the thickness of hollow shaft having an f. Spring allowance
outside diameter of 100 mm if it is subjected to a g. Working allowance
maximum torque of 5,403.58 N-m without exceeding a h. Thrust allowance
shearing stress of 60 Mpa or a twist of 0.5 degree Ans. C
per meter length of shaft G=83,000 Mpa
e. 15 mm It is known as the shaft’s natural frequency of
f. 86 mm vibration.
g. 16.8 mm e. Vibration index
h. 14.2 mm f. Critical speed
Ans: A g. High speed
h. Low speed
A hollow shaft with outside diameter of 14 cm, and Ans. B
wall thickness of 0.8 cm, transmits 200 kW at 500
rpm. What must be the angular deflection of the What do you call the mixture of the solid
shaft it the length in 5 meters? The material of the ingredients with no solubility?
shaft is C4140 steel. e. Binary alloy
e. 21.41 rad f. Miscible alloy
f. 21.71 rad g. Bitectic material
g. 36.80 rad h. Eutectic alloy
h. 17.37 rad Ans. D
Ans. D
Which of the following terms applied to an
A 1 1/4 in by 7/8 in. key is to be designed for a interrupted quenching process resulting in an
12.7 cm shaft which will transmit power of 150 KW at austenite to banite transition?
360 rpm. If the allowable shear stress for the key e. Austempering
is 920 kg/cm^2 and the allowable compressive stress f. Austenitizing
is 1300 kg/cm^2. Determine the length of key to be g. Martempering
used. h. Martenitizing
e. 2.41 cm Ans. A
f. 2.73 cm
g. 4.42 cm Which of the following processes where the material
h. 4.79 cm will become progressively stronger, harder and more
Ans. C brittle until eventually fails?
e. Hot working
A pulley is keyed to a 2 and 1/2 inches diameter f. Cold Working
shaft by a 7/16 in x 3 in flat key. The shaft g. Tempering
rotates at 50 rpm. The allowable compressive stress h. Normalizing
for the key, hub and shaft are 66 ksi. 59 ksi and 72 Ans. B
ksi, repectively. Determine the maximum torque the
pulley can safety deliver. …. to engage the clutch?
e. 48398.4 in-lb e. 600 lbs
f. 54140.6 in-lb f. 715 lbs
g. 51562.5 in-lb g. 625 lbs
h. 67495.2 in-lb h. 800 lbs
Ans. A Ans. B

Which of the following is the statement of how the A set screw 12 mm effective diameter is broken by a
total moment is derived from a number of forces force of 410 N on the end of a spanner 300 mm long.
acting simultaneously at a point? Find the torque to break a set screw of 16 mm
e. Goodman’s theorem effective diameter if its breaking stress is 10%
f. Varignon’s theorem greater than the former.
g. Soderberg’s theorem e. 320.6 N-m
h. Cataligno’s theorem f. 223.5 N-m
Ans. B g. 230.5 N-m

47
 h. 345.6 N-m Ans. C
Ans. A
In a standard bevel gear, the pinion rotates at 150
A Warwick screw is used to tighten a guy rope. It rpm, its number of teeth is 14 while the gear has 42
has right-hand thread of 10 mm pitch at the top and teeth, what is the pitch angle of the pinion?
a left-hand thread of 5 mm pitch at the bottom, and I. 18.4 degrees
the effective radius of the toggle bar is 336 mm. J. 20 degrees
Find the velocity. K. 14.5 degrees
e. 220.6 L. 20.5 degrees
f. 130.5 Ans. A.
g. 140.8
h. 210.5
Ans. C

A 4 inches diameter shaft is driven at 3600 rpm by a

400 Hp motor. The shaft drives a 48 inches diameter In damped free vibration, when the system returns to
chain sprocket having an output efficiency of 85%. its static position with the …… equilibrium, the
The output force of the driving sprocket and the system is said to be
output of the driven sprocket are: I. Underdamped
I. 200 lb and 250 hp J. Overdamped
J. 261.6 lb and 300 hp K. Resonant
K. 291.66 lb and 340 hp L. Critically damped
L. None of the above Ans. D
Ans. C
Balancing o grinding wheel is done to
A certain farm equipment which requires 2200 Newton I. Make the outside diameter concentric with
mater torque at 500 RPM has a diesel engine to the bore
operates at 1500 RPM as its prime mover. A No. 60 J. Make the sides of wheel parallel
roller chain with a total length of 60 pitches and a K. Equalize the weight in every portion of the
small sprocket with 23 teeth are to be used with an wheel
operating temperature to remain constant at 45 L. None of the above
degree C. Determine the no. of teeth of the larger Ans. C
sprocket.
I. 70 A grinding wheel is marked as 51A 46L 5V 23, out of
J. 69 these 5 means
K. 68 I. Kind of abrasive
L. 69 J. Structure
Ans. D K. Kind of bond
L. Grain size
A sleeve bearing has an outside diameter of 1.5 in Ans. B
and a length of 2 in, the wall thickness is 3/16 in.
The bearing is subjected to a radial load of 450 lb. It is also known as diamond pyramid hardness test,
Find the bearing pressure. uses a pyramid shaped diamond indenter and a load
I. 100 psi that ranges from 1 kg to 120 kg.
J. 150 psi I. Vickers test
K. 200 psi J. Mohs hardness
L. 250 psi K. Knoop test
Ans. C L. Brinell test
Ans. A
Find the torsional deflection, in degrees of a solid
steel shaft 110 mm OD 1.4 m long subjected to 3.1 x The maximum moment induced in a simply supported
106 N-mm. The torsinal modulus of elasticity is beam of 20 foot span, by a 2,000 pound load at
80,000 N/mm-mm midspan is
I. 0.22 I. 125,000 ft-lbs
J. 0.195 J. 15,000 ft-lbs
K. 0.28 K. 30,000 ft-lbs
L. 0.24 L. 10,000 ft-lbs
Ans. A Ans. D

A cut gear transmits 25 Hp at a pitch line velocity A 10" diameter pulley is belt driven with a net
of 6000 ft/min. If the service is intermittent the torque of 250 ft-lbs. The ratio of tensions in the
dynamic load is: tight to stack sides of the belt is 4 to 1. What is
I. 244 the maximum tension in the belt?
J. 264 I. 250 lbs.
K. 274 J. 800 lbs.
L. 284 K. 83 lbs.
Ans. C L. 500 lbs.
Ans. B
An internal gearing requires an idler gear if the
driving gear of 6 inches in diameter and the center Compute how many 3/8 inch diameter set screws
distance of the idler to the driver is 20 inches. required to transmit 3 Hp at a shaft speed of 1000
What is the inside diameter of the driven gear? rpm. The shaft diameter is 1 inch
I. 62 I. 1 ½
J. 70 J. 2
K. 74 K. 3
L. 81 L. 1

48
Ans. B J. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at
the cam center’
A drop hammer of 1 ton dead weight capacity is K. The angle subtended at the cam center by the
propelled downward by a 12 inch diameter cylinder. portion of cam during which the follower
At 100 psi air pressure what is the impact velocity moves
if the stroke is 28 inches? L. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam
I. 47.4 ft/sec center when the follower dwells.
J. 31.6 ft/sec Ans. A
K. 15.8 ft/sec
L. 63.2 ft/sec For a kinematic chain to be considered as mechanism
Ans. B I. None of the links should be fixed
J. One link should be fixed
A link has a load factor of 0.8 the surface factor K. Two links should be fixed
0.8, the surface factor is 0.92 and the endurance L. There is no such criterion
strength is 28000 psi. Compute the alternating Ans. B
stress of the link if it is subjected to a reversing
load. Assume a factor of safety of 3.

I. 8150
J. 10920
K. 9,333
L. 7260
Ans. C Slip in belt drive is
I. Loss of power
Determine the average time to cut by automatic oxy- J. Difference between the angular velocities of
acetylene (machine) crosswise a 4ft x 8ft x 4in two pulleys
thick steel plate. K. Difference between the velocities of two
I. 6.85 min. pulleys
J. 318 sec L. Difference between the linear speed of the
K. 10 min rim of pulley and the belt on it.
L. 360 sec Ans. D
Ans. D
Multiple collars are provided on a flat collar pivot
A 16 mm plate is lapped over and secured by fillet bearing to
weld on the inside and outside to form a penstock I. Increase frictional resistance
1.5 meter in diameter. Determine the safe internal J. To establish self-sustaining bearing
pressure, assuming an allowable stress of 140 MPa on condition
the plate and an allowable shear stress of 90 MPa on K. Distribute the frictional load due to
the throat side of the 14 mm fillet weld. limiting friction
I. 2.376 MPa L. Distribute the axial load due to limiting
J. 3.590 MPa bearing pressure on a collar
K. 2.843 MPa Ans. D
L. 1.695 Mpa
Ans. A In gramophones for adjusting the speed of the tum-
table, the following type of governor is commonly
Which of the following dynamometer is widely used used
for absorption of wide range of powers at wide range I. Hartung governor
of speeds? J. Inertia governor
I. Hydraulic K. Pickering governor
J. Belt transmission L. Wilson hartnell
K. Rope brake Ans. C
L. Electric generator
Ans. A Shearing the sheet into two or more pieces
I. Parting
Which of the following dynamometer is used for power J. Perforating
measurement when the speed is high and the viscous K. Lancing
force is small? L. Notching
I. Tesla fluid friction dynamometer Ans. A
J. Froude water vortex dynamometer
K. Rope brake dynamometer The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce moments for
L. Amsler dynamometer reproducing drawings to different scales is called
Ans. A I. Clinograph
J. Trisquare
In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is K. Graphometer
I. The part of the tooth surface lying below L. Bantograph
the pitch surface’ Ans. D
J. The curve forming face and flank
K. The width of the gear tooth measures axially Which of the following is a higher pair?
along the pitch surface I. Thomson an indicator mechanism
L. The surface of the top of the tooth J. Double Mc Innes Indicator mechanism
Ans. A K. Hart’s straight line mechanism
L. Tooth gearing mechanism
The cam angle is Ans. D
I. The angle of rotation of the cam for a
definite displacement of the follower

49
A process of indenting but not breaking through the proof stress if the diameter of the bolt is 5/8 in
surface of a workpiece with a punch in order to and coefficient of collar friction c = 0.2?
produce a cavity of an impression
I. Heading Ans. T = 2161 in-lb
J. Cogging
K. Barreling Calculate the power consumed during cutting of a low
L. Piercing carbon steel bar 40 mm diameter if cutting force is
Ans. D 150 kg at 200 rpm.
I. 0.46 hp
A turbine developing 15,000 Hp turns the shaft at J. 0.66 hp
300 rpm. The propeller attached to this shaft K. 0.75 hp
develops a thrust of 150,000 lb. A hollow steel L. 0.83 hp
shaft having an outside diameter of 14 in. is to be Ans. D
used. Determine the inside diameter of the shaft if
the maximum shearing stressed based on the torsion A broach is used to cut a key way 8mm wide, 5mmm
alone is not to exceed 7500 psi. What is the deep in a boss 64mm long. Determine the cutting
percentage savings in weight. length of broach if the rise per tooth is 0.0875mm
and the number of finishing teeth is 13.
Ans. %W saving = 37.3% I. 672 mm
J. 627 mm
A short compression member with Do= 2Di is to K. 762 mm
support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is to L. 726 mm
be 4130. A short compression member with Do= 2Di is Ans. C
to support a dead load of 25 tons. The material is
to be 4130 steel, WQT 1100⁰F. Calculate the outside
and inside diameters on the basis of yield strength
of 114 ksi and factor of safety of 2.
Ans. Do=1.22 in. and Di=0.61 in.

A 15/16-in wide key has a depth of 5/8 in. It is 12 Calculate the power of electric motor for a drilling
inches long and is to be used on a 200 hp, 1160 rpm, machine to drill a hole 15 mm diameter in cast iron
squirrel-cage induction motor. The shaft diameter is workpiece at 450 rpm and 0.2 mm feed. The specific
3 7/8 inches. The maximum running torque is 200% of power is 0.03 kW and efficiency of motor is 80%.
the full-load torque. Determine the maximum I. 0.6 kW
compressive stress of the key J. 0.9 kW
I. 779 psi K. 0.7 kW
J. 997 psi L. 0.4 kW
K. 197 psi Ans. A
L. 279 psi
Ans. B A double square thread screw is used to raise a load
of 20,000 lb at a velocity of 3 fpm. Outside
A storage tank for air, 36 inche in diameter, is to diameter of thread and pitch are 2 7/8 in. and 1 in.
withstand an internal pressure of 200 psi with a respectively. Collar friction coefficient is 0.12,
design factor of 4 based on Su. The steel has the thread friction coefficient is 0.10. Mean diameter
strength equivalent to C1020 annealed and the welded of collar 5 in. Determine the power required to
joints should have a relative strength (efficiency) drive the screw.
of 90%. If Su for annealed C1020 steel is 57 ksi. I. 3.45 hp
Compute the longitudinal stress. J. 4.29 hp
I. 128,000 psi K. 4.65 hp
J. 821,000 psi L. 5.02 hp
K. 800,000 psi Ans. B
L. 12,800 psi
Ans. D Two 2 ¾ in sellers standard square thread screws are
used to raise and lower a hydraulic gate weighing 60
The mass of a flywheel is 175 kg and its radius of tons. A 570 rpm electric motor operates the screws.
gyration is 380 mm. Find the torque required to The coefficients of collar and thread friction are
attain a speed of 500 rpm from rest in 30 seconds. 0.03 and 0.14 respectively. The mean diameter of the
I. 40.46 N collar 4in. if the gate rises at the rate of 2fpm,
J. 44.12 N determine the size of the motor required to lift the
K. 35.66 N gate if the mechanical efficiency is 85% for the
L. 38.48 N speed reducing equipment.
Ans. B I. 20 hp
J. 30 hp
A steel bar 24 in. in length is to withstand a K. 34 hp
tensile impact load caused by a weight of 100 lb L. 24 hp
having a velocity on impact of 140 fpm. Find the Ans. C
stress in the bar if the diameter is 1 ½ in and the
modulus of Elasticity (E) is 30x106 psi. A crate weighing 4,000 lb is moving at a speed of
4ft/s. It is brought to rest by two compression
Ans. S=12,000 psi spring in stopping the crate, the springs are to be
compressed 8 in. If the spring index is 6 and the
The cylinder head of a 10in x 18in. freon compressor allowable stress is 52,000 psi, determine the
is attached by 10 stud bolts made of SAE grade 5. maximum load on each springs.
The cylinder pressure is 300 psi. What is the I. 1491 lbs
approximate tightening torque should be used to J. 2037 lbs
induce a tightening stress (St) of 0.90 times the K. 1675 lbs

50
 L. 2453 lbs e. 2.0 kN
Ans. A f. 1.0 kN
g. 3.0 kN
What describes very rough grinding such as that h. 4.0 kN
performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and Ans. A
risers from castings?
I. Snagging
J. Honing
K. Lapping
L. Snugging
Ans. A

Which of the following is a single measure that

combines the external dynamic load of an application
with a gear drive’s reliability and operating life?
I. Ratio factor
J. Service factor
K. Reliability factor
L. Life factor
Ans. C

What is the term used to described the distance from

a point on one gear to the corresponding point
measures along the base circle.
I. Diametral Pitch
J. Circular Pitch
K. Normal Pitch
L. Chordal pitch
Ans. C

Which of the following is the best method used for

increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
I. Sprickling
J. Shot peening
K. Stress relieving
L. Shot relieving
Ans. B

What is the term applied to parallel forces equal in

magnitude but opposite direction?
I. Concurrent forces
J. Non-concurrent forces
K. Couple
L. Equillibrant
Ans. C

It is one of the rigid members / bodies joined

together to form a kinematic chain.
I. Coplanar
J. Link
K. Frame
L. Machine
Ans. B

The kinematics chain in which one link is considered

fixed for the purpose of analysis but motion is
possible in other links.
I. Belting
J. Mechanism
K. Frame
L. Sprocket Chain
Ans. C

What describes very rough grinding, such as that

performed in foundries to remove gates, fins and
risers from castings?
I. Snagging
J. Honing
K. Lapping
L. Snugging
Ans. A

Two spur wheels in gear transmit a power 6.7 kW. The

driver has 40 teeth of 12 mm pitch and runs at 7
rev/s,find the force on the teeth.

51